Teledyne Vehicle T400 Users Manual

T400 to the manual 72a687dc-2a25-4bc4-b1f2-ab4799c684c0

2015-02-03

: Teledyne Teledyne--Vehicle-T400-Users-Manual-464488 teledyne--vehicle-t400-users-manual-464488 teledyne pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 396 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Operation Manual

Model T400

Photometric Ozone Analyzer

9480 CARROLL PARK DRIVE

SAN DIEGO, CA 92121-5201

USA

Toll-free Phone: 800-324-5190

Phone: 858-657-9800

Fax: 858-657-9816

Email: api-sales@teledyne.com

Website: http://www.teledyne-api.com/

Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation 13 January 2012

ABOUT TELEDYNE ADVANCED POLLUTION INSTRUMENTATION (TAPI)

Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation (TAPI), a business unit of Teledyne

Instruments, Inc., is a worldwide market leader in the design and manufacture of

precision analytical instrumentation used for air quality monitoring, continuous

emissions monitoring, and specialty process monitoring applications. Founded in San

Diego, California, in 1988, TAPI introduced a complete line of Air Quality Monitoring

(AQM) instrumentation, which comply with the United States Environmental Protection

Administration (EPA) and international requirements for the measurement of criteria

pollutants, including CO, SO2, NOX and Ozone.

Since 1988 TAPI has combined state-of-the-art technology, proven measuring

principles, stringent quality assurance systems and world class after-sales support to

deliver the best products and customer satisfaction in the business.

For further information on our company, our complete range of products, and the

applications that they serve, please visit www.teledyne-api.com or contact

sales@teledyne-api.com.

NOTICE OF COPYRIGHT

TRADEMARKS

All trademarks, registered trademarks, brand names or product names appearing in this

document are the property of their respective owners and are used herein for

identification purposes only.

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

This page intentionally left blank.

06870C DCN6332

iii

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION

Important safety messages are provided throughout this manual for the purpose of

avoiding personal injury or instrument damage. Please read these messages carefully.

Each safety message is associated with a safety alert symbol, and are placed throughout

this manual and inside the instrument. The symbols with messages are defined as

follows:

WARNING: Electrical Shock Hazard

HAZARD: Strong oxidizer

GENERAL WARNING/CAUTION: Read the accompanying message for

specific information.

CAUTION: Hot Surface Warning

Do Not Touch: Touching some parts of the instrument without

protection or proper tools could result in damage to the part(s) and/or the

instrument.

Technician Symbol: All operations marked with this symbol are to be

performed by qualified maintenance personnel only.

Electrical Ground: This symbol inside the instrument marks the central

safety grounding point for the instrument.

CAUTION

This instrument should only be used for the purpose and in the manner described

in this manual. If you use this instrument in a manner other than that for which it

was intended, unpredictable behavior could ensue with possible hazardous

consequences.

NEVER use any gas analyzer to sample combustible gas(es).

Note Technical Assistance regarding the use and maintenance of the T100 or any

other Teledyne API product can be obtained by contacting Teledyne API’s

Customer Service Department:

Phone: 800-324-5190

Email: api-customerservice@teledyne.com

or by accessing various service options on our website at

7http://www.teledyne-api.com/.

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

CONSIGNES DE SÉCURITÉ

Des consignes de sécurité importantes sont fournies tout au long du présent manuel dans

le but d’éviter des blessures corporelles ou d’endommager les instruments. Veuillez lire

attentivement ces consignes. Chaque consigne de sécurité est représentée par un

pictogramme d’alerte de sécurité; ces pictogrammes se retrouvent dans ce manuel et à

l’intérieur des instruments. Les symboles correspondent aux consignes suivantes :

AVERTISSEMENT : Risque de choc électrique

DANGER : Oxydant puissant

AVERTISSEMENT GÉNÉRAL / MISE EN GARDE : Lire la consigne

complémentaire pour des renseignements spécifiques

MISE EN GARDE : Surface chaude

Ne pas toucher : Toucher à certaines parties de l’instrument sans protection ou

sans les outils appropriés pourrait entraîner des dommages aux pièces ou à

l’instrument.

Pictogramme « technicien » : Toutes les opérations portant ce symbole doivent

être effectuées uniquement par du personnel de maintenance qualifié.

Mise à la terre : Ce symbole à l’intérieur de l’instrument détermine le point central

de la mise à la terre sécuritaire de l’instrument.

MISE EN GARDE

Cet instrument doit être utilisé aux fins décrites et de la manière

décrite dans ce manuel. Si vous utilisez cet instrument d’une autre

manière que celle pour laquelle il a été prévu, l’instrument pourrait se

comporter de façon imprévisible et entraîner des conséquences

dangereuses.

NE JAMAIS utiliser un analyseur de gaz pour échantillonner des gaz

combustibles!

06870C DCN6332

WARRANTY

Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation, a business unit of Teledyne Instruments,

Inc., herein referred to as TAPI, warrants its products as follows:

WARRANTY POLICY (02024D)

Prior to shipment, TAPI equipment is thoroughly inspected and tested. Should equipment failure

occur, TAPI assures its customers that prompt service and support will be available.

COVERAGE

After the warranty period and throughout the equipment lifetime, TAPI stands ready to provide

on-site or in-plant service at reasonable rates similar to those of other manufacturers in the

industry. All maintenance and the first level of field troubleshooting is to be performed by the

customer.

NON-API MANUFACTURED EQUIPMENT

Equipment provided but not manufactured by TAPI is warranted and will be repaired to the

extent and according to the current terms and conditions of the respective equipment

manufacturers warranty.

GENERAL

During the warranty period, TAPI warrants each Product manufactured by TAPI to be free from

defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service. Expendable parts are

excluded.

If a Product fails to conform to its specifications within the warranty period, TAPI shall correct

such defect by, at TAPI's discretion, repairing or replacing such defective Product or refunding

the purchase price of such Product.

The warranties set forth in this section shall be of no force or effect with respect to any Product:

(i) that has been altered or subjected to misuse, negligence or accident, or (ii) that has been used

in any manner other than in accordance with the instruction provided by TAPI, or (iii) not

properly maintained.

THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION AND THE REMEDIES THEREFORE ARE

EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS

FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR OTHER WARRANTY OF QUALITY, WHETHER

EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. THE REMEDIES SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION ARE THE

EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES FOR BREACH OF ANY WARRANTY CONTAINED HEREIN. TAPI

SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING

OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OF TAPI'S PERFORMANCE HEREUNDER,

WHETHER FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR OTHERWISE.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

All units or components returned to TAPI should be properly packed for handling and returned

freight prepaid to the nearest designated Service Center. After the repair, the equipment will be

returned, freight prepaid.

ATTENTION AVOID WARRANTY INVALIDATION

Failure to comply with proper anti-Electro-Static Discharge (ESD)

handling and packing instructions and Return Merchandise Authorization

(RMA) procedures when returning parts for repair or calibration may void

your warranty. For anti-ESD handling and packing instructions please

refer to “Packing Components for Return to Teledyne API’s Customer

Service” in the Primer on Electro-Static Discharge section of this manual,

and for RMA procedures please refer to our Website at http://www.teledyne-

api.com under Customer Support > Return Authorization.

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

This page intentionally left blank.

06870C DCN6332

vii

ABOUT THIS MANUAL

Presented here is information regarding the documents that are included with this

manual (Structure) and how the content is organized (Organization).

STRUCTURE

This T400 manual, PN 06870 is comprised of multiple documents, assembled in PDF

format, as listed below.

Part No. Rev Name/Description

06870 B Operation Manual, T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

04402 E Appendix A, Menu Trees and related software documentation

06851 A Spare Parts List (in Appendix B of this manual)

006190200 B AKIT, Expendables

07558 A Recommended Spares Stocking Levels

04473 A IZS Expendables

04404 C Appendix C, Repair Form

06913 A Interconnect Diagram, T400 (in Appendix D of this manual)

069130100 A Interconnect Table, T400 (in Appendix D of this manual)

Schematics (in Appendix D of this manual):

04524 E PCA, 04522, Relay Board

03632 A PCA, 03631, 0-20mA Driver

04354 D PCA, 04003, Pressure/Flow Transducer Interface

04420 B

PCA, 04120, UV Detector Preamp

04421 A

PCA, 04166, UV Lamp Power Supply

04422 A

PCA, 04144, DC Heater/Thermistor

05803 B SCH, PCA 05802, MOTHERBOARD, GEN-5

06698 D SCH, PCA 06670, INTRFC, LCD TCH SCRN,

06882 B SCH, LVDS TRANSMITTER BOARD

06731 B SCH, AUX-I/O BOARD

Note We recommend that this manual be read in its entirety before any attempt

is made to operate the instrument.

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

viii

ORGANIZATION

This manual is divided among three main parts and a collection of appendices at the end.

Part I contains introductory information that includes an overview of the calibrator,

descriptions of the available options, specifications, installation and connection

instructions, and the initial calibration and functional checks. Part I ends with a

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) section and a Glossary section.

Part II comprises the operating instructions, which include basic, advanced and remote

operation, calibration, diagnostics, testing, validating and verifying.

Part III provides detailed technical information, such as theory of operation,

maintenance, and troubleshooting and repair. It also contains a section that provides

important information about electro-static discharge and avoiding its consequences.

The appendices at the end of this manual provide support information such as, version-

specific software documentation, lists of spare parts and schematics.

CONVENTIONS USED

In addition to the safety symbols as presented in the Important Safety Information page,

this manual provides special notices related to the safety and effective use of the

analyzer and other pertinent information.

Special Notices appear as follows:

ATTENTION COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY

This special notice provides information to avoid damage to your

instrument and possibly invalidate the warranty.

IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA

Could either affect accuracy of instrument readings or cause loss of data.

Note Pertinent information associated with the proper care, operation or

maintenance of the analyzer or its parts.

06870C DCN6332

REVISION HISTORY

This section provides information regarding the release of and changes to this T400

Operation Manual, PN 06870.

Document PN Rev DCN Change Summary

2012 January 13, Rev C

T400 Op Manual 06870 C 6332 Technical Updates:

 Figure 3-9, add connection line for =5V to external device.

 In Electrical Connections section, add Concentration Relay

Alarm option (Section 3.3.1.7).

 Section 3.3.1.8, modify Multidrop connection section to

clarify instructions and add detail.

 Correct COM1 default baud rate value to 115,200 (was:

19,200) per DCR 7062.

Administrative Updates, i.e., reorganized structure and

renamed sections:

 Converted Options section to tabular format and moved to

Section 1 as Table 1-1.

 Moved FAQ’s from Section 4 to end of Troubleshooting

section.

 Moved Glossary from Section 4 to end of manual after ESD

section, before Appendices.

 Grouped communications setup and operation into one

section (Section 6).

 Renamed Part III from “Technical Information” to

“Maintenance and Service”.

 Renamed “Troubleshooting and Repair” to “Troubleshooting

and Service”.

 Renamed section “Theory of Operation” to “Principles of

Operation” and moved after “Troubleshooting and Service”

section.

 In Appendix B replaced M400E RSSL with T400 RSSL

Reassembled Appendix D with updated 04524 Relay Card

Schem from Rev D to Rev E and 06731 Aux I/O Schem from

Rev A to Rev B.

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

Document PN Rev DCN Change Summary

2011 April 15, Rev B

T400 Op Manual 06870 B 6049 Add North American certifications

Add MODBUS Setup instructions to Remote Op section

Replace interconnects with correct documents (in Appendix D)

Add UV Safety message (in startup, mntnc, & repairs sections)

Clarify PASSWORD enable/disable description, Section 6.4.2.

2010 September 07, T400 Operation Manual, PN06870 Rev A, DCN5836, Initial Release

06870C DCN6332

This page intentionally left blank.

06870C DCN6332

xiii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. INTRODUCTION, FEATURES AND OPTIONS ................................................................. 25

1.1. Overview .......................................................................................................................................................25

1.2. Features ........................................................................................................................................................25

1.3. Options ..........................................................................................................................................................26

2. SPECIFICATIONS, APPROVALS & COMPLIANCE ......................................................... 29

2.1. Specifications ................................................................................................................................................29

2.2. EPA Equivalency Designation.......................................................................................................................31

2.3. Approvals and Certifications .........................................................................................................................32

2.3.1. Safety.....................................................................................................................................................32

2.3.2. EMC .......................................................................................................................................................32

2.3.3. Other Type Certifications .......................................................................................................................32

3. GETTING STARTED .......................................................................................................... 33

3.1. Unpacking the T400 Analyzer .......................................................................................................................33

3.1.1.1. Ventilation Clearance .....................................................................................................................34

3.2. Instrument layout...........................................................................................................................................35

3.2.1. Front Panel ............................................................................................................................................35

3.2.2. Rear Panel .............................................................................................................................................39

3.2.3. Internal Chassis Layout .........................................................................................................................41

3.3. Connections and Setup.................................................................................................................................42

3.3.1. Electrical Connections ...........................................................................................................................42

3.3.1.1. Connecting Power ..........................................................................................................................42

3.3.1.2. Connecting Analog Inputs (Option) ................................................................................................43

3.3.1.3. Connecting Analog Outputs ...........................................................................................................43

3.3.1.4. Current Loop Analog Outputs (Option 41) Setup ...........................................................................44

3.3.1.5. Connecting the Status Outputs ......................................................................................................46

3.3.1.6. Connecting the Control Inputs........................................................................................................47

3.3.1.7. Connecting the Concentration Alarm Relay (Option 61)................................................................48

3.3.1.8. Connecting the Communications Interfaces ..................................................................................50

3.3.2. Pnenumatic Connections.......................................................................................................................56

3.3.2.1. About Zero Air and Calibration Gas ...............................................................................................56

3.3.2.2. Pneumatic Setup for Basic Configuration.......................................................................................59

3.3.2.3. Pneumatic Setup for the T400 Analyzer with Internal Zero/Span Option (IZS) .............................60

3.3.3. Pneumatic Setups for Ambient Air Monitoring.......................................................................................61

3.3.3.1. Pneumatic Set Up for T400’s Located in the Same Room Being Monitored .................................61

3.3.3.2. Pneumatic Set Up for T400’s Monitoring Remote Locations .........................................................62

3.4. Startup, Functional Checks, and Initial Calibration .......................................................................................63

3.4.1. Start Up..................................................................................................................................................63

3.4.2. Warning Messages ................................................................................................................................63

3.4.3. Functional Check ...................................................................................................................................65

3.4.4. Initial Calibration ....................................................................................................................................65

3.4.4.1. Interferents for O3 Measurement....................................................................................................65

3.4.5. Initial Calibration Procedure for T400 Analyzers without Options .........................................................66

3.4.5.1. Verifying the T400 Reporting Range Settings................................................................................66

3.4.5.2. Verify the Expected O3 Span Gas Concentration:..........................................................................67

3.4.5.3. Initial Zero/Span Calibration Procedure: ........................................................................................69

3.5. Configuring the Internal Zero/Span Option (IZS) ..........................................................................................70

3.5.1. Verify the O3 Generator and Expected O3 Span Concentration Settings..............................................70

3.5.2. Setting the O3 Generator Low-Span (Mid Point) Output Level ..............................................................71

3.5.3. Turning on the Reference Detector Option............................................................................................72

3.5.4. Initial Calibration and Conditioning of T400 Analyzers with the IZS Option Installed............................73

3.5.4.1. Initial O3 Scrubber Conditioning .....................................................................................................73

3.5.4.2. Verifying the T400 Reporting Range Settings................................................................................74

06870C DCN6332

Table of Contents Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

xiv

3.5.4.3. Initial Zero/Span Calibration Procedure: ........................................................................................74

3.6. Calibration Valve Options..............................................................................................................................74

3.6.1. Ambient Zero/Ambient Span Valves (Opt 50A) .....................................................................................74

3.6.1.1. Pneumatic Setup for the T400 Analyzer with Zero/Span Valve Option .........................................76

3.6.2. Internal Zero Span (IZS) Option (OPT 50G)..........................................................................................78

4. OVERVIEW OF OPERATING MODES .............................................................................. 83

4.1. Sample Mode ................................................................................................................................................85

4.1.1. Test Functions .......................................................................................................................................86

4.1.2. Warning Messages ................................................................................................................................88

4.2. Calibration Mode ...........................................................................................................................................89

4.3. SETUP Mode ................................................................................................................................................90

4.3.1. Password Security .................................................................................................................................90

4.3.2. Primary Setup Menu ..............................................................................................................................90

5. SETUP MENU .................................................................................................................... 93

5.1. SETUP  CFG: Configuration Information...................................................................................................93

5.2. SETUP  DAS: Internal Data acquisition System .......................................................................................94

5.3. SETUP  ACAL: Automatic Calibration Option ...........................................................................................94

5.4. SETUP  RNGE: Analog Output Reporting Range Configuration ..............................................................94

5.4.1.1. Physical Range versus Analog Output Reporting Ranges.............................................................94

5.4.1.2. Analog Output Ranges for O3 Concentration .................................................................................95

5.4.1.3. RNGE  MODE  SNGL: Single Range Mode Configuration .....................................................97

5.4.1.4. RNGE  MODE  DUAL: Dual Range Mode Configuration.......................................................98

5.4.1.5. RNGE  MODE  AUTO: Auto Range Mode Configuration .......................................................99

5.4.1.6. SETUP  RNGE  UNIT: Setting the Reporting Range Unit Type .......................................... 100

5.5. SETUP  PASS: Password Protection ..................................................................................................... 101

5.6. SETUP  CLK: Setting the T400 Analyzer’s Internal Time-of-Day Clock and Adjusting Speed.............. 104

5.6.1.1. Setting the Internal Clock’s Time and Day .................................................................................. 104

5.6.1.2. Adjusting the Internal Clock’s Speed........................................................................................... 105

5.7. SETUP  COMM: Communications Ports ................................................................................................ 106

5.7.1. ID (Machine Identification) .................................................................................................................. 106

5.7.2. INET (Ethernet)................................................................................................................................... 106

5.7.3. COM1 and COM 2 (Mode, Baud Rate and Test Port)........................................................................ 106

5.8. SETUP  VARS: Variables Setup and Definition ..................................................................................... 107

5.9. SETUP  DIAG :Diagnostics Functions....................................................................................................109

5.10. Using the Model T400 Analyzer’s Analog I/O .......................................................................................... 111

5.10.1. Adjusting & Calibrating the Analog Output Signals .......................................................................... 112

5.10.1.1. Calibration of the Analog Outputs ............................................................................................. 112

5.10.1.2. Enabling or Disabling the AutoCal for an Individual Analog Output.......................................... 113

5.10.1.3. Automatic Group Calibration of the Analog Outputs ................................................................. 114

5.10.1.4. Manual Calibration of the Analog Outputs Configured for Voltage Ranges.............................. 116

5.10.1.5. Manual Adjustment of Current Loop Output Span and Offset .................................................. 118

5.10.1.6. Analog Output Voltage / Current Range Selection.................................................................... 121

5.10.1.7. Turning an Analog Output Over-Range Feature ON/OFF ........................................................ 122

5.10.1.8. Adding a Recorder Offset to an Analog Output......................................................................... 123

5.10.1.9. Selecting a Test Channel Function for Output A4..................................................................... 124

5.10.2. AIN Calibration.................................................................................................................................. 126

5.10.3. Configuring Analog Inputs (Option) .................................................................................................. 127

6. COMMUNICATIONS SETUP AND OPERATION ............................................................ 129

6.1. Data Terminal/Communication Equipment (DTE DCE)............................................................................. 129

6.2. Communication Modes, Baud Rate and Port Testing................................................................................ 129

6.2.1. Communication Modes ....................................................................................................................... 130

6.2.2. COM Port Baud Rate.......................................................................................................................... 132

6.2.3. COM Port Testing ............................................................................................................................... 133

6.3. RS-232 ....................................................................................................................................................... 134

6.4. RS-485 (Option) ......................................................................................................................................... 134

6.5. Ethernet...................................................................................................................................................... 134

6.5.1. Configuring Ethernet Communication Manually (Static IP Address) .................................................. 135

6.5.2. Configuring Ethernet Communication with Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) ............... 138

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer Table of Contents

6.5.3. Changing the Analyzer’s HOSTNAME ............................................................................................... 141

6.6. USB Port .................................................................................................................................................... 142

6.7. Communications Protocols ........................................................................................................................ 142

6.7.1. MODBUS ............................................................................................................................................ 142

6.7.2. Hessen................................................................................................................................................ 144

6.7.3. Hessen COMM Port Configuration ..................................................................................................... 145

6.7.4. Activating Hessen Protocol................................................................................................................. 146

6.7.5. Selecting a Hessen Protocol Type...................................................................................................... 147

6.7.6. Setting The Hessen Protocol Response Mode................................................................................... 148

6.7.7. Hessen Protocol Gas List Entries ....................................................................................................... 149

6.7.7.1. Gas List Entry Format and Definitions......................................................................................... 149

6.7.7.2. Editing or Adding HESSEN Gas List Entries............................................................................... 150

6.7.7.3. Deleting HESSEN Gas List Entries ............................................................................................. 151

6.7.8. Setting Hessen Protocol Status Flags ................................................................................................ 152

6.7.9. Instrument ID ...................................................................................................................................... 153

7. DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM (DAS) AND APICOM....................................................... 155

7.1. DAS STATUS............................................................................................................................................. 156

7.2. DAS Structure ............................................................................................................................................ 156

7.3. DAS Channels............................................................................................................................................ 157

7.3.1. DAS Default Channels........................................................................................................................ 158

7.3.2. SETUP DAS VIEW: Viewing DAS Channels and Individual Records........................................ 160

7.4. SETUP DAS EDIT: Accessing the DAS Edit Mode ........................................................................... 161

7.4.1. Editing DAS Data Channel Names ..................................................................................................... 162

7.4.2. Editing DAS Triggering Events ........................................................................................................... 163

7.4.2.1. EditiNg DAS Parameters............................................................................................................. 164

7.4.3. Editing Sample Period and Report Period.......................................................................................... 166

7.4.4. Report Periods in Progress when Instrument Is Powered Off............................................................ 167

7.4.5. Editing the Number of Records........................................................................................................... 167

7.4.6. RS-232 Report Function ..................................................................................................................... 169

7.4.7. Enabling / Disabling the HOLDOFF Feature ...................................................................................... 170

7.4.8. The Compact Report Feature ............................................................................................................. 170

7.4.9. The Starting Date Feature .................................................................................................................. 171

7.5. Disabling/Enabling Data Channels............................................................................................................. 171

7.6. Remote DAS Configuration........................................................................................................................ 172

7.7. DAS Configuration Limits ........................................................................................................................... 172

8. REMOTE OPERATION .................................................................................................... 173

8.1. Computer Mode.......................................................................................................................................... 173

8.1.1. Remote Control via APICOM.............................................................................................................. 173

8.2. Interactive Mode......................................................................................................................................... 174

8.2.1. Remote Control via a Terminal Emulation Program........................................................................... 174

8.2.1.1. Help Commands in Interactive Mode .......................................................................................... 174

8.2.1.2. Command Syntax ........................................................................................................................ 175

8.2.1.3. Data Types .................................................................................................................................. 175

8.2.1.4. Status Reporting.......................................................................................................................... 176

8.3. Remote Access by Modem ........................................................................................................................ 177

8.4. Password Security for Serial Remote Communications ............................................................................ 180

8.5. APICOM Remote Control Program............................................................................................................ 180

9. T400 CALIBRATION PROCEDURES.............................................................................. 183

9.1. Before Calibration....................................................................................................................................... 184

9.1.1. Required Equipment, Supplies, and Expendables ............................................................................. 184

9.1.2. Zero Air and Span Gas ....................................................................................................................... 184

9.2. Basic Manual Calibration Checks And Calibration of the T400 analyzer................................................... 185

9.2.1. Setup for Basic Calibration Checks and Calibration of the T400 analyzer......................................... 185

9.2.2. Performing a Basic Manual Calibration Check ................................................................................... 186

9.2.3. Performing a Basic Manual Calibration .............................................................................................. 187

9.2.3.1. Setting the Expected O3 Span Gas Concentration...................................................................... 187

9.2.3.2. Zero/Span Point Calibration Procedure....................................................................................... 188

9.2.4. Manual Calibration Checks and Calibrations Using AUTO RANGE or DUAL RANGE Modes.......... 189

06870C DCN6332

Table of Contents Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

xvi

9.3. Manual Calibration Check and Calibration with Valve Options Installed ................................................... 190

9.3.1. Setup for Calibration Checks and Calibration with Valve Options Installed. ...................................... 190

9.3.2. Manual Calibration Checks with Valve Options Installed ...................................................................192

9.3.3. Manual Calibration Using Valve Options ............................................................................................ 193

9.3.3.1. Setting the Expected O3 Span Gas Concentration with the Z/S Option Installed ....................... 193

9.3.3.2. Zero/Span Point Calibration Procedure the Z/S Option Installed................................................ 194

9.3.3.3. Use of Zero/Span Valve with Remote Contact Closure .............................................................. 195

9.4. Automatic Zero/Span Cal/Check (AutoCal) ............................................................................................... 195

9.4.1. SETUP  ACAL: Programming and AUTO CAL ............................................................................... 197

9.5. O3 Photometer Electronic Calibration ....................................................................................................... 199

9.5.1. Photometer Dark Calibration .............................................................................................................. 199

9.5.2. O3 Photometer Gas Flow Calibration.................................................................................................. 201

9.6. Calibrating the IZS Option O3 Generator ................................................................................................... 202

10. EPA PROTOCOL CALIBRATION ................................................................................. 205

10.1.1. T400 Calibration – General Guidelines............................................................................................. 205

10.1.2. Calibration Equipment, Supplies, and Expendables......................................................................... 206

10.1.3. Calibration Gas and Zero Air Sources.............................................................................................. 207

10.1.4. Recommended Standards for Establishing Traceability................................................................... 207

10.1.5. Calibration Frequency....................................................................................................................... 208

10.1.6. Data Recording Device..................................................................................................................... 209

10.1.7. Record Keeping ................................................................................................................................ 209

10.2. Level 1 Calibrations versus Level 2 Checks ............................................................................................ 210

10.3. Multipoint Calibration................................................................................................................................ 211

10.3.1. General information .......................................................................................................................... 211

10.3.2. Multipoint Calibration Procedure....................................................................................................... 211

10.3.3. Dynamic Multipoint Calibration Check.............................................................................................. 212

10.3.4. Linearity Test .................................................................................................................................... 213

10.3.5. O3 Loss Correction Factor ................................................................................................................ 215

10.3.6. Span Drift Check............................................................................................................................... 215

10.4. Auditing Procedures................................................................................................................................. 215

10.4.1. Data Processing Audit ...................................................................................................................... 216

10.4.2. System Audit..................................................................................................................................... 217

10.4.3. Assessment of Monitoring Data for Precision and Accuracy............................................................ 217

10.5. Summary of Quality Assurance Checks .................................................................................................. 218

10.6. References ............................................................................................................................................... 221

11. INSTRUMENT MAINTENANCE .................................................................................... 225

11.1. Maintenance Schedule............................................................................................................................. 225

11.2. Predictive Diagnostics.............................................................................................................................. 229

11.3. Maintenance Procedures ......................................................................................................................... 230

11.3.1. Replacing the Sample Particulate Filter............................................................................................ 230

11.3.2. Rebuilding the Sample Pump ........................................................................................................... 231

11.3.3. Replacing the IZS Option Zero Air Scrubber .................................................................................... 231

11.3.4. IZS Desiccant (Option 56) ................................................................................................................ 232

11.3.5. Performing Leak Checks .................................................................................................................. 232

11.3.5.1. Vacuum Leak Check and Pump Check..................................................................................... 232

11.3.5.2. Pressure Leak Check ................................................................................................................ 232

11.3.6. Performing a Sample Flow Check .................................................................................................... 234

11.3.7. Maintenance of the Photometer Absorption Tube ............................................................................ 235

11.3.7.1. Cleaning or Replacing the Absorption Tube .............................................................................235

11.3.7.2. UV Lamp Adjustment................................................................................................................. 236

11.3.7.3. UV Lamp Replacement ............................................................................................................. 238

11.3.8. Adjustment or Replacement of Optional IZS Ozone Generator UV Lamp ....................................... 239

12. TROUBLESHOOTING & SERVICE............................................................................... 243

12.1. General Troubleshooting.......................................................................................................................... 243

12.1.1. Fault Diagnosis with WARNING Messages...................................................................................... 244

12.1.2. Fault Diagnosis With Test Functions ................................................................................................ 248

12.1.3. DIAG  SIGNAL I/O: Using the Diagnostic Signal I/O Function .................................................... 250

12.2. Using the Analog Output Test Channel ................................................................................................... 252

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer Table of Contents

xvii

12.3. Using the Internal Electronic Status LEDs ............................................................................................... 253

12.3.1. CPU Status Indicator ........................................................................................................................ 253

12.3.2. Relay PCA Status LEDs ................................................................................................................... 253

12.3.2.1. I2C Bus Watchdog Status LEDs ................................................................................................ 253

12.3.2.2. O3 Option Status LED s............................................................................................................. 254

12.4. Gas Flow Problems.................................................................................................................................. 255

12.4.1. Typical Flow Problems...................................................................................................................... 255

12.4.1.1. Flow is Zero ............................................................................................................................... 255

12.4.1.2. Low Flow ................................................................................................................................... 255

12.4.1.3. High Flow................................................................................................................................... 256

12.4.1.4. Actual Flow Does Not Match Displayed Flow ........................................................................... 256

12.4.1.5. Sample Pump ............................................................................................................................ 256

12.5. Calibration Problems................................................................................................................................ 256

12.5.1. Mis-Calibrated................................................................................................................................... 256

12.5.2. Non-Repeatable Zero and Span....................................................................................................... 256

12.5.3. Inability to Span – No Span Button (CALS)...................................................................................... 257

12.5.4. Inability to Zero – No Zero Button (CALZ) ........................................................................................ 257

12.6. Other Performance Problems .................................................................................................................. 257

12.6.1. Temperature Problems ..................................................................................................................... 257

12.6.1.1. Box Temperature....................................................................................................................... 257

12.6.1.2. Sample Temperature................................................................................................................. 258

12.6.1.3. UV Lamp Temperature.............................................................................................................. 258

12.6.1.4. IZS Ozone Generator Temperature (Optional) ......................................................................... 258

12.7. Subsystem Checkout ............................................................................................................................... 259

12.7.1. AC Main Power................................................................................................................................. 259

12.7.2. DC Power Supply.............................................................................................................................. 259

12.7.3. I2C Bus.............................................................................................................................................. 260

12.7.4. Touchscreen Interface ...................................................................................................................... 261

12.7.5. LCD Display Module ......................................................................................................................... 261

12.7.6. Relay PCA ........................................................................................................................................ 261

12.7.7. Photometer Pressure /Flow Sensor Assembly ................................................................................. 262

12.7.8. Motherboard...................................................................................................................................... 263

12.7.8.1. Test Channel / Analog Outputs Voltage.................................................................................... 263

12.7.8.2. A/D Functions ............................................................................................................................ 264

12.7.8.3. Status Outputs........................................................................................................................... 264

12.7.8.4. Control Inputs ............................................................................................................................ 265

12.7.9. CPU .................................................................................................................................................. 265

12.7.10. RS-232 Communications................................................................................................................ 266

12.7.10.1. General RS-232 Troubleshooting............................................................................................ 266

12.7.10.2. Troubleshooting Analyzer/Modem or Terminal Operation ...................................................... 266

12.8. Trouble Shooting the Photometer ............................................................................................................ 267

12.8.1. Checking Measure / Reference Valve .............................................................................................. 267

12.8.2. Checking The Photometer UV Lamp Power Supply......................................................................... 268

12.9. Trouble Shooting the IZS Options O3 generator ...................................................................................... 269

12.9.1. Checking The O3 Generator UV Lamp Power Supply...................................................................... 269

12.10. Service Procedures................................................................................................................................ 269

12.10.1. Repairing Sample Flow Control Assembly ..................................................................................... 269

12.10.2. Replacing The Standard Reference O3 Scrubber .......................................................................... 270

12.10.3. Replacing the IZS O3 Scrubber ...................................................................................................... 271

12.10.4. Metal Wool Scrubber Option........................................................................................................... 271

12.10.5. Disk-On-Module Replacement Procedure...................................................................................... 271

12.11. FAQ’s ..................................................................................................................................................... 272

12.12. Technical Assistance ............................................................................................................................. 274

13. THEORY OF OPERATION ............................................................................................ 275

13.1. Measurement Method .............................................................................................................................. 275

13.1.1. Calculating O3 Concentration ........................................................................................................... 275

13.1.2. The Photometer UV Absorption Path ............................................................................................... 277

13.1.3. The Reference / Measurement Cycle ............................................................................................... 278

06870C DCN6332

Table of Contents Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

xviii

13.1.4. Interferent Rejection ......................................................................................................................... 279

13.2. Pneumatic Operation ............................................................................................................................... 280

13.2.1. Sample Gas Air Flow ........................................................................................................................ 280

13.2.2. Flow Rate Control ............................................................................................................................. 281

13.2.2.1. Critical Flow Orifice.................................................................................................................... 281

13.2.3. Particulate Filter................................................................................................................................ 282

13.2.4. Pneumatic Sensors........................................................................................................................... 282

13.2.4.1. Sample Pressure Sensor .......................................................................................................... 282

13.2.4.2. Sample Flow Sensor ................................................................................................................. 282

13.3. Electronic Operation................................................................................................................................. 283

13.3.1. Overview ........................................................................................................................................... 283

13.3.2. CPU .................................................................................................................................................. 284

13.3.2.1. Disk-On-Module......................................................................................................................... 285

13.3.2.2. Flash Chip ................................................................................................................................. 285

13.3.3. Motherboard...................................................................................................................................... 286

13.3.3.1. A to D Conversion ..................................................................................................................... 286

13.3.3.2. Sensor Inputs ............................................................................................................................ 286

13.3.3.3. Thermistor Interface .................................................................................................................. 286

13.3.3.4. Analog Outputs.......................................................................................................................... 287

13.3.3.5. External Digital I/O..................................................................................................................... 287

13.3.3.6. I2C Data Bus.............................................................................................................................. 287

13.3.3.7. Power Up Circuit........................................................................................................................ 288

13.3.4. Relay PCA ........................................................................................................................................ 288

13.3.4.1. Status LEDs............................................................................................................................... 290

13.3.4.2. Watchdog Circuitry .................................................................................................................... 290

13.3.4.3. Valve Control ............................................................................................................................. 291

13.3.4.4. Heater Control ........................................................................................................................... 291

13.3.4.5. Thermocouple Inputs and Configuration Jumper (JP5) ............................................................ 292

13.3.5. Power Supply/Circuit Breaker........................................................................................................... 293

13.3.5.1. Power Switch/Circuit Breaker.................................................................................................... 294

13.3.6. AC Power Configuration ................................................................................................................... 295

13.3.6.1. AC Configuration – Internal Pump (JP7)................................................................................... 296

13.3.6.2. AC Configuration – Heaters for Option Packages (JP6) ........................................................... 297

13.3.7. Photometer Layout and Operation.................................................................................................... 298

13.3.7.1. Photometer Electronic Operation .............................................................................................. 299

13.3.7.2. O3 Photometer UV Lamp Power Supply ................................................................................... 300

13.3.7.3. Photometer Temperature .......................................................................................................... 301

13.3.7.4. Photometer Gas Pressure and Flow Rate.................................................................................301

13.4. Front Panel Touchscreen/Display Interface............................................................................................. 302

13.4.1. Front Panel Interface PCA................................................................................................................ 302

13.5. Software Operation .................................................................................................................................. 303

13.5.1. Adaptive Filter ................................................................................................................................... 303

13.5.2. Calibration - Slope and Offset........................................................................................................... 304

14. A PRIMER ON ELECTRO-STATIC DISCHARGE......................................................... 305

14.1. How Static Charges are Created ............................................................................................................. 305

14.2. How Electro-Static Charges Cause Damage........................................................................................... 306

14.3. Common Myths About ESD Damage ...................................................................................................... 307

14.4. Basic Principles of Static Control ............................................................................................................. 308

14.4.1. General Rules................................................................................................................................... 308

14.4.2. Basic anti-ESD Procedures for Analyzer Repair and Maintenance ................................................. 310

14.4.2.1. Working at the Instrument Rack ................................................................................................ 310

14.4.2.2. Working at an Anti-ESD Work Bench........................................................................................ 310

14.4.2.3. Transferring Components from Rack to Bench and Back......................................................... 311

14.4.2.4. Opening Shipments from Teledyne API Customer Service ...................................................... 311

14.4.2.5. Packing Components for Return to Teledyne API Customer Service....................................... 312

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer Table of Contents

xix

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 3-1: Front Panel Layout.......................................................................................................................35

Figure 3-2: Display Screen and Touch Control..............................................................................................36

Figure 3-3: Touchscreen/Display Mapped to Menu Charts ...........................................................................38

Figure 3-4: Rear Panel Layout .......................................................................................................................39

Figure 3-5: T400 Internal Layout – Top View with IZS Option .......................................................................41

Figure 3-6: Analog In Connector ....................................................................................................................43

Figure 3-7: T400 Analog Output Connector ...................................................................................................44

Figure 3-8: Current Loop Option Installed......................................................................................................45

Figure 3-9: Status Output Connector .............................................................................................................46

Figure 3-10: Energizing the T400 Control Inputs .............................................................................................47

Figure 3-11: Concentration Alarm Relay..........................................................................................................48

Figure 3-12: Rear Panel Connector Pin-Outs for RS-232 Mode......................................................................51

Figure 3-13: CPU Connector Pin-Outs for RS-232 Mode ................................................................................52

Figure 3-14: Jumper and Cables for Multidrop Configuration ..........................................................................54

Figure 3-15: RS-232-Multidrop PCA Host/Analyzer Interconnect Diagram .....................................................55

Figure 3-16: T400 Pneumatic Diagram – Basic Unit........................................................................................57

Figure 3-17: T400 Pneumatic Diagram with Internal Zero/Span (IZS) Option (OPT-50G)..............................58

Figure 3-18: Gas Line Connections for the T400 Analyzer – Basic Configuration ..........................................59

Figure 3-19: Gas Line Connections for the T400 Analyzer with IZS Option (OPT-50G) .................................60

Figure 3-20: Gas Line Connections when the T400 Analyzer is Located in the Room Being Monitored........61

Figure 3-21: Gas Line Connections when the T400 Analyzer is Monitoring a Remote Location ....................62

Figure 3-22: T400 Pneumatic Diagram with Zero/Span Valve Option (OPT-50A) ..........................................75

Figure 3-23: Gas Line Connections for the T400 Analyzer with Zero/Span Valve Option (OPT-50A) ............76

Figure 3-24: T400 Pneumatic Diagram with Internal Zero/Span (IZS) Option (OPT-50G)..............................78

Figure 4-1: Front Panel Display......................................................................................................................83

Figure 4-2: Viewing T400 Test Functions ......................................................................................................86

Figure 5-1: Analog Output Connector Pin Out ...............................................................................................95

Figure 5-2: Accessing the DIAG Submenus ............................................................................................... 110

Figure 5-3: Accessing the Analog I/O Configuration Submenus................................................................. 112

Figure 5-4: Setup for Calibrating Analog Output......................................................................................... 116

Figure 5-5: Setup for Checking Current Output Signal Levels.................................................................... 118

Figure 5-6: Alternative Setup Using 250Ω Resistor for Checking Current Output Signal Levels ............... 120

Figure 5-7. DIAG – Analog Inputs (Option) Configuration Menu ................................................................ 127

Figure 7-1: Default T400 DAS Channels Setup .......................................................................................... 159

Figure 7-2: APICOM User Interface for Configuring the DAS..................................................................... 172

Figure 8-1: APICOM Remote Control Program Interface ........................................................................... 181

Figure 9-1: Pneumatic connections for Manual Calibration Checks without Z/S Valve or IZS Options..... 185

Figure 9-2: Gas Line Connections for the T400 Analyzer with Zero/Span Valve Option (OPT-50A) ......... 190

Figure 9-3: Gas Line Connections for the T400 Analyzer with IZS Options (OPT-50G) ............................ 191

Figure 11-1 Replacing the Particulate Filter................................................................................................. 230

Figure 11-2 Replacing the IZS Zero Air Scrubber........................................................................................ 231

Figure 11-3: Optical Bench – Lamp Adjustment/ Installation ........................................................................ 238

Figure 11-4: O3 Generator Temperature Thermistor and DC Heater Locations ........................................... 239

Figure 11-5: Location of O3 Generator Reference Detector Adjustment Pot................................................ 240

Figure 12-1: Example of Signal I/O Function ................................................................................................ 251

Figure 12-2: CPU Status Indicator ................................................................................................................ 253

Figure 12-3: Relay PCA Status LEDS Used for Troubleshooting ................................................................. 254

Figure 12-4: Location of DC Power Test Points on Relay PCA .................................................................... 260

Figure 12-5: Critical Flow Orifice Assembly (Instruments without IZS)......................................................... 270

Figure 12-6: IZS O3 Generator Zero Air Scrubber Location.......................................................................... 271

Figure 13-1: O3 Absorption Path ................................................................................................................... 277

Figure 13-2: Reference / Measurement Gas Cycle....................................................................................... 278

Figure 13-3: T400 Pneumatic Diagram – Basic Unit..................................................................................... 280

Figure 13-4: Flow Control Assembly & Critical Flow Orifice ......................................................................... 281

Figure 13-5: T400 Electronic Block Diagram ................................................................................................ 283

Figure 13-6. CPU Board................................................................................................................................ 285

Figure 13-7: Relay PCA Layout (P/N 04523-0100)....................................................................................... 288

06870C DCN6332

Table of Contents Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

Figure 13-8: Relay PCA P/N 045230100 with Safety Shield In Place .......................................................... 289

Figure 13-9: Relay PCA P/N 045230200 with AC Relay Retainer in Place.................................................. 289

Figure 13-10: Status LED Locations – Relay PCA.......................................................................................... 290

Figure 13-11: Heater Control Loop Block Diagram......................................................................................... 292

Figure 13-12: Thermocouple Configuration Jumper (JP5) Pin-Outs............................................................... 293

Figure 13-13: Power Distribution Block Diagram ............................................................................................ 294

Figure 13-14: Location of AC power Configuration Jumpers .......................................................................... 295

Figure 13-15: Pump AC Power Jumpers (JP7)............................................................................................... 296

Figure 13-16: Typical Jumper Set (JP2) Set Up of Optional Metal Wool Scrubber Heater ............................ 297

Figure 13-17: O3 Photometer Layout – Top Cover Removed......................................................................... 298

Figure 13-18: O3 Photometer Electronic Block Diagram................................................................................. 299

Figure 13-19: O3 Photometer UV Lamp Power Supply Block Diagram .......................................................... 300

Figure 13-20: Front Panel and Display Interface Block Diagram.................................................................... 302

Figure 13-21: Basic Software Operation ......................................................................................................... 303

Figure 14-1: Triboelectric Charging............................................................................................................... 305

Figure 14-2: Basic anti-ESD Work Station .................................................................................................... 308

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1-1: Analyzer Options..........................................................................................................................26

Table 2-1: Model T400 Basic Unit Specifications .........................................................................................29

Table 2-2: IZS Generator Specifications with Reference Feedback Option .................................................30

Table 2-3: IZS Generator Specifications w/o Reference Feedback Option..................................................30

Table 2-4. Software Settings for EPA Equivalence.......................................................................................31

Table 3-1: Ventilation Clearance...................................................................................................................34

Table 3-2: Display Screen and Touch Control Description...........................................................................37

Table 3-3: Rear Panel Description................................................................................................................40

Table 3-4: Analog Input Pin Assignments.....................................................................................................43

Table 3-5: Analog Output Pin Outs ...............................................................................................................44

Table 3-6: Status Output Pin Assignments ...................................................................................................46

Table 3-7: Control Input Pin Assignments ....................................................................................................48

Table 3-8: Possible Warning Messages at Start-Up.....................................................................................64

Table 3-9: Zero/Span Valve Operating States for Option 50A......................................................................75

Table 3-10: Internal Zero/Span Valve Operating States.................................................................................79

Table 4-1: Analyzer Operating Modes ..........................................................................................................84

Table 4-2: Test Functions Defined................................................................................................................87

Table 4-3: Warning Messages Defined.........................................................................................................88

Table 4-4: Primary Setup Mode Features and Functions .............................................................................90

Table 4-5: Secondary Setup Mode Features and Functions ........................................................................91

Table 5-1: Password Levels....................................................................................................................... 101

Table 5-2: Variable Names (VARS) ...........................................................................................................107

Table 5-3: Diagnostic Mode (DIAG) Functions .......................................................................................... 109

Table 5-4: DIAG - Analog I/O Functions .................................................................................................... 111

Table 5-5: Voltage Tolerances for the TEST CHANNEL Calibration......................................................... 116

Table 5-6: Current Loop Output Check...................................................................................................... 120

Table 5-7: Analog Output Voltage Range Min/Max ................................................................................... 121

Table 5-8: Test Channels Functions Available on the T400’s Analog Output ........................................... 124

Table 6-1: COMM Port Communication Modes......................................................................................... 130

Table 6-2: Ethernet Status Indicators ........................................................................................................ 134

Table 6-3: LAN/Internet Default Configuration Properties ......................................................................... 139

Table 6-4: RS-232 Communication Parameters for Hessen Protocol ....................................................... 145

Table 6-5: Teledyne API Hessen Protocol Response Modes.................................................................... 148

Table 6-6: Default Hessen Status Bit Assignments ................................................................................... 152

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer Table of Contents

xxi

Table 7-1: Front Panel LED Status Indicators for DAS.............................................................................. 156

Table 7-2: DAS Data Channel Properties .................................................................................................. 157

Table 7-3: DAS Data Parameter Functions ............................................................................................... 164

Table 8-1: Terminal Mode Software Commands ....................................................................................... 174

Table 8-2: Teledyne API Serial I/O Command Types................................................................................ 175

Table 9-1: AutoCal Modes ......................................................................................................................... 195

Table 9-2: AutoCal Attribute Setup Parameters......................................................................................... 196

Table 9-3: Example AutoCal Sequence..................................................................................................... 196

Table 10-1: Daily Activity Matrix................................................................................................................... 218

Table 10-2: Activity Matrix for Audit Procedure............................................................................................ 219

Table 10-3: Activity Matrix for Data Reduction, Validation and Reporting................................................... 220

Table 10-4: Activity Matrix for Calibration Procedures................................................................................. 220

Table 11-1: T400 Maintenance Schedule .................................................................................................... 227

Table 11-2: Predictive Uses for Test Functions........................................................................................... 229

Table 12-1: Warning Messages in Display Param Field.............................................................................. 247

Table 12-2: Test Functions - Indicated Failures........................................................................................... 249

Table 12-3: Test Channel Outputs as Diagnostic Tools .............................................................................. 252

Table 12-4: Relay PCA Watchdog LED Failure Indications......................................................................... 253

Table 12-5: Relay PCA Status LED Failure Indications............................................................................... 254

Table 12-6: DC Power Test Point and Wiring Color Codes......................................................................... 259

Table 12-7: DC Power Supply Acceptable Levels ....................................................................................... 260

Table 12-8: Relay PCA Control Devices...................................................................................................... 261

Table 12-9: Analog Output Test Function - Nominal Values Voltage Outputs ............................................ 263

Table 12-10: Status Outputs Check............................................................................................................... 264

Table 12-11: T400 Control Input Pin Assignments and Corresponding Signal I/O Functions....................... 265

Table 13-1: Relay PCA Status LEDs ...........................................................................................................290

Table 13-2: Thermocouple Configuration Jumper (JP5) Pin-Outs............................................................... 292

Table 13-3: Thermocouple Settings for Optional Metal Wool Scrubber ...................................................... 293

Table 13-4: AC Power Configuration for Internal Pumps (JP7) ................................................................... 296

Table 13-5: Power Configuration for Optional Metal Wool Scrubber Heater (JP6) ..................................... 297

Table 14-1: Static Generation Voltages for Typical Activities ...................................................................... 306

Table 14-2: Sensitivity of Electronic Devices to Damage by ESD............................................................... 306

06870C DCN6332

Table of Contents Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

xxii

LIST OF APPENDICES

APPENDIX A - MENU TREES and RELATED SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION

APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees

APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables Available Via Serial I/O

APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Measurements via Serial I/O

APPENDIX A-4: Signal I/O Definitions

APPENDIX A-5: DAS Functions

APPENDIX A-6: MODBUS Register Map

APPENDIX B - T400 SPARE PARTS LIST

APPENDIX C - REPAIR QUESTIONNAIRE

APPENDIX D – T400 ELECTRONIC SCHEMATICS

06870C DCN6332

SECTION I

–

GENERAL INFORMATION

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

06870C DCN6332

1. INTRODUCTION, FEATURES AND OPTIONS

1.1. OVERVIEW

The Model T400 photometric ozone analyzer is a microprocessor-controlled analyzer

that measures low ranges of ozone in ambient air using a method based on the Beer-

Lambert law, an empirical relationship that relates the absorption of light to the

properties of the material through which the light is traveling over a given distance.

The intensity of an ultra violate light is measured after it passes through a chamber,

called the sample cell, where it is absorbed in proportion to the amount of ozone present.

Every three seconds, a switching valve alternates measurement between a gas stream

containing ozone and a stream that has been scrubbed of ozone.

The analyzer also measures the ambient temperature and pressure of the gas being

measured. Using results of these measurements and the Beer-Lambert equation, the

T400 analyzer calculates the amount of ozone present in the sampler gas.

The T400 analyzer’s multi-tasking software gives the ability to track and report a large

number of operational parameters in real time. These readings are compared to

diagnostic limits kept in the analyzers memory and should any fall outside of those

limits the analyzer issues automatic warnings.

Built-in data acquisition capability, using the analyzer's internal memory, allows the

logging of multiple parameters including averaged or instantaneous concentration

values, calibration data, and operating parameters such as pressure and flow rate. Stored

data are easily retrieved through the serial port or Ethernet port via our APICOM

software or from the front panel, allowing operators to perform predictive diagnostics

and enhanced data analysis by tracking parameter trends. Multiple averaging periods of

one minute to 365 days are available for over a period of one year.

1.2. FEATURES

Some of the exceptional features of your T400 photometric ozone analyzer include:

 Ranges, 0-100 ppb to 0-10 ppm, user selectable

 Single pass ultraviolet absorption

 Microprocessor controlled for versatility

 LCD Graphical User Interface with capacitive touch screen

 Multi-tasking software allows viewing of test variables during operation

06870C DCN6332

Introduction Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

 Continuous self checking with alarms

 Bi-directional USB, RS-232, and 10/100Base-T Ethernet ports for remote operation

(optional RS-485)

 Front panel USB ports for perpheral devices

 Digital status outputs provide instrument operating condition

 Adaptive signal filtering optimizes response time

 Optional Internal Zero/Span check and dual span points

 Temperature & Pressure compensation

 Internal data logging with 1 min to 365 day multiple averages

1.3. OPTIONS

The options available for your analyzer are presented in Table 1-1 with name, option

number, a description and/or comments, and if applicable, cross-references to technical

details in this manual, such as setup and calibration. To order these options or to learn

more about them, please contact the Sales department of Teledyne - Advanced Pollution

Instruments at:

TOLL-FREE: 800-324-5190

TEL: +1 858-657-9800

FAX: +1 858-657-9816

E-MAIL: apisales@teledyne.com

WEB SITE: http://www.teledyne-api.com/

Table 1-1: Analyzer Options

Option Option

Number Description/Notes Reference

Pumps Pumps meet all typical AC power supply standards while exhibiting same

pneumatic performance.

10A External Pump 100V - 120V @ 60 Hz N/A

10B External Pump 220V - 240V @ 50 Hz N/A

10C External Pump 220V - 240V @ 60 Hz N/A

10D External Pump 100V – 12V @ 50 Hz N/A

10E External Pump 100V @ 60 Hz N/A

11 Pumpless, internal or external Pump Pack N/A

13 High Voltage Internal Pump 240V @ 50Hz N/A

Rack Mount

Kits Options for mounting the analyzer in standard 19” racks

20A Rack mount brackets with 26 in. chassis slides N/A

20B Rack mount brackets with 24 in. chassis slides N/A

21 Rack mount brackets only (compatible with carrying strap, Option 29) N/A

23 Rack mount for external pump pack (no slides) N/A

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer Introduction, Features and Options

Option Option

Number Description/Notes Reference

Carrying Strap/Handle Side-mounted strap for hand-carrying analyzer

Extends from “flat” position to accommodate hand for carrying.

Recesses to 9mm (3/8”) dimension for storage.

Can be used with rack mount brackets, Option 21.

Cannot be used with rack mount slides.

N/A

CAUTION

GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD

A FULLY LOADED T400 WITH BOTH THE O3 GENERATOR AND VALVE OPTIONS

INSTALLED WEIGHS ABOUT 17 KG (40 POUNDS).

TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY WE RECOMMEND THAT TWO PERSONS LIFT AND

CARRY THE ANALYZER.

DISCONNECT ALL CABLES AND TUBING FROM THE ANALYZER BEFORE MOVING IT.

Analog Inputs Used for connecting external voltage signals from other instrumentation (such as

meteorological instruments).

Also can be used for logging these signals in the analyzer’s internal

DAS

64A is USB Com Port only

64B is Analog Input and USB Com Port together.

Sections 3.3.1.2

and 5.10.3

Current Loop Analog

Outputs

Adds isolated, voltage-to-current conversion circuitry to the analyzer’s analog

outputs.

Can be configured for any output range between 0 and 20 mA.

May be ordered separately for any of the analog outputs.

Can be installed at the factory or retrofitted in the field.

Sections 3.3.1.4,

and 5.10.1.5

Parts Kits Spare parts and expendables

42A

Expendables Kit includes a recommended set of expendables for

one year of operation of this instrument including replacement

sample particulate filters.

Appendix B

43 Expendables Kit with IZS includes the items needed to refurbish

the internal zero air scrubber (IZS) that is included. Appendix B

45 Spare Parts Kit includes spares parts for one unit. Appendix B

Calibration Valves Used to control the flow of calibration gases generated from external sources,

rather than manually switching the rear panel pneumatic connections.

50A Ambient Zero and Ambient Span Section 3.6.1

50F

Zero Scrubber and No span (IZ) (CY5) (measures low levels of O3 in

ambient air; special order). N/A (Call Sales)

50G Zero Scrubber and Internal Span Source (IZS) Section 3.6.2

56 Desiccant Dryer for IZS (desiccant material in a scrubbder cartridge) Section 11.3.4

Communication Cables For remote serial, network and Internet communication with the analyzer.

Type Description

60A RS-232

Shielded, straight-through DB-9F to DB-25M cable, about

1.8 m long. Used to interface with older computers or

code activated switches with DB-25 serial connectors.

Section 3.3.1.8

60B RS-232

Shielded, straight-through DB-9F to DB-9F cable of about

1.8 m length. Section 3.3.1.8

60C Ethernet

Patch cable, 2 meters long, used for Internet and LAN

communications. Section 3.3.1.8

60D USB

Cable for direct connection between instrument (rear

panel USB port) and personal computer. Section 3.3.1.8

06870C DCN6332

Introduction Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

Option Option

Number Description/Notes Reference

Concentration Alarm Relay Issues warning when gas concentration exceeds limits set by user.

Four (4) “dry contact” relays on the rear panel of the instrument. This

relay option is different from and in addition to the “Contact Closures”

that come standard on all TAPI instruments.

Section 3.3.1.7

RS-232 Multidrop Enables communications between host computer and up to eight analyzers.

Multidrop card seated on the analyzer’s CPU card.

Each instrument in the multidrop network requires this card and a

communications cable (Option 60B).

Section 3.3.1.8

Additional Option To replace manganese dioxide scrubber.

Metal Scrubber – a heated metal wool scrubber that functions like a

catalytic converter and improves the analyzer’s performance in some

higher humidity applications.

Special Features Built in features, software activated

N/A

Maintenance Mode Switch, located inside the instrument, places

the analyzer in maintenance mode where it can continue sampling,

yet ignore calibration, diagnostic, and reset instrument commands.

This feature is of particular use for instruments connected to

Multidrop or Hessen protocol networks.

Call Customer Service for activation.

N/A

Second Language Switch activates an alternate set of display

messages in a language other than the instrument’s default

language.

Call Customer Service for a specially programmed Disk on Module containing

the second language.

N/A

06870C DCN6332

2. SPECIFICATIONS, APPROVALS & COMPLIANCE

This section presents specifications for the T400 analyzer and its options, Agency

approvals, EPA equivalency designation, and CE mark compliance.

2.1. SPECIFICATIONS

Table 2-1: Model T400 Basic Unit Specifications

Parameter Specification

Ranges Min: 0-100 ppb Full scale

Max: 0-10 ppm Full scale (selectable, dual ranges and auto-ranging supported)

Measurement Units ppb, ppm, µg/m3, mg/m3 (selectable)

Zero Noise < 0.3 ppb (RMS)

Span Noise < 0.5% of reading (RMS) above 100 ppb

Lower Detectable Limit < 0.6 ppb

Zero Drift < 1.0 ppb/24 hours

Span Drift < 1% of reading/24 hours

Lag Time < 10 sec

Rise/Fall Time < 20 sec to 95%

Linearity < 1% of full scale

Precision < 0.5% of reading above 100 ppb

Sample Flow Rate 800 cc3/min 10%

Power Requirements 100V-120V, 220V-240V, 50/60Hz

Analog Output Ranges 10V, 5V, 1V, 0.1V (selectable)

Recorder Offset 10%

Standard I/O 1 Ethernet: 10/100Base-T

2 RS-232 (300 – 115,200 baud)

2 USB device ports

8 opto-isolated digital outputs

6 opto-isolated digital inputs (3 defined, 3 spare)

4 analog outputs

Optional I/O 1 USB com port

1 RS485

8 analog inputs (0-10V, 12-bit)

4 digital alarm outputs

Multidrop RS232

3 4-20mA current outputs

Operating Temperature Range 5 - 40C (with EPA Equivalency)

Humidity Range 0-90% RH, Non-Condensing

Pressure Range 25 – 31 “Hg-A

Altitude Range 0-2000m

06870C DCN6332

Specifications, Approvals & Compliance Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

Parameter Specification

Temp Coefficient < 0.05% per deg C

Voltage Coefficient < 0.05% per Volt AC (RMS) over range of nominal  10%

Dimensions (H x W x D) 7” x 17” x 23.5” (178 x 432 x 597 mm)

Weight 28 lbs (12.7 kg)

30.6lbs. (13.8kg) with IZS Option

Environmental Conditions Installation Category (Over voltage Category) II Pollution Degree 2

Table 2-2: IZS Generator Specifications with Reference Feedback

Option

Parameter Specification

Maximum Concentration 1.0 PPM

Minimum Concentration 0.050 PPM

Resolution 0.5 ppb

Repeatability (7 days) 1% of reading

Initial Accuracy +/- 5% of target concentration

Response Time < 5 min to 95%

Table 2-3: IZS Generator Specifications w/o Reference Feedback

Option

Parameter Specification

Maximum Concentration 1.0 PPM

Minimum Concentration 0.050 PPM

Resolution 0.5 ppb

Repeatability (7 days) 2% of reading

Initial Accuracy +/- 10% of target concentration

Response Time < 5 min to 95%

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer Specifications, Approvals & Compliance

2.2. EPA EQUIVALENCY DESIGNATION

The T400 photometric ozone analyzer is designated as Equivalent Method Number

EQOA-0992-087, as defined in 40 CFR Part 53, when operated under the following

conditions:

 Range: Any range from 100 ppb to 1 ppm.

 Ambient temperature range of 5 to 40ºC.

 Line voltage range of 105 – 125 VAC or 200 – 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz.

 With 5-micron PTFE filter element installed in the internal filter assembly.

 Sample flow of 800 ± 80 cc3/min at sea level.

 Gas flow supplied by Internal or External pump.

 Following Software Setting:

Table 2-4. Software Settings for EPA Equivalence

Dilution Factor 1.0

AutoCal ON or OFF

Dynamic Zero ON or OFF

Dynamic Span OFF

Dual range ON or OFF

Auto range ON or OFF

Temp/Pres compensation ON

Under the designation, the Analyzer may be operated with or without the following

options:

 Rack mount with slides

 Rack mount without slides, ears only

 Zero/Span Valves option

 Internal Zero/Span (IZS) generator

 4-20mA, isolated output

06870C DCN6332

Specifications, Approvals & Compliance Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

2.3. APPROVALS AND CERTIFICATIONS

The Teledyne API Model T400 analyzer was tested and certified for Safety and

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC). This section presents the compliance statements

for those requirements and directives.

2.3.1. SAFETY

IEC 61010-1:2001, Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement,

control, and laboratory use.

CE: 2006/95/EC, Low-Voltage Directive

North American:

cNEMKO (Canada): CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-1-04

NEMKO-CCL (US): UL No. 61010-1 (2nd Edition)

2.3.2. EMC

EN 61326-1 (IEC 61326-1), Class A Emissions/Industrial Immunity

EN 55011 (CISPR 11), Group 1, Class A Emissions

FCC 47 CFR Part 15B, Class A Emissions

CE: 2004/108/EC, Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive

2.3.3. OTHER TYPE CERTIFICATIONS

MCERTS: Sira MC 050070/04

For additional certifications, please contact Customer Service.

06870C DCN6332

3. GETTING STARTED

This section addresses the procedures for unpacking the instrument and inspecting for

damage, presents clearance specifications for proper ventilation, introduces the

instrument layout, then presents the procedures for getting started: making electrical and

pneumatic connections, and conducting an initial calibration check.

3.1. UNPACKING THE T400 ANALYZER

CAUTION – GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD

To avoid personal injury, always use two persons to lift and carry the Model

T400.

ATTENTION COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY

Printed Circuit Assemblies (PCAs) are sensitive to electro-static

discharges too small to be felt by the human nervous system. Failure to

use ESD protection when working with electronic assemblies will void

the instrument warranty. Refer to Section 14 for more information on

preventing ESD damage.

CAUTION - ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD

Never disconnect PCAs, wiring harnesses or electronic subassemblies while

under power.

Note Teledyne API recommends that you store shipping containers/materials

for future use if/when the instrument should be returned to the factory for

repair and/or calibration service. See Warranty section in this manual and

shipping procedures on our Website at http://www.teledyne-api.com

under Customer Support > Return Authorization.

06870C DCN6332

Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

Verify that there is no apparent external shipping damage. If damage has occurred,

please advise the shipper first, then Teledyne API.

Included with your analyzer is a printed record of the final performance characterization

performed on your instrument at the factory. This record, titled Final Test and

Validation Data Sheet (P/N 04314) is an important quality assurance and calibration

record for this instrument. It should be placed in the quality records file for this

instrument.

With no power to the unit, carefully remove the top cover of the analyzer and check for

internal shipping damage by carrying out the following steps:

1. Remove the setscrew located in the top, center of the Front panel.

2. Remove the two screws fastening the top cover to the unit (one per side towards the

rear).

3. Slide the cover backwards until it clears the analyzer’s front bezel.

4. Lift the cover straight up.

5. Inspect the interior of the instrument to make sure all circuit boards and other

components are in good shape and properly seated.

6. Check the connectors of the various internal wiring harnesses and pneumatic hoses

to make sure they are firmly and properly seated.

7. Verify that all of the optional hardware ordered with the unit has been installed.

These are listed on the paperwork accompanying the analyzer.

3.1.1.1. Ventilation Clearance

Whether the analyzer is set up on a bench or installed into an instrument rack, be sure to

leave sufficient ventilation clearance.

Table 3-1: Ventilation Clearance

AREA MINIMUM REQUIRED CLEARANCE

Back of the instrument 4 in.

Sides of the instrument 1 in.

Above and below the instrument 1 in.

Various rack mount kits are available for this analyzer. See Table 1-1 of this manual for

more information.

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer Getting Started

3.2. INSTRUMENT LAYOUT

Instrument layout includes front panel and display, rear panel connectors, and internal

chassis layout.

3.2.1. FRONT PANEL

Figure 3-1 shows the analyzer’s front panel layout, followed by a close-up of the display

screen in Figure 3-2, which is described in Table 3-2. The two USB ports on the front

panel are provided for the connection of peripheral devices:

 plug-in mouse (not included) to be used as an alternative to the thouchscreen

interface

 thumb drive (not included) to download updates to instruction software (contact

TAPI Customer Service for information).

Figure 3-1: Front Panel Layout

06870C DCN6332

Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

Figure 3-2: Display Screen and Touch Control

The front panel liquid crystal display screen includes touch control. Upon analyzer start-

up, the screen shows a splash screen and other initialization indicators before the main

display appears, similar to Figure 3-2 above (may or may not display a Fault alarm). The

LEDs on the display screen indicate the Sample, Calibration and Fault states; also on the

screen is the gas concentration field (Conc), which displays real-time readouts for the

primary gas and for the secondary gas if installed. The display screen also shows what

mode the analyzer is currently in, as well as messages and data (Param). Along the

bottom of the screen is a row of touch control buttons; only those that are currently

applicable will have a label. Table 3-2 provides detailed information for each component

of the screen.

ATTENTION COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY

Do not use hard-surfaced instruments such as pens to touch the control

buttons.

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer Getting Started

Table 3-2: Display Screen and Touch Control Description

Field Description/Function

LEDs indicating the states of Sample, Calibration and Fault, as follows:

Name Color State Definition

SAMPLE Green

Off

Blinking

Unit is not operating in sample mode, DAS is disabled.

Sample Mode active; Front Panel Display being updated; DAS data

being stored.

Unit is operating in sample mode, front panel display being updated,

DAS hold-off mode is ON, DAS disabled

CAL Yellow

Off

Blinking

Auto Cal disabled

Auto Cal enabled

Unit is in calibration mode

Status

FAULT Red Off

Blinking

No warnings exist

Warnings exist

Conc Displays the actual concentration of the sample gas currently being measured by the analyzer in the

currently selected units of measure

Mode Displays the name of the analyzer’s current operating mode

Param Displays a variety of informational messages such as warning messages, operational data, test function

values and response messages during interactive tasks.

Control Buttons Displays dynamic, context sensitive labels on each button, which is blank when inactive until applicable.

Figure 3-3 shows how the front panel display is mapped to the menu charts illustrated in

this manual. The Mode, Param (parameters), and Conc (gas concentration) fields in the

display screen are represented across the top row of each menu chart. The eight touch

control buttons along the bottom of the display screen are represented in the bottom row

of each menu chart.

06870C DCN6332

Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

Figure 3-3: Touchscreen/Display Mapped to Menu Charts

Note The menu charts in this manual contain condensed representations of the

analyzer’s display during the various operations being described. These

menu charts are not intended to be exact visual representations of the

actual display.

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer Getting Started

3.2.2. REAR PANEL

Figure 3-4: Rear Panel Layout

Table 3-3 provides a description of each component on the rear panel.

06870C DCN6332

Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

Table 3-3: Rear Panel Description

Component Function

cooling fan Pulls ambient air into chassis through side vents and exhausts through rear.

AC power

connector

Connector for three-prong cord to apply AC power to the analyzer.

CAUTION! The cord’s power specifications (specs) MUST comply with the power

specs on the analyzer’s rear panel Model number label

Model/specs label Identifies the analyzer model number and provides power specs

SAMPLE Connect a gas line from the source of sample gas here.

Calibration gases are also inlet here on units with the zero/span valve option installed.

EXHAUST Connect an exhaust gas line of not more than 10 meters long here that leads outside

the shelter or immediate area surrounding the instrument.

SPAN On units with zero/span valve option installed, connect a gas line to the source of

calibrated span gas here.

ZERO AIR Internal Zero Air: On units with zero/span valve option installed connect the source of

zero air here.

DRY AIR On units with zero/span valve option installed connect the source of dry air here

(- <20C dew point).

RX TX LEDs indicate receive (RX) and transmit (TX) activity on the when blinking.

COM 2 Serial communications port for RS-232 or RS-485.

RS-232 Serial communications port for RS-232 only

DCE DTE Switch to select either data terminal equipment or data communication equipment

during RS-232 communication.

STATUS For ouputs to devices such as Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs).

ANALOG OUT For voltage or current loop outputs to a strip chart recorder and/or a data logger.

CONTROL IN For remotely activating the zero and span calibration modes.

ALARM Option for concentration alarms and system warnings.

ETHERNET Connector for network or Internet remote communication, using Ethernet cable.

ANALOG IN Option for external voltage signals from other instrumentation and for logging these

signals.

USB Connector for direct connection to laptop computer, using USB cable.

Information Label Includes voltage and frequency specifications

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer Getting Started

3.2.3. INTERNAL CHASSIS LAYOUT

CAUTION – UV Radiation Risk

Do not look directly at the light of the UV lamp. Use UV adequate protection.

Figure 3-5: T400 Internal Layout – Top View with IZS Option

06870C DCN6332

Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

3.3. CONNECTIONS AND SETUP

This section presents the electrical (Section 3.3.1) and pneumatic (Section 3.3.2)

connections for setup and preparing for instrument operation.

3.3.1. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS

Note To maintain compliance with EMC standards, it is required that the cable

length be no greater than 3 meters for all I/O connections, which include

Analog In, Analog Out, Status Out, Control In, Ethernet/LAN, USB, RS-232,

and RS-485.

This section provides instructions for basic connections and for options.

3.3.1.1. Connecting Power

Attach the power cord to the analyzer and plug it into a power outlet capable of carrying

at least 10 A current at your AC voltage and that it is equipped with a functioning earth

ground.

WARNING - ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD

HIGH VOLTAGES ARE PRESENT INSIDE THE ANALYZERS CASE

 POWER CONNECTION MUST HAVE FUNCTIONING GROUND

CONNECTION.

 DO NOT DEFEAT THE GROUND WIRE ON POWER PLUG.

 TURN OFF ANALYZER POWER BEFORE DISCONNECTING OR

CONNECTING ELECTRICAL SUBASSEMBLIES.

 DO NOT OPERATE WITH COVER OFF.

CAUTION - GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD

THE T400 ANALYZER CAN BE CONFIGURED FOR BOTH 100-130 V AND

210-240 V AT EITHER 50 OR 60 HZ.

TO AVOID DAMAGE TO YOUR ANALYZER, MAKE SURE THAT THE AC POWER

VOLTAGE MATCHES THE VOLTAGE INDICATED ON THE ANALYZER’S REAR

PANEL MODEL/SERIAL NUMBER/VOLTAGE SPECS LABEL BEFORE PLUGGING

THE T400 INTO LINE POWER.

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer Getting Started

3.3.1.2. Connecting Analog Inputs (Option)

The Analog In connector is used for connecting external voltage signals from other

instrumentation (such as meteorological instruments) and for logging these signals in the

analyzer’s internal DAS. The input voltage range for each analog input is 0-10 VDC.

Figure 3-6: Analog In Connector

Pin assignments for the Analog In connector are presented in Table 3-4.

Table 3-4: Analog Input Pin Assignments

PIN DESCRIPTION DAS PARAMETER

1 Analog input # 1 AIN 1

2 Analog input # 2 AIN 2

3 Analog input # 3 AIN 3

4 Analog input # 4 AIN 4

5 Analog input # 5 AIN 5

6 Analog input # 6 AIN 6

7 Analog input # 7 AIN 7

8 Analog input # 8 AIN 8

GND Analog input Ground N/A

1 See Section 7.6 for details on setting up the DAS.

3.3.1.3. Connecting Analog Outputs

The T400 is equipped with several analog output channels accessible through a

connector on the rear panel.

Channels A1 and A2 output a signal that is proportional to the O3 concentration of the

sample gas.

 The default analog output voltage setting of these channels is 0 to 5 VDC with a

reporting range of 0 to 500 ppb.

 An optional Current Loop output is available for each.

The output labeled A4 is special. It can be set by the user to output any one a variety of

diagnostic test functions.

 The default analog output voltage setting of these channels is also 0 to 5 VDC.

 See Section 5.10.1.9 for a list of available functions and their associated reporting

range.

 There is no optional Current Loop output available for Channel A4.

06870C DCN6332

Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

To access these signals attach a strip chart recorder and/or data-logger to the appropriate

analog output connections on the rear panel of the analyzer. Pin-outs for the analog

output connector are:

ANALOG OUT

A1 A2 A3 A4

+ - + - + - + -

Figure 3-7: T400 Analog Output Connector

Table 3-5: Analog Output Pin Outs

Pin Analog

Output

Standard

Voltage Output

Current

Loop Option

1 V Out I Out +

2 A1 Ground I Out -

3 V Out I Out +

4 A2 Ground I Out -

5 NOT USED

6 A3

7 V Out Not Available

8 A4 Ground Not Available

To change the settings for the analog output channels, see Section 5.10

3.3.1.4. Current Loop Analog Outputs (Option 41) Setup

A current loop option is available and can be installed as a retrofit for each of the analog

outputs of the analyzer. This option converts the DC voltage analog output to a current

signal with 0-20 mA output current. The outputs can be scaled to any set of limits within

that 0-20 mA range. However, most current loop applications call for either 2-20 mA or

4-20 mA range. All current loop outputs have a +5% over-range. Ranges with the lower

limit set to more than 1 mA (e.g., 2-20 or 4-20 mA) also have a -5% under-range,

Figure 3-8 provides installation instructions and illustrates a sample combination of one

current output and two voltage outputs configuration. This section also provides

instructions for converting current loop analog outputs to standard 0-to-5 VDC outputs.

Information on calibrating or adjusting these outputs can be found in Section 5.10.1.5

CAUTION – AVOID INVALIDATING WARRANTY

Servicing or handling of circuit components requires electrostatic

discharge protection, i.e. ESD grounding straps, mats and containers.

Failure to use ESD protection when working with electronic assemblies will

void the instrument warranty. Refer to Section 14 for more information on

preventing ESD damage.

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer Getting Started

Figure 3-8: Current Loop Option Installed

CONVERTING CURRENT LOOP ANALOG OUTPUTS TO STANDARD

VOLTAGE OUTPUTS

To convert an output configured for current loop operation to the standard 0 to 5 VDC

output operation:

1. Turn off power to the analyzer.

1. If a recording device was connected to the output being modified, disconnect it.

2. Remove the top cover

 Remove the set screw located in the top, center of the rear panel

 Remove the screws fastening the top cover to the unit (one per side).

 Slide the cover back and lift the cover straight up.

3. Disconnect the current loop option PCA from the appropriate connector on the

motherboard (see Figure 3-8).

4. Place a shunt between the leftmost two pins of the connector (see Figure 3-8).

 6 spare shunts (P/N CN0000132) were shipped with the instrument attached to

JP1 on the back of the instruments touchscreen and display PCA

5. Reattach the top case to the analyzer.

6. The analyzer is now ready to have a voltage-sensing, recording device attached to

that output.

7. Calibrate the analog output as described in Section 5.10.1.1.

06870C DCN6332

Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

3.3.1.5. Connecting the Status Outputs

The status outputs report analyzer conditions via optically isolated NPN transistors,

which sink up to 50 mA of DC current. These outputs can be used interface with

devices that accept logic-level digital inputs, such as programmable logic controllers

(PLCs). Each Status bit is an open collector output that can withstand up to 40 VDC.

All of the emitters of these transistors are tied together and available at D.

ATTENTION COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY

Most PLC’s have internal provisions for limiting the current that the input

will draw from an external device. When connecting to a unit that does

not have this feature, an external dropping resistor must be used to limit

the current through the transistor output to less than 50 mA. At 50 mA, the

transistor will drop approximately 1.2V from its collector to emitter.

The status outputs are accessed via a 12-pin connector (Figure 3-9) on the analyzer’s

rear panel, labeled STATUS (Figure 3-4). Each pin’s function is defined in Table 3-6.

STATUS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 D +

SYSTEM OK

HIGH RANGE

VALID

ZERO CAL

SPAN CAL

DIAG MODE

+5V to external device

Figure 3-9: Status Output Connector

Table 3-6: Status Output Pin Assignments

OUTPUT # STATUS

DEFINITION CONDITION

1 SYSTEM OK ON if no faults are present.

2 CONC VALID ON if O3 concentration measurement is valid.

If the O3 concentration measurement is invalid, this bit is OFF.

3 HIGH RANGE ON if unit is in high range of DUAL or AUTO Range Modes.

4 ZERO CAL ON whenever the instrument is in CALZ mode.

5 SPAN CAL ON whenever the instrument is in CALS mode.

6 DIAG MODE ON whenever the instrument is in DIAGNOSTIC mode.

7 & 8 Unassigned

D Emitter BUSS The emitters of the transistors on pins 1 to 8 are bussed together.

Spare

+ DC Power + 5 VDC, 300 mA source (combined rating with Control Output, if used).

Digital Ground The ground level from the analyzer’s internal DC power supplies. This

connection should be used as the ground return when +5 VDC power is used.

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer Getting Started

3.3.1.6. Connecting the Control Inputs

The analyzer is equipped with three digital control inputs that can be used to activate the

To remotely activate the zero and span calibration modes, several digital control inputs

are provided through a 10-pin connector labeled CONTROL IN on the analyzer’s rear

panel.

There are two methods for energizing the control inputs. The internal +5V available

from the pin labeled “+” is the most convenient method (Figure 3-10, left). However, if

full isolation is required, an external 5 VDC power supply should be used (Figure 3-10,

right) to ensure that these inputs are truly isolated.

CONTROL IN

A B C D E F U +

LO SPAN

ZERO

SPAN

CONTROL IN

A B C D E F U +

LO SPAN

ZERO

SPAN

5 VDC Power

Supply

Local Power Connections

(non-isolated configuration)

External Power Connections

(isolated co nfiguratio n)

Figure 3-10: Energizing the T400 Control Inputs

06870C DCN6332

Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

Table 3-7: Control Input Pin Assignments

Input # Status Definition ON Condition

A REMOTE ZERO CAL The Analyzer is placed in Zero Calibration mode. The mode field of the

display will read ZERO CAL R.

B REMOTE

LO SPAN CAL

The Analyzer is placed in Lo Span Calibration mode. The mode field of the

display will read LO CAL R.

C REMOTE

SPAN CAL

The Analyzer is placed in Span Calibration mode. The mode field of the

display will read SPAN CAL R.

D, E & F Spare

Digital Ground The ground level from the analyzer’s internal DC Power Supplies (same as

chassis ground).

U External Power input Input pin for +5 VDC required to activate pins A – F.

+ 5 VDC output

Internally generated 5V DC power. To activate inputs A – F, place a

jumper between this pin and the “U” pin. The maximum amperage through

this port is 300 mA (combined with the analog output supply, if used).

3.3.1.7. Connecting the Concentration Alarm Relay (Option 61)

The concentration alarm option is comprised of four (4) “dry contact” relays on the rear

panel of the instrument. This relay option is different from and in addition to the

“Contact Closures” that come standard on all Teledyne API instruments. Each relay has

3 pins: Normally Open (NO), Common (C) and Normally Closed (NC).

Figure 3-11: Concentration Alarm Relay

Alarm 1 “System OK 2”

Alarm 2 “Conc 1”

Alarm 3 “Conc 2”

Alarm 4 “Range Bit”

“ALARM 1” RELAY

Alarm 1, which is “System OK 2” (system OK 1 is the status bit), is in the energized

state when the instrument is “OK” and there are no warnings. If there is a warning

active or if the instrument is put into the “DIAG” mode, Alarm 1 will change states.

This alarm has “reverse logic” meaning that if you put a meter across the Common and

Normally Closed pins on the connector you will find that it is OPEN when the

instrument is OK. This is so that if the instrument should turn off or lose power, it will

change states and you can record this with a data logger or other recording device.

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer Getting Started

“ALARM 2” RELAY & “ALARM 3” RELAY

Alarm 2 relay is associated with the “Concentration Alarm 1” set point in the software;

Alarm 3 relay is associated with the “Concentration Alarm 2” set point in the software.

Alarm 2 Relay O3 Alarm 1 = xxx PPM

Alarm 3 Relay O3 Alarm 2 = xxx PPM

Alarm 2 Relay O3 Alarm 1 = xxx PPM

Alarm 3 Relay O3 Alarm 2 = xxx PPM

Alarm 2 relay will be turned on any time the concentration value exceeds the set-point,

and will return to its normal state when the concentration value returns below the

concentration set-point.

Even though the relay on the rear panel is a NON-Latching alarm and resets when the

concentration goes back below the alarm set point, the warning on the front panel of the

instrument will remain latched until it is cleared. You can clear the warning on the front

panel either manually by pressing the CLR button on the front panel touch-screen or

remotely through the serial port.

The software for this instrument is flexible enough to allow you to configure the alarms

so that you can have two alarm levels for each concentration.

O3 Alarm 1 = 2 PPM

O3 Alarm 2 = 10 PPM

O3 Alarm 1 = 2 PPM

O3 Alarm 2 = 10 PPM

In this example, O3 Alarm 1 and O3 Alarm 1 will both be associated with the “Alarm 2”

relay on the rear panel. This allows you to have multiple alarm levels for individual

concentrations.

A more likely configuration for this would be to put one concentration on the “Alarm 1”

relay and the other concentration on the “Alarm 2” relay.

O3 Alarm 1 = 2 PPM

O3 Alarm 2 = Disabled

O3 Alarm 1 = Disabled

O3 Alarm 2 = 10 PPM

“ALARM 4” RELAY

This relay is connected to the “range bit”. If the instrument is configured for “Auto

Range” and the reading goes up into the high range, it will turn this relay on.

06870C DCN6332

Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

3.3.1.8. Connecting the Communications Interfaces

The T-Series analyzers are equipped with connectors for remote communications

interfaces: Ethernet, USB, RS-232, optional RS-232 Multidrop, and optional RS-485.

In addition to using the appropriate cables, each type of communication method must be

configured using the SETUP>COMM menu, Section 5.7. Although Ethernet is DHCP-

enabled by default, it can also be configured manually to set up a static IP address,

which is the recommended setting when operating the instrument via Ethernet.

ETHERNET CONNECTION

For network or Internet communication with the analyzer, connect an Ethernet cable

from the analyzer’s rear panel Ethernet interface connector to an Ethernet port. Please

refer to Section 6.5 for a description of the default configuration and setup instructions.

Configuration:

 manual configuration: Section 6.5.1.

 automatic configuration (default): Section 6.5.2.

USB CONNECTION

For direct communication between the analyzer and a PC, connect a USB cable between

the analyzer and desktop or laptop USB ports. The baud rate for the analyzer and the

computer must match; you may elect to change one or the other: to view and/or change

the analyzer’s baud rate, see Section 6.2.2.

Note If this option is installed, the COM2 port cannot be used for anything

other than Multidrop communication.

Configuration: Section 6.6

RS-232 CONNECTION

For RS-232 communications with data terminal equipment (DTE) or with data

communication equipment (DCE) connect either a DB9-female-to-DB9-female cable

(Teledyne API part number WR000077) or a DB9-female-to-DB25-male cable (Option

60A, Section 1.3), as applicable, from the analyzer’s rear panel RS-232 port to the

device. Adjust the DCE-DTE switch (Section 6.2) to select DTE or DCE as appropriate.

Configuration: Sections 5.7 and 6.3.

IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA

Cables that appear to be compatible because of matching connectors

may incorporate internal wiring that makes the link inoperable. Check

cables acquired from sources other than Teledyne API for pin

assignments (Figure 3-12) before using.

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer Getting Started

RS-232 COM PORT CONNECTOR PIN-OUTS

Figure 3-12: Rear Panel Connector Pin-Outs for RS-232 Mode

The signals from these two connectors are routed from the motherboard via a wiring

harness to two 10-pin connectors on the CPU card, J11 and J12 (Figure 3-13).

06870C DCN6332

Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

Figure 3-13: CPU Connector Pin-Outs for RS-232 Mode

RS-232 COM PORT DEFAULT SETTINGS

As received from the factory, the analyzer is set up to emulate a DCE (Section 6.1) or

modem, with Pin 3 of the DB-9 connector designated for receiving data and Pin 2

designated for sending data.

RS-232: RS-232 (fixed) DB-9 male connector

 Baud rate: 115200 bits per second (baud)

 Data Bits: 8 data bits with 1 stop bit

 Parity: None

COM2: RS-232 (configurable to RS 485), DB-9 female connector.

 Baud rate:19200 bits per second (baud).

 Data Bits: 8 data bits with 1 stop bit.

 Parity: None.

Configuration: Section 6.2.2

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer Getting Started

RS-232 MULTIDROP (OPTION 62) CONNECTION

Note Because the RS-232 Multidrop option uses both the RS232 and COM2

DB9 connectors on the analyzer’s rear panel to connect the chain of

instruments, COM2 port is no longer available for separate RS-232 or

RS-485 operation.

ATTENTION COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY

Printed Circuit Assemblies (PCAs) are sensitive to electro-static

discharges too small to be felt by the human nervous system. Failure to

use ESD protection when working with electronic assemblies will void

the instrument warranty. Refer to Section 14 for more information on

preventing ESD damage.

When the RS-232 Multidrop option is installed, connection adjustments and

configuration through the menu system are required. This section provides instructions

for the internal connection adjustments, then for external connections, and ends with

instructions for menu-driven configuration.

In each instrument with the Multidrop option there is a shunt jumpering two pins on the

serial Multidrop and LVDS printed circuit assembly (PCA), as shown in Figure 3-14.

This shunt must be removed from all instruments except that designated as last in the

multidrop chain, which must remain terminated. This requires powering off and opening

each instrument and making the following adjustments:

1. With NO power to the instrument, remove the top cover and lay the rear panel open

for access to the Multidrop/LVDS PCA, which is seated on the CPU.

2. On the Multidrop/LVDS PCA’s JP2 connector, remove the shunt that jumpers Pins

21  22 as indicated in Figure 3-14. (Do this for all but the last instrument in the

chaim where the shunt should remain installed at Pins 21  22).

3. Check that the following cable connections are made in all instruments (refer to

Figure 3-14):

 J3 on the Multidrop/LVDS PCA to the CPU’s COM1 connector

(Note that the CPU’s COM2 connector is not used in Multidrop).

 J4 on the Multidrop/LVDS PCA to J12 on the motherboard

 J1 on the Multidrop/LVDS PCA to the front panel LCD

06870C DCN6332

Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

Figure 3-14: Jumper and Cables for Multidrop Configuration

Note If you are adding an instrument to the end of a previously configured

chain, remove the shunt between Pins 21  22 of JP2 on the

Multidrop/LVDS PCA in the instrument that was previously the last

instrument in the chain.

4. Close the instrument.

5. Referring to Figure 3-15 use straight-through DB9 male  DB9 female cables to

interconnect the host RS232 port to the first analyzer’s RS232 port; then from the

first analyzer’s COM2 port to the second analyzer’s RS232 port; from the second

analyzer’s COM2 port to the third analyzer’s RS232 port, etc., connecting in this

fashion up to eight analyzers, subject to the distance limitations of the RS-232

standard.

6. On the rear panel of each analyzer, adjust the DCE DTE switch so that the green

and the red LEDs (RX and TX) of the COM1 connector (labeled RS232) are both lit.

(Ensure you are using the correct RS-232 cables internally wired specifically for RS-

232 communication; see Table 1-1: Analyzer Options, “Communication Cables”

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer Getting Started

and Section 3.3.1.8: Connecting the Communications Interfaces, ”RS-232

Connection”. )

Analyzer Analyzer Analyzer Last Analyzer

Female DB9

Male DB9

RS-232

COM2

RS-232

COM2

RS-232

COM2

RS-232

COM2

Host

RS-232 port

Ensure jumper is

installed between

JP2 pins 21  22

in last instrument

of multidrop chain.

Figure 3-15: RS-232-Multidrop PCA Host/Analyzer Interconnect Diagram

7. BEFORE communicating from the host, power on the instruments and check that

the Machine ID (Section 5.7.1) is unique for each. On the front panel menu, use

SETUP>MORE>COMM>ID. The default ID is typically either the model number or

“0”; to change the 4-digit identification number, press the button below the digit to be

changed, and press/select ENTER to accept the new ID for that instrument).

Note Teledyne API recommends setting up the first link, between the Host and

the first analyzer, and testing it before setting up the rest of the chain.

8. Next, in the SETUP>MORE>COMM>COM1 menu (do not use the COM2 menu),

edit the COM1 MODE parameter as follows: press/select EDIT and set only QUIET

MODE, COMPUTER MODE, and MULTIDROP MODE to ON. Do not change any

other settings.

9. Press/select ENTER to accept the changed settings, and ensure that COM1 MODE

now shows 35.

10. Press/select SET> to go to the COM1 BAUD RATE menu and ensure it reads the

same for all instruments (edit as needed so that all instruments are set at the same

baud rate; refer to Section 6.2.2).

Note  The Instrument ID’s should not be duplicated.

 The (communication) Host instrument can only address one instrument at a time.

06870C DCN6332

Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

 COM1 port must be set at the same baud rate in all instruments in the multidrop

chain.

RS-485 CONNECTION

As delivered from the factory, COM2 is configured for RS-232 communications. This

port can be reconfigured for operation as a non-isolated, half-duplex RS-485 port. Using

COM2 for RS-485 communication disables the USB port. To reconfigure this port for

RS-485 communication, please contact the factory.

3.3.2. PNENUMATIC CONNECTIONS

This section provides not only pneumatic connection information, but also important

information about the gases required for accurate calibration (Section 3.3.2.1); it also

illustrates the pneumatic layouts for the analyzer in its basic configuration and with

options.

Before making the pneumatic connections, carefully note the following cautionary and

special messages:

CAUTION! GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD

OZONE (O3) IS A TOXIC GAS.

Obtain a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for this material. Read and

rigorously follow the safety guidelines described there.

Do not vent calibration gas and sample gas into enclosed areas

Sample and calibration gases should only come into contact with PTFE, FEP or

glass.

CAUTION!

Do not operate this instrument until removing dust plugs from SAMPLE and

EXHAUST ports on the rear panel!

CAUTION! GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD

Venting should be outside the shelter or immediate area surrounding the

instrument and conform to all safety requirements regarding exposure to O3.

3.3.2.1. About Zero Air and Calibration Gas

Zero air and span gas are required for accurate calibration.

ZERO AIR

Zero air is similar in chemical composition to the Earth’s atmosphere but scrubbed of all

components that might affect the analyzer’s readings. If your analyzer is equipped with

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer Getting Started

an Internal Zero Span (IZS) or an external zero air scrubber option, it is capable of

creating zero air. For analyzers without an IZS or external zero air scrubber option, an

external zero air generator such as the Teledyne API Model 701 can be used

CALIBRATION (SPAN) GAS

Calibration gas is a gas specifically mixed to match the chemical composition of the

type of gas being measured at near full scale of the desired reporting range. Because

ozone (O3) quickly breaks down into molecular oxygen (O2), this calibration gas cannot

be supplied in precisely calibrated bottles like other gases.

 If the T400 analyzer is not equipped with the optional internal zero air generator

(IZS), an external O3 generator capable supplying accurate O3 calibration mixtures

must be used.

 Also, some applications, such as EPA monitoring, require multipoint calibration

checks where Span gas of several different concentrations is needed.

 In either case, we recommend using a Gas Dilution Calibrator such as a TAPI

Model T700 with internal photometer option.

In the case of O3 measurements made with the Model T400 photometric ozone analyzer,

it is recommended that you use a span gas with an O3 concentration equal to 90% of the

reporting range for your application.

EXAMPLE:

 If the application is to measure between 0 ppm and 500 ppb, an appropriate

span gas would be 450 ppb.

 If the application is to measure between 0 ppb and 1000 ppb, an appropriate

span gas would be 800 ppb.

Figure 3-16: T400 Pneumatic Diagram – Basic Unit

06870C DCN6332

Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

Figure 3-17: T400 Pneumatic Diagram with Internal Zero/Span (IZS) Option (OPT-50G)

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer Getting Started

3.3.2.2. Pneumatic Setup for Basic Configuration

Figure 3-18: Gas Line Connections for the T400 Analyzer – Basic Configuration

For the Model T400 photometric ozone analyzer in its basic configuration (i.e. without

the optional internal zero air source or valves), attach the following pneumatic lines:

SAMPLE GAS SOURCE:

Attach a sample inlet line to the sample inlet fitting.

 Sample Gas pressure must equal ambient atmospheric pressure (1.0 psig)

 In applications where the sample gas is received from a pressurized manifold, a

vent must be placed on the sample gas line. This vent line must be:

 At least 0.2m long

 No more than 2m long

 Vented outside the shelter or immediate area surrounding the instrument

CAL GAS & ZERO AIR SOURCES:

The source of calibration gas is also attached to the SAMPLE inlet, but only when a

calibration operation is actually being performed.

EXHAUST OUTLET:

Attach an exhaust line to the EXHAUST outlet fitting.

 The exhaust line should be a maximum of 10 meters of ¼” PTEF tubing.

Once the appropriate pneumatic connections have been made, check all pneumatic

fittings for leaks using the procedures defined in Section 11.3.4.

06870C DCN6332

Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

3.3.2.3. Pneumatic Setup for the T400 Analyzer with Internal Zero/Span Option (IZS)

Figure 3-19: Gas Line Connections for the T400 Analyzer with IZS Option (OPT-50G)

For the Model T400 photometric ozone analyzer with the optional internal zero air

generator and span valve (IZS), attach the following pneumatic lines:

SAMPLE GAS SOURCE:

Attach a sample inlet line to the sample inlet fitting.

 Sample Gas pressure must equal ambient atmospheric pressure (1.0 psig)

 In applications where the sample gas is received from a pressurized manifold, a

vent must be placed on the sample gas line. This vent line must be:

 At least 0.2m long

 No more than 2m long

 Vented outside the shelter or immediate area surrounding the instrument

ZERO AIR SOURCE:

Attach a gas line from the source of zero air (e.g., a Teledyne API M701 zero air

Generator) to the DRY AIR inlet.

 The gas from this line will be used internally as zero air and as source air for the

internal O3 generator

EXHAUST OUTLET:

Attach an exhaust line to the EXHAUST outlet fitting.

The exhaust line should be a maximum of 10 meters of ¼” PTEF tubing.

Once the appropriate pneumatic connections have been made, check all pneumatic

fittings for leaks using the procedures defined in Section 11.3.4.

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer Getting Started

3.3.3. PNEUMATIC SETUPS FOR AMBIENT AIR MONITORING

3.3.3.1. Pneumatic Set Up for T400’s Located in the Same Room Being Monitored

In this application is often preferred that the sample gas and the source gas for the O3

generator and internal zero air be the same chemical composition.

Figure 3-20: Gas Line Connections when the T400 Analyzer is Located in the Room Being Monitored

SAMPLE GAS & DRY AIR SOURCES

For instruments located in the same room, being monitored there is no need to attach the

gas inlet lines to the SAMPLE inlet or the dry air inlet.

EXHAUST OUTLET

Attach an outlet line to the EXHAUST outlet fitting.

 In order to prevent the instrument from re-breathing its own exhaust gas (resulting in

artificially low readings) the end of the exhaust outlet line should be located at least

2 feet from the back panel of the instrument.

Once the appropriate pneumatic connections have been made, check all pneumatic

fittings for leaks using the procedures defined in Section 11.3.4.

06870C DCN6332

Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

3.3.3.2. Pneumatic Set Up for T400’s Monitoring Remote Locations

In this application it is often preferred that the Sample gas and the source gas for the O3

generator and internal zero air be the same chemical composition.

Figure 3-21: Gas Line Connections when the T400 Analyzer is Monitoring a Remote Location

SAMPLE GAS SOURCE:

Attach a sample inlet line leading from the room being monitored to the sample inlet

fitting.

DRY AIR SOURCE:

Attach a gas line leading from the room being monitored to the dry air inlet port.

 This can be a separate line or, as shown above the same line with a T- fitting.

EXHAUST OUTLET:

No outlet line is required for the exhaust port of the instrument.

Once the appropriate pneumatic connections have been made, check all pneumatic

fittings for leaks using the procedures defined in Section 11.3.4.

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer Getting Started

3.4. STARTUP, FUNCTIONAL CHECKS, AND INITIAL

CALIBRATION

If you are unfamiliar with the T400 theory of operation, we recommend that you read

Section 13

For information on navigating the analyzer’s software menus, see the menu trees

described in Appendix A.1.

3.4.1. START UP

After the electrical and pneumatic connections are made, an initial functional check is in

order. Turn on the instrument. The pump and exhaust fan should start immediately. The

display will show a momentary splash screen of the Teledyne API logo and other

information during the initialization process while the CPU loads the operating system,

the firmware and the configuration data.

The analyzer should automatically switch to Sample Mode after completing the boot-up

sequence and start monitoring O3 gas. However, there is an approximately one hour

warm-up period before reliable gas measurements can be taken. During the warm-up

period, the front panel display may show messages in the Parameters field.

3.4.2. WARNING MESSAGES

Because internal temperatures and other conditions may be outside be specified limits

during the analyzer’s warm-up period, the software will suppress most warning

conditions for 30 minutes after power up. If warning messages persist after the 30

minutes warm up period is over, investigate their cause using the troubleshooting

guidelines in Section 12 of this manual.

To view and clear warning messages, press:

Suppresses the

warning messages

Press CLR to clear the current

message.

If more than one warning is

active, the next message will take

its place.

Once the last warning has

been cleared, the analyzer will

automatically switch to

SAMPLE mode

NOTE:

If a warning message persists after

several attempts to clear it, the message

may indicate a real problem and not an

artifact of the warm-up period

SAMPLE SYSTEM RESET

TEST CAL MSG CLR SETUP

SAMPLE SYSTEM RESET

TEST CAL MSG CLR SETUP

SAMPLE SYSTEM RESET

TEST CAL MSG CLR SETUP

SYSTEM SYSTEM RESET

TEST CLR SETUP

MSG returns the active

warnings to the message

field.

STANDBY RANGE=500.0 PPB O3=XXXX

TEST CAL MSG SETUP

Table 3-8 lists brief descriptions of the warning messages that may occur during start up.

06870C DCN6332

Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

Table 3-8: Possible Warning Messages at Start-Up

MESSAGE MEANING

ANALOG CAL WARNING The A/D or at least one D/A channel have not been calibrated.

BOX TEMP WARNING The temperature inside the T400 chassis is outside the specified limits.

CANNOT DYN SPAN1 Contact closure span calibration failed while DYN_SPAN was set to ON.

CANNOT DYN ZERO2 Contact closure zero calibration failed while DYN_ZERO was set to ON.

CONFIG INITIALIZED Configuration storage was reset to factory configuration or erased.

DATA INITIALIZED DAS data storage was erased before the last power up occurred.

LAMP DRIVER WARN CPU is unable to communicate with one of the I2C UV Lamp Drivers.

LAMP STABIL WARN Photometer lamp reference step-changes occur more than 25% of the time.

O3 GEN LAMP WARN3 The UV Lamp or Detector in the IZS module may be faulty or out of adjustment.

O3 GEN REF WARNING3 The UV Lamp or Detector in the IZS module may be faulty or out of adjustment.

O3 GEN TEMP WARN3 The UV Lamp Heater or Temperature Sensor in the IZS module may be faulty.

O3 SCRUB TEMP WARN4 The Heater or Temperature Sensor of the O3 Scrubber may be faulty.

PHOTO REF WARNING The O3 Reference value is outside of specified limits.

PHOTO TEMP WARNING The UV Lamp Temperature is outside of specified limits.

REAR BOARD NOT DET Motherboard was not detected during power up.

RELAY BOARD WARN CPU is unable to communicate with the relay PCA.

SAMPLE FLOW WARN The flow rate of the sample gas is outside the specified limits.

SAMPLE PRESS WARN The pressure of the sample gas is outside the specified limits.

SAMPLE TEMP WARN The temperature of the sample gas is outside the specified limits.

SYSTEM RESET1 The computer has rebooted.

1 Clears the next time successful zero calibration is performed.

2 Clears the next time successful span calibration is performed.

3 Only Appears if the IZS option is installed.

4 Only appears if the optional metal wool O3 scrubber is installed.

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer Getting Started

3.4.3. FUNCTIONAL CHECK

After the analyzer’s components have warmed up for at least 30 minutes, verify that the

software properly supports any hardware options that are installed: navigate through the

analyzer’s software menus; refer to the menu trees described in Appendix A.

Check to make sure that the analyzer is functioning within allowable operating

parameters.

 Appendix C includes a list of test functions viewable from the analyzer’s front panel

as well as their expected values.

 These functions are also useful tools for diagnosing problems with your analyzer

(Section 12.1.2).

 The enclosed Final Test and Validation Data sheet (part number 04314) lists these

values as they were before the instrument left the factory.

Press the <TST TST> buttons to scroll through the list of Test parameters. Remember

until the unit has completed its warm up, these parameters may not have stabilized.

3.4.4. INITIAL CALIBRATION

To perform the following calibration you must have sources for zero air and calibration

(span) gas available for input into the inlet/outlet fittings on the back of the analyzer (see

Section 3.3.2).

The method for performing an initial calibration for the Model T400 photometric ozone

analyzer differs slightly depending on the whether or not any of the available internal

zero air or valve options are installed.

 See Section 3.4.5 for instructions for initial calibration of the T400 analyzers in their

base configuration.

 See Section 3.5.4 for instructions for initial calibration of T400 analyzers with IZS

Valve Options

 See Section 9.3 for information regarding setup and calibration of T400 analyzers

with Z/S Valve options.

 If you are using the T400 analyzer for EPA monitoring, only the calibration method

described in Section 10 should be used.

3.4.4.1. Interferents for O3 Measurement

The detection of O3 is subject to interference from a number of sources including, SO2,

NO2, NO, H2O AND aromatic hydrocarbon meta-xylene and mercury vapor. The Model

T400 successfully rejects interference from all of these with the exception of mercury

vapor.

If the Model T400 is installed in an environment where the presence of mercury vapor is

suspected, steps should be taken to remove the mercury vapor from the sample gas

before it enters the analyzer.

For more detailed information regarding O3 measurement interferences, see Section 13.1.4.

Note The presence of mercury vapor is highly unlikely in the types of

applications for which T400 analyzers with IZS options installed are

normally used.

06870C DCN6332

Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

3.4.5. INITIAL CALIBRATION PROCEDURE FOR T400 ANALYZERS

WITHOUT OPTIONS

The following procedure assumes that:

 The instrument DOES NOT have any of the available Zero/Span Valve Options

installed and Cal gas will be supplied through the SAMPLE gas inlet on the back of

the analyzer.

 The pneumatic setup matches that described in Section 3.3.2.2.

3.4.5.1. Verifying the T400 Reporting Range Settings

While it is possible to perform the following procedure with any range setting we

recommend that you perform this initial checkout using following reporting range

settings:

 Unit of Measure: PPB

 Reporting Range: 500 PPB

 Mode Setting: SNGL

While these are the default setting for the T400 analyzer, it is recommended that you

verify them before proceeding with the calibration procedure, by pressing:

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer Getting Started

3.4.5.2. Verify the Expected O3 Span Gas Concentration:

Note For this initial calibration, it is important to verify the PRECISE O3

Concentration Value of the SPAN gas independently.

The O3 span concentration value automatically defaults to 400.0 PPB and it is

recommended that an O3 calibration gas of that concentration be used for the initial

calibration of the unit. To verify that the analyzer span setting is set for 400 PPB, press

06870C DCN6332

Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer Getting Started

3.4.5.3. Initial Zero/Span Calibration Procedure:

To perform an initial Calibration of the Model T400 photometric ozone analyzer, press:

Press ENTR to changes

the OFFSET & SLOPE

values based on the zero

point measurement.

Press EXIT to leave the

calibration unchanged and

return to the previous

menu.

SAMPLE STABIL=XXXX PPB O3= XXXX

< TST TST > CAL SETUP

M-P CAL STABIL=XXXX PPB O3= XXXX

<TST TST> ZERO CONC EXIT

EXIT at this point

returns to the

SAMPLE menu.

Press ENTR to changes

the OFFSET & SLOPE

values based on the zero

point measurement.

Press EXIT to leave the

calibration unchanged and

return to the previous

menu.

Allow zero gas to enter the sample port

at the rear of the analyzer.

Wait until STABIL

falls below 1.0 PPB.

This may take several

minutes.

SAMPLE STABIL=XXXX PPB O3= XXXX

< TST TST > CAL SETUP

M-P CAL STABIL=XXXX PPB O3= XXXX

<TST TST> ENTR CONC EXIT

M-P CAL STABIL=XXXX PPB O3= XXXX

<TST TST> ZERO SPAN CONC EXIT

Allow span gas to enter the sample port

at the rear of the analyzer.

Wait until STABIL

falls below 1.0 PPB.

This may take several

minutes.

M-P CAL STABIL=XXXX PPB O3= XXXX

< TST TST > CAL SETUP

M-P CAL STABIL=XXXX PPB O3= XXXX

<TST TST> ENTR CONC EXIT

M-P CAL STABIL=XXXX PPB O3= XXXX

<TST TST> ENTR CONC EXIT

The SPAN button now

appears during the transition

from zero to span.

You may see both buttons.

If either the ZERO or SPAN

buttons fail to appear see

Section 11 for

troubleshooting tips.

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB O3= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

Set the Display to show

the STABIL test function.

This function calculates

the stability of the O3

measurement

Toggle TST> button until ...

The Model T400 Analyzer is now ready for operation.

06870C DCN6332

Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

3.5. CONFIGURING THE INTERNAL ZERO/SPAN OPTION (IZS)

In order to use the IZS option to perform calibration checks, it is necessary to configure

certain performance parameters of the O3 Generator.

3.5.1. VERIFY THE O3 GENERATOR AND EXPECTED O3 SPAN

CONCENTRATION SETTINGS

As is true for T400 analyzers without options, when the IZS option is present the O3

span concentration value also automatically defaults to 400.0 PPB. In this case, no

external source of calibration gas is required; however, it is necessary to verify that the

internal O3 generator is set to produce an O3 concentration of 400.0 PPB.

To verify/set that these levels, press

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer Getting Started

3.5.2. SETTING THE O3 GENERATOR LOW-SPAN (MID POINT) OUTPUT

LEVEL

To set the ozone LO SPAN (Midpoint) concentration for the IZS O3 generator, press:

SETUP X.X 0) DAS_HOLD_OFF=15.0 Minutes

PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB O3= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD:818

8 1 8 ENTR EXIT

Continue pressing NEXT until ...

SETUP X.X 4) O3_GEN_LOW1=100.0 PPB

PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT PRNT EXIT

Sets LOW SPAN Point for

RANGE1.

To Set the LOW SPAN point for

RANGE2 in DUAL or AUTO

range modes …

Press NEXT button once more to

select O3_GEN_LOW2

then continue as shown.

SETUP X.X 4) O3_GEN_LOW1=100.0 PPB

0 1 0 0 .0 ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new

setting

ENTR accepts the

new setting

Toggle buttonss to change setting

Only Values from 0 to 1500 will be accepted..

A value of 0 turns the lamp OFF.

The ENTR key will disappear if an invalid setting

is attempted.

06870C DCN6332

Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

3.5.3. TURNING ON THE REFERENCE DETECTOR OPTION

If the IZS feedback option is purchased the analyzer must be told to accept data from the

Reference Detector and actively adjust the IZS output to maintain the reference set

point(s) previously chosen by the user (see Section 3.5.2). To perform this operation:

SETUP X.X O3 CONFIG

CNST REF ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB O3= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG O3 EXIT

SETUP X.X O3 CONFIG

MODE ADJ

EXIT discards the new

setting

ENTR accepts the

new setting

CNST - Constant Mode: In this mode, the analyzer sets the

O3 Generator drive voltage at a constant level.

REF - Reference Mode: In this mode, the analyzer uses

feedback from the O3 Reference Detector to adjust the O3

Generator Drive Voltage and stabilize the O3Generator

Output.

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer Getting Started

3.5.4. INITIAL CALIBRATION AND CONDITIONING OF T400 ANALYZERS

WITH THE IZS OPTION INSTALLED

The following procedure assumes that:

 The instrument has of the IZS Options installed.

 The pneumatic setup matches that described in Section 3.3.2.3 or Section 3.3.3.

3.5.4.1. Initial O3 Scrubber Conditioning

The IZS option includes a charcoal O3 scrubber that creates zero air for the auto zero

calibration feature. This charcoal scrubber must be conditioned for the relative humidity

of locale being monitored.

To start this conditioning cycle, press:

06870C DCN6332

Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

3.5.4.2. Verifying the T400 Reporting Range Settings

While it is possible to perform the following procedure with any range setting, we

recommend that you perform this initial checkout using following reporting range

settings:

 Unit of Measure: PPB

 Reporting Range: 500 ppb

 Mode Setting: SNGL

These are the default setting for the T400 analyzer; however, it is a good idea to verify

them before proceeding with the calibration procedure. Use the same method as

described in Section 3.4.5.1.

3.5.4.3. Initial Zero/Span Calibration Procedure:

Unlike other versions of the T400, analyzers with the IZS option installed do not require

the expected span gas concentration be set during initial start-up because no initial span

calibration is performed.

3.6. CALIBRATION VALVE OPTIONS

3.6.1. AMBIENT ZERO/AMBIENT SPAN VALVES (OPT 50A)

The Model T400 photometric ozone analyzer can be equipped with a zero/span valve

option for controlling the flow of calibration gases generated from sources external to

the instrument. This option consists of a set of two solenoid valves located inside the

analyzer that allow the user to switch the active source of gas flowing into the

instrument’s optical bench between the sample inlet, the span gas inlet and the zero air

inlet.

The user can control these valves from the front panel touchscreen either manually or by

activating the instruments AUTOCAL feature (See Section 9.4).

The valves may also be opened and closed remotely via the RS-232/485 Serial I/O ports

(see Section 8.2) or External Digital I/O Control Inputs (See Section 9.3.3.3)

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer Getting Started

INSTRUMENT CHASSIS

SAMPLE

PRESSURE

SENSOR

O3FLOW

SENSOR

Sample Gas

Flow Control

O3Scrubber

Figure 3-22: T400 Pneumatic Diagram with Zero/Span Valve Option (OPT-50A)

The instrument’s zero air and span gas flow rate required for this option is 800 cc/min,

however, the US EPA recommends that the cal gas flow rate be at least 1600 cc/min.

Table 3-9: Zero/Span Valve Operating States for Option 50A

Mode Valve Condition

Sample/Cal Open to SAMPLE inlet

SAMPLE

Zero/Span Open to ZERO AIR inlet

Sample/Cal Open to ZERO/SPAN Valve

ZERO CAL Zero/Span Open to ZERO AIR inlet

Sample/Cal Open to ZERO/SPAN Valve

SPAN CAL Zero/Span Open to SPAN GAS inlet

The state of the Sample/Cal valves can be controlled:

 Manually via the analyzer’s front panel;

 By activating the instrument’s AutoCal feature (See Section 9.4);

 Remotely by using the External Digital I/O Control Inputs (See Section 9.3.3.3), or;

 Remotely via the RS-232/485 Serial I/O ports (See Section 8.2).

06870C DCN6332

Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

Figure 3-23: Gas Line Connections for the T400 Analyzer with Zero/Span Valve Option (OPT-50A)

3.6.1.1. Pneumatic Setup for the T400 Analyzer with Zero/Span Valve Option

For a Model T400 photometric ozone analyzer with the optional zero/span valves, attach

the following pneumatic lines:

SAMPLE GAS SOURCE:

Attach a sample inlet line to the SAMPLE inlet fitting.

 Sample Gas pressure must equal ambient atmospheric pressure (1.0 psig)

 In applications where the sample gas is received from a pressurized manifold, a

vent must be placed on the sample gas line. This vent line must be:

 At least 0.2m long

 No more than 2m long

 Vented outside the shelter or immediate area surrounding the instrument

CALIBRATION GAS SOURCES:

SPAN GAS

Attach a gas line from the source of calibration gas (e.g. a Teledyne API T700 Dynamic

Dilution Calibrator) to the SPAN inlet.

 Span gas can by generated by a M700E Mass Flow Calibrator equipped with a

Photometer Option or an M703E UV Photometric Ozone Calibrator.

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer Getting Started

ZERO AIR

Attach a gas line from the source of zero air (e.g. a Teledyne API M701 zero air

Generator) to the ZERO AIR inlet.

 Zero air can be supplied by the API M701 zero air generator.

 A restrictor is required to regulate the gas flow at 2 x’s the gas flow of the analyzer.

VENTING

In order to prevent back diffusion and pressure effects, both the span gas and zero air

supply lines should be:

 Vented outside the enclosure

 Not less than 2 meters in length

 Not greater than 10 meters in length

EXHAUST OUTLET

Attach an exhaust line to the EXHAUST OUTLET fitting. The exhaust line should be:

 ¼” PTEF tubing.

 A maximum of 10 meters long.

 Vented outside the T400 analyzer’s enclosure

CAUTION – GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD

Venting should be outside the shelter or immediate area surrounding the

instrument and conform to all safety requirements regarding exposure to O3.

Once the appropriate pneumatic connections have been made, check all pneumatic

fittings for leaks using the procedures defined in Section 11.3.4.

06870C DCN6332

Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

3.6.2. INTERNAL ZERO SPAN (IZS) OPTION (OPT 50G)

The Model T400 photometric ozone analyzer can also be equipped with an internal zero

air and span gas generator. This option includes an ozone scrubber for producing zero

air, a variable ozone generator for producing calibration span gas and a valve for

switching between the sample gas inlet and the output of the scrubber/generator.

A reference detector monitors the operating level of the IZS’ ozone generator. The

detector senses the intensity of the UV lamp internal to the IZS generator and converts

this into a DC voltage. This voltage is used by the CPU as part of a feedback loop to

directly adjust the brightness of the lamp producing a more accurate and stable ozone

concentration.

The ozone output level of the generator is directly controllable by the user via the front

panel of the instrument or remotely via the analyzer’s RS-232 Serial I/O ports.

 See Section 9.3 for instructions on setting the span gas level of the ozone

generator.

 See Sections 3.3.2.3 and 3.5 for information on configuring this option and using the

Serial I/O ports.

 See Appendix A.2 for a list of variables used to control this parameter.

See Section 9.6 for information on calibrating the output of the O3 Generator.

Figure 3-24: T400 Pneumatic Diagram with Internal Zero/Span (IZS) Option (OPT-50G)

For instructions on setting up a T400 analyzer equipped with the IZS option see Sections

3.3.2.3 and 3.3.3

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer Getting Started

The state of the Sample/Cal valves can be controlled:

 Manually via the analyzer’s front panel;

 By activating the instrument’s AutoCal feature (See Section 9.4);

 Remotely by using the External Digital I/O Control Inputs (See Section 9.3), or;

 Remotely via the RS-232/485 Serial I/O ports (See Section 8.2).

Table 3-10: Internal Zero/Span Valve Operating States

Option Mode Valve Condition

Sample/Cal Valve Open to SAMPLE inlet

SAMPLE

Ozone Generator OFF

Sample/Cal Valve Open to Ozone Generator

ZERO

CAL Ozone Generator OFF

Sample/Cal Valve Open to Ozone Generator

50G

SPAN

CAL Ozone Generator ON at intensity level set by user

06870C DCN6332

Getting Started Teledyne API – Model T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer

This page intentionally left blank.

06870C DCN6332

SECTION II

–

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

06870C DCN6332

4. OVERVIEW OF OPERATING MODES

The T400 analyzer software has a variety of operating modes. Most commonly, the

analyzer will be operating in SAMPLE mode. In this mode, a continuous read-out of

the O3 concentrations is displayed on the front panel and is available to be output as

analog signals from the analyzer’s rear panel terminals. The SAMPLE mode also

allows:

 TEST functions and WARNING messages to be examined.

 Manual calibration operations to be initiated

The second most important operating mode is SETUP mode. This mode is used for

configuring the various sub systems of the analyzer such as for the DAS system, the

reporting ranges, or the serial (RS-232/RS-485/Ethernet) communication channels. The

SET UP mode is also used for performing various diagnostic tests during

troubleshooting.

Figure 4-1: Front Panel Display

The Mode field of the front panel display indicates to the user which operating mode the

unit is currently running.

In addition to SAMPLE and SETUP, other operation modes of the analyzer are

described in Table 4-1.

06870C DCN6332

Overview of Operating Modes Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer

Table 4-1: Analyzer Operating Modes

MODE EXPLANATION

DIAG One of the analyzer’s diagnostic modes is active.

LO CAL A Unit is performing LOW SPAN (midpoint) calibration initiated automatically by the analyzer’s

AUTOCAL feature

LO CAL R Unit is performing LOW SPAN (midpoint) calibration initiated remotely through the COM ports or

digital control inputs.

M-P CAL This is the basic calibration mode of the instrument and is activated by pressing the CAL button.

SAMPLE Sampling normally, flashing text indicates adaptive filter is on.

SAMPLE A Indicates that unit is in SAMPLE mode and AUTOCAL feature is activated.

SETUP X.#2 SETUP mode is being used to configure the analyzer. The gas measurement will continue during

this process.

SPAN CAL A1 Unit is performing SPAN calibration initiated automatically by the analyzer’s AUTOCAL feature

SPAN CAL M1 Unit is performing SPAN calibration initiated manually by the user.

SPAN CAL R1 Unit is performing SPAN calibration initiated remotely through the COM ports or digital control

inputs.

ZERO CAL A1 Unit is performing ZERO calibration procedure initiated automatically by the AUTOCAL feature

ZERO CAL M1 Unit is performing ZERO calibration procedure initiated manually by the user.

ZERO CAL R1 Unit is performing ZERO calibration procedure initiated remotely through the COM ports or digital

control inputs.

1 Only Appears on units with Z/S valve or IZS options.

2 The revision of the analyzer firmware is displayed following the word SETUP, e.g., SETUP G.3.

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer Overview of Operating Modes

4.1. SAMPLE MODE

This is the analyzer’s standard operating mode. In this mode, the instrument is a

calculating O3 concentrations.

The T400 analyzer is a computer-controlled analyzer with a dynamic menu interface for

easy and yet powerful and flexible operation. All major operations are controlled from

the front panel display and touchscreen through these user-friendly menus.

To assist in navigating the system’s software, a series of menu trees can be found in

Appendix A of this manual.

Note The flowcharts in this Section depict typical representations of the front

panel display/touchscreen interface during the various operations being

described. They are not intended to be exact and may differ slightly from

the actual display of your system.

Note The ENTR button may disappear if you select a setting that is invalid or

out of the allowable range for that parameter, such as trying to set the 24-

hour clock to 25:00:00. Once you adjust the setting to an allowable

value, the ENTR button will re-appear.

This section covers the software features of the T400 analyzer that are designed as a

computer controlled

06870C DCN6332

Overview of Operating Modes Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer

4.1.1. TEST FUNCTIONS

A variety of TEST functions are available for viewing at the front panel whenever the

analyzer is at the MAIN MENU. These functions provide information about the present

operating status of the analyzer and are useful during troubleshooting (see Section 12).

Table 4-2 lists the available TEST functions.

To view these TEST functions, press:

Figure 4-2: Viewing T400 Test Functions

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer Overview of Operating Modes

Table 4-2: Test Functions Defined

DISPLAY PARAMETER UNITS DESCRIPTION

RANGE

- -

RANGE1

RANGE2

RANGE

PPB,

PPM,

UGM

MGM

The Full Scale limit at which the reporting range of the

analyzer’s ANALOG OUTPUTS is currently set.

 THIS IS NOT the Physical Range of the instrument. See

Section 5.4.1.1 for more information.

 If DUAL or AUTO Range modes have been selected, two

RANGE functions will appear, one for each range.

STABIL STABILITY MV

Standard deviation of O3 Concentration readings. Data points

are recorded every ten seconds. The calculation uses the last

25 data points.

O3 MEAS PHOTOMEAS MV The average UV Detector output during the MEASURE portion

of the analyzer’s measurement cycle.

O3 REF PHOTOREF MV The average UV Detector output during the REFERENCE

portion of the analyzer’s measurement cycle.

O3 GEN2 O3GENREF MV

The current output of the O3 generator reference detector

representing the relative intensity of the O3 generator UV

Lamp. (2)

O3 DRIVE1 O3GENDRIVE MV The Drive voltage used to control the intensity of the O3

generator UV Lamp. (1)

PRES SAMPPRESS IN-HG-A The absolute pressure of the Sample Gas as measured by a

solid-state pressure sensor.

SAMP FL SAMPFLOW CC/MIN Sample Gas mass flow rate as measured by the Flow Sensor

located between the Optical Bench and the Sample Pump.

SAMPLE TEMP SAMPTEMP C The Temperature of the gas inside the Sample Chamber.

PHOTO LAMP PHOTOLTEMP C The Temperature of the UV Lamp in the Optical Bench.

O3 SCRUB3 O3SCRUBTEMP C The current temperature of the Metal Wool Scrubber.(3)

O3 GEN TMP1 O3GENTEMP C The Temperature of the UV Lamp in the O3 Generator.(1)

BOX TEMP BOXTEMP C The temperature inside the analyzer chassis.

SLOPE SLOPE - -

The Slope of the instrument as calculated during the last

calibration activity.

 When the unit is set for SINGLE or DUAL Range mode,

this is the SLOPE of RANGE1.

 When the unit is set for AUTO Range mode, this is the

SLOPE of the currently active range.

OFFSET OFFSET PPB

The Offset of the instrument as calculated during the last

calibration activity.

When the unit is set for SINGLE or DUAL Range mode, this is

the OFFSET of RANGE1.

TEST4 TESTCHAN MV Displays the signal level of whatever Test function is currently

being output by the Analog Output Channel A4.(4)

TIME CLOCKTIME HH:MM:SS

The current time. This is used to create a time stamp on DAS

readings, and by the AutoCal feature to trigger calibration

events.

1 Only appears if IZS option is installed.

2 Only appears if IZS Reference Sensor option is installed.

3 Only appears if Metal Wool Scrubber option is installed.

4 Only appears if Analog Output A4 is actively reporting a Test Function.

06870C DCN6332

Overview of Operating Modes Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer

4.1.2. WARNING MESSAGES

The most common and serious instrument failures will activate Warning Messages that

are displayed on the analyzer’s Front Panel. These are:

Table 4-3: Warning Messages Defined

MESSAGE MEANING

ANALOG CAL WARNING The A/D or at least one D/A channel has not been calibrated.

BOX TEMP WARNING The temperature inside the T400 chassis is outside the specified limits.

CANNOT DYN SPAN2 Contact closure span calibration failed while DYN_SPAN was set to ON.

CANNOT DYN ZERO3 Contact closure zero calibration failed while DYN_ZERO was set to ON.

CONFIG INITIALIZED Configuration storage was reset to factory configuration or erased.

DATA INITIALIZED DAS data storage was erased before the last power up occurred.

LAMP DRIVER WARN CPU is unable to communicate with one of the I2C UV Lamp Drivers.

LAMP STABIL WARN Photometer lamp reference step-changes occur more than 25% of the time.

O3 ALARM1 WARN6 O3 concentration alarm limit #1 exceeded.

O3 ALARM2 WARN6 O3 concentration alarm limit #2 exceeded.

O3 GEN LAMP WARN4 The UV Lamp or Detector in the IZS module may be faulty or out of adjustment.

O3 GEN REF WARNING4 The UV Lamp or Detector in the IZS module may be faulty or out of adjustment.

O3 GEN TEMP WARN4 The UV Lamp Heater or Temperature Sensor in the IZS module may be faulty.

O3 SCRUB TEMP WARN5 The Heater or Temperature Sensor of the O3 Scrubber may be faulty.

PHOTO REF WARNING The O3 Reference value is outside of specified limits.

PHOTO TEMP WARNING The UV Lamp Temperature is outside of specified limits.

REAR BOARD NOT DET Motherboard was not detected during power up.

RELAY BOARD WARN CPU is unable to communicate with the relay PCA.

SAMPLE FLOW WARN The flow rate of the sample gas is outside the specified limits.

SAMPLE PRESS WARN The pressure of the sample gas is outside the specified limits.

SAMPLE TEMP WARN The temperature of the sample gas is outside the specified limits.

SYSTEM RESET1 The computer has rebooted.

1 Clears 45 minutes after power up.

2 Clears the next time successful zero calibration is performed.

3 Clears the next time successful span calibration is performed.

4 Only appears if the IZS option is installed.

5 Only appears if the optional metal wool O3 scrubber is installed.

6 Only appears if concentration alarm option is elected.

See Section 12.1.1 for more information on using these messages to troubleshoot

problems.

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer Overview of Operating Modes

4.2. CALIBRATION MODE

In this mode the user can, in conjunction with introducing of zero or span gases of

known concentrations into the analyzer, cause it to adjust and recalculate the slope

(gain) and offset of the its measurement range. This mode is also used to check the

current calibration status of the instrument.

 For more information about setting up and performing standard calibration

operations or checks, see Section 9.

 For more information about setting up and performing EPAPressing the CAL button,

switches the T400 into calibration mode.

If the instrument includes one of the available zero/span valve options, the SAMPLE

mode display will also include CALZ and CALS buttons. Pressing either of these

buttons also puts the instrument into calibration mode.

 The CALZ button is used to initiate a calibration of the analyzer’s zero point using

internally generated zero air.

 The CALS button is used to calibrate the span point of the analyzer’s current

reporting range using internally generated O3 span gas.

For more information concerning calibration valve options, see Section 3.6.

 For information on using the automatic calibrations feature (ACAL) in conjunction

with the one of the calibration valve options, see Sections 9.3.3 and 9.4.

Note It is recommended that this span calibration be performed at 90% of full

scale of the analyzer’s currently selected reporting range.

EXAMPLES:

If the reporting range is set for 0 to 500 ppb, an appropriate span point

would be 450 ppb.

If the of the reporting range is set for 0 to 1000 ppb, an appropriate

span point would be 900 ppb.

06870C DCN6332

Overview of Operating Modes Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer

4.3. SETUP MODE

The SETUP mode contains a variety of choices that are used to configure the analyzer’s

hardware and software features, perform diagnostic procedures, gather information on

the instruments performance and configure or access data from the internal data

acquisition system (DAS).

 For a visual representation of the software menu trees, refer to Appendix A-1.

Setup Mode is divided between Primary and Secondary Setup menus and can be

protected through password security.

4.3.1. PASSWORD SECURITY

Setup Mode can be protected by password security through the SETUP>PASS menu

(Section 5.2) to prevent unauthorized or inadvertent configuration adjustments.

4.3.2. PRIMARY SETUP MENU

The areas accessed under the SETUP mode are shown in Table 4-4 and Table 4-5.

Table 4-4: Primary Setup Mode Features and Functions

MODE OR FEATURE CONTROL

BUTTON DESCRIPTION MANUAL

SECTION

Analyzer Configuration CFG Lists key hardware and software configuration information 5.1

Auto Cal Feature ACAL

Used to set up and operate the AutoCal feature.

 Only appears if the analyzer has one of the calibration valve

options installed (see Section 3.6).

9.4

Internal Data Acquisition

(DAS) DAS Used to set up the DAS system and view recorded data 7

Analog Output Reporting

Range Configuration RNGE Used to configure the output signals generated by the

instruments analog outputs. 5.4

Calibration Password Security PASS Turns the calibration password feature ON/OFF 5.2

Internal Clock Configuration CLK Used to Set or adjust the instrument’s internal clock 5.6

Advanced SETUP features MORE This button accesses the instruments secondary setup menu See

Table 4-5

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer Overview of Operating Modes

Table 4-5: Secondary Setup Mode Features and Functions

MODE OR FEATURE CONTROL

BUTTON DESCRIPTION MANUAL

SECTION

External Communication

Channel Configuration COMM

Used to set up and operate the analyzer’s various external I/O

channels including RS-232; RS-485, modem communication

and/or Ethernet access.

System Status Variables VARS

Used to view various variables related to the instruments

current operational status

 Changes made to any variable are not acknowledged and

recorded in the instrument’s memory until the ENTR button is

pressed.

 Pressing the EXIT button ignores the new setting.

 If the EXIT button is pressed before the ENTR button, the

analyzer will beep alerting the user that the newly entered

value has been lost.

5.8

System Diagnostic Features

and

Analog Output Configuration

DIAG

Used to access a variety of functions that are used to configure,

test or diagnose problems with a variety of the analyzer’s basic

systems.

Most notably, the menus used to configure the output signals

generated by theinstruments’ analog outputs are located here.

5.9 & 5.10

IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA

Any changes made to a variable (VARS) during the SETUP procedures are

not acknowledged by the instrument until the ENTR button is pressed. If

the EXIT button is pressed before the ENTR button, the analyzer will beep,

alerting the user that the newly entered value has not been accepted.

06870C DCN6332

Overview of Operating Modes Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer

This page intentionally left blank.

06870C DCN6332

5. SETUP MENU

The SETUP menu is used to set instrument parameters for performing configuration,

calibration, reporting and diagnostics operations according to user needs.

5.1. SETUP  CFG: CONFIGURATION INFORMATION

 Pressing the CFG button displays the instrument’s configuration information. This

display lists the analyzer model, serial number, firmware revision, software library

revision, CPU type and other information. Use this information to identify the

software and hardware when contacting customer service. Special instrument or

software features or installed options may also be listed here.

To access the configuration table, press:

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X T400

PREV NEXT EXIT

Press exit at

any time to

return to the

SETUP menu

Press NEXT or PREV to move back and

forth through the following list of

Configuration information:

MODEL TYPE AND NUMBER

PART NUMBER

SERIAL NUMBER

SOFTWARE REVISION

LIBRARY REVISION

CPU TYPE & OS REVISION

SUPPORT info

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB O3= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

06870C DCN6332

Setup Menu T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

5.2. SETUP  DAS: INTERNAL DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM

Use the SETUP>DAS menu to capture and record data. Refer to Section 7 for

configuration and operation details.

5.3. SETUP  ACAL: AUTOMATIC CALIBRATION OPTION

The menu button for this option appears only when the instrument has the zero span

and/or IZS options. See Section 9.4 for details.

5.4. SETUP  RNGE: ANALOG OUTPUT REPORTING RANGE

CONFIGURATION

Use the SETUP>RNGE menu to configure output reporting ranges, including scaled

reporting ranges to handle data resolution challenges. This section also describes

configuration for Single, Dual, and Auto Range modes.

5.4.1.1. Physical Range versus Analog Output Reporting Ranges

Functionally, the Model T400 photometric analyzer has one hardware “physical range”

that is capable of determining O3 concentrations between 0 ppb and 10,000 ppb. This

architecture improves reliability and accuracy by avoiding the need for extra, switchable,

gain-amplification circuitry. Once properly calibrated, the analyzer’s front panel will

accurately report concentrations along the entire span of its physical range.

Because, most applications use only a small part of the analyzer’s physical range, the

width of the T400 analyzer’s physical range can create data resolution problems for most

analog recording devices. For example, in an application where the expected

concentration of O3 is typically less than 500 ppb, the full scale of expected values is

only 5% of the instrument’s 10,000 ppB physical range. Unmodified, the corresponding

output signal would also be recorded across only 5% of the range of the recording

device.

The T400 solves this problem by allowing the user to select a scaled reporting range for

the analog outputs that only includes that portion of the physical range relevant to the

specific application.

Note Only the reporting range of the analog outputs is scaled. Both the DAS

values stored in the CPU’s memory and the concentration values

reported on the front panel are unaffected by the settings chosen for the

reporting range(s) of the instrument.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Setup Menu

5.4.1.2. Analog Output Ranges for O3 Concentration

The analyzer has two active analog output signals related to O3 concentration that are

accessible through a connector on the rear panel.

Not Used

NALOG OU

A1 A2 A3 A4

+ - + - + - + -

O3 concentration

outputs

HIG

range when DUAL

mode is selected

Test Channel

See Section

7.4.6

LOW range when DUAL

mode is selected

Figure 5-1: Analog Output Connector Pin Out

The A1 and A2 channels output a signal that is proportional to the O3 concentration of

the sample gas. They can be configured:

 With independent reporting ranges reporting a “single” output signal (SNGL Mode,

see Section 5.4.1.3)

 to be operated completely independently (DUAL Mode, see Section 5.4.1.4).

 Or to automatically switch between the two ranges dynamically as the concentration

value fluctuates (AUTO modes, see Section 5.4.1.5).

The user can set the units of measure, measure span and signal scale of each output in a

variety of combinations.

EXAMPLE:

A1 OUTPUT: Output Signal = 0-5 VDC representing 0-1000 ppb concentration values

A2 OUTPUT: Output Signal = 0 – 10 VDC representing 0-500 ppb concentration

values.

Both the A1 and A2 outputs can be:

 Configured full scale outputs of: 0 - 0.1 VDC; 0 - 1VDC; 0 - 5VDC or; 0 - 10VDC.

 Equipped with optional 0-20 mADC current loop drivers (OPT 41, see Section

3.3.1.4) and configured for any current output within that range (e.g. 0-20, 2-20, 4-

20, etc.).

The user may also add a signal offset independently to each output (see Section 5.10.1.8)

to match the electronic input requirements of the recorder or data logger to which the

output is connected.

06870C DCN6332

Setup Menu T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

DEFAULT SETTINGS

The default setting for these the reporting ranges of the analog output channels A1 and

A2 are:

 SNGL mode

 0 to 400.0 ppb

 0 to 5 VDC

Reporting range span may be viewed via the front panel by viewing the RANGE test

function. If the DUAL or AUTO modes are selected, the RANGE test function will be

replaced by two separate functions, RANGE1 & RANGE2. Reporting range status is

also available as output via the external digital I/O status bits (see Section 3.3.1.5).

Note Upper span limit setting for the individual range modes are shared.

Resetting the span limit in one mode also resets the span limit for the

corresponding range in the other modes as follows:

SNGL DUAL AUTO

Range  Range1 (Low)  Low Range

Range2 (Hi)  High Range

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Setup Menu

5.4.1.3. RNGE  MODE  SNGL: Single Range Mode Configuration

The single range mode sets a single maximum range for the both the A1 and A2 analog

outputs. If the single range is selected both outputs are slaved together and will

represent the same reporting range span (e.g. 0-500 ppb), however their electronic signal

levels may be configured for different ranges (e.g. 0-10 VDC vs. 0-.1 VDC; See Section

5.10.1.6).

This Reporting range can be set to any value between 0.1 ppb and 10,000 ppb. To select

SINGLE range mode and set the upper limit of the reporting range, press:

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB O3= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X RANGE MODE MENU

MODE SET UNIT EXIT

SETUP X.X RANGE MODE:SNGL

SNGL DUAL AUTO ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X RANGE MODE:SNGL

SNGL DUAL AUTO ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X RANGE MODE MENU

MODE SET UNIT EXIT

SETUP X.X RANGE:500.0 Conc

0 0 5 0 0 .0 ENTR EXIT

Toggle buttons to

select the upper

SPAN limit for the

reporting range

EXIT discards the new

setting

ENTR accepts the

new setting

Note This is the default reporting range mode for the analyzer.

06870C DCN6332

Setup Menu T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

5.4.1.4. RNGE  MODE  DUAL: Dual Range Mode Configuration

DUAL range mode allows the A1 and A2 outputs to be configured with separate

reporting range spans as well as separate electronic signal levels. The analyzer software

calls these two ranges LOW and HI.

 The LOW range setting corresponds with the analog output labeled A1 on the rear

panel of the instrument and is viewable via the test function RANGE1.

 The HIGH range setting corresponds with the A2 output and is viewable via the test

function RANGE2.

 While the software labels these two ranges as LOW and HI, when in DUAL mode

their upper limits need not conform to that convention. The upper span limit of the

LOW/RANGE1 can be a higher number than that of HI/RANGE2

To set the ranges press following button stroke sequence:

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB O3= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X RANGE MODE MENU

MODE SET UNIT EXIT

SETUP X.X RANGE MODE:SNGL

SNGL DUAL AUTO ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X RANGE MODE:SNGL

SNGL DUAL AUTO ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X RANGE MODE MENU

MODE SET UNIT EXIT

SETUP X.X HIGH RANGE:500.0 Conc

0 0 5 0 0 .0 ENTR EXIT

Toggle buttons to

select the upper

SPAN limit for the

reporting range

EXIT discards the new

setting

ENTR accepts the

new setting

SETUP X.X LOW RANGE:500.0 Conc

0 0 5 0 0 .0 ENTR EXIT

The LOW and HIGH

ranges have separate

slopes and offsets for

computing the O3

concentration.

The two ranges must

be independently

calibrated.

EXIT discards the

new setting

ENTR accepts the

new setting

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Setup Menu

5.4.1.5. RNGE  MODE  AUTO: Auto Range Mode Configuration

AUTO range mode gives the analyzer to ability to output data via a LOW range

(displayed on the front panel as RANGE1) and HIGH range (displayed on the front

panel as RANGE2) on a single analog output.

When the AUTO range mode is selected, the analyzer automatically switches back and

forth between user selected LOW & HIGH ranges depending on the level of the O3

concentration.

 The unit will move from LOW range to HIGH range when the O3 concentration

exceeds to 98% of the LOW range span limit.

 The unit will return from HIGH range back to LOW range once the O3 concentration

falls below 75% of the LOW range span limit.

To set the ranges press following button stroke sequence:

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB O3= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X RANGE MODE MENU

MODE SET UNIT EXIT

SETUP X.X RANGE MODE:AUTO

SNGL DUAL AUTO ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X RANGE MODE:SNGL

SNGL DUAL AUTO ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X RANGE MODE MENU

MODE SET UNIT EXIT

SETUP X.X HIGH RANGE:200.0 Conc

00200.0ENTREXIT

Toggle buttons to

select the upper

SPAN limit for the

reporting range

EXIT discards the new

setting

ENTR accepts the

new setting

SETUP X.X LOW RANGE:50.0 Conc

00050.0ENTREXIT

The LOW and HIGH

ranges have separate

slopes and offsets for

computing the O3

concentration.

The two ranges must

be independently

calibrated.

EXIT discards the

new setting

ENTR accepts the

new setting

Note Do not set the LOW range (RANGE1) of the instrument with a higher span limit

than the HIGH range (RANGE2). This will cause the unit to stay in the low reporting

range perpetually and defeat the function of the AUTO range mode.

06870C DCN6332

Setup Menu T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

100

5.4.1.6. SETUP  RNGE  UNIT: Setting the Reporting Range Unit Type

The T400 can display concentrations in ppb, ppm, ug/m3, mg/m3 units. Changing units

affects all of the COM port values, and all of the display values for all reporting ranges.

To change the units of measure press:

Note Concentrations displayed in mg/m3 and ug/m3 use 0C, 760 mmHg for

Standard Temperature and Pressure (STP). Consult your local

regulations for the STP used by your agency.

Note Once the Units of Measurement have been changed, the unit MUST be

recalibrated, as the “expected span values” previously in effect will no

longer be valid. Simply entering new expected span values without

running the entire calibration routine is not sufficient. The following

equations give approximate conversions between volume/volume units

and weight/volume units:

O3 ppb x 2.14 = O3 ug/m3

O3 ppm x 2.14 = O3 mg/m3.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Setup Menu

101

5.5. SETUP  PASS: PASSWORD PROTECTION

The menu system provides password protection of the calibration and setup functions to

prevent unauthorized adjustments. When the password feature has been enabled

(SETUP>PASS>ON), the system prompts the user for a password to enter the SETUP

menu. This allows normal operation of the instrument, but requires the password (101)

to access to the menus under SETUP. When PASSWORD is disabled (SETUP>OFF),

any operator can enter the Primary Setup (SETUP) and Secondary Setup

(SETUP>MORE) menus. Whether PASSWORD is enabled or disabled, a password

(default 818) is required to enter the VARS or DIAG menus in the SETUP>MORE

menu.

Table 5-1: Password Levels

PASSWORD LEVEL MENU ACCESS ALLOWED

Null (000) Operation All functions of the MAIN menu: TEST, GEN, initiate SEQ , MSG, CLR

101 Configuration/Maintenance Access to primary and secondary SETUP menus when PASSWORD enabled.

818 Configuration/Maintenance Access to DIAG and VARS menus under the secondary SETUP menu whether

PASSWORD is enabled or disabled.

06870C DCN6332

Setup Menu T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

102

To enable or disable password protection, press:

SETUP X.X

CFG DAS RNGE CLK MORE EXIT

SYSTEM

ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X

Toggle OFF to ON

to enable, and ON

to OFF to disable

password feature

discards the new

setting

accepts the new

setting

SETUP X.X

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE

EXIT the

PRIMARY SETUP

MENU after

enabling

Password so that

selecting SETUP

now prompts for

the password.

EXIT

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Setup Menu

103

Example: If password protection is enabled, the following menu button sequence would be required to enter the

VARS or DIAG submenus:

EXIT

SETUP X.X

COMM EXIT

Default password to

enter and

menus

analyzer enters selected menu

SETUP X.X

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK EXIT

EXIT

Toggle to change

password to 101

EXIT

Note Whether PASSWORD is enabled or disabled, the instrument prompts for

a password to enter the VARS and DIAG menus. The menu interface

displays the default password (818) upon either menu. Press ENTR to

access the selected menu.

06870C DCN6332

Setup Menu T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

104

5.6. SETUP  CLK: SETTING THE T400 ANALYZER’S INTERNAL

TIME-OF-DAY CLOCK AND ADJUSTING SPEED

5.6.1.1. Setting the Internal Clock’s Time and Day

The T400 has a time of day clock that supports the DURATION step of the automatic

calibration (ACAL) sequence feature, time of day TEST function, and time stamps on

for the DAS feature and most COMM port messages.

To set the clock’s time and date, press:

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB O3= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X TIME-OF-DAY CLOCK

TIME DATE EXIT

Toggle HOUR

and/or MINUTE

buttons to

change time.

SETUP X.X TIME: 12:00

1 2 :0 0 ENTREXIT

SETUP X.X TIME: 22:30

2 2:3 0 ENTREXIT

SETUP X.X DATE: 01-JAN-05

0 1JAN0 5 ENTREXIT

SETUP X.X DATE: 18-JUN-05

1 8JUN0 5 ENTREXIT

SETUP X.X TIME-OF-DAY CLOCK

TIME DATE EXIT

Toggle DAY,

MONTH, and/or

YEAR buttons to

change date.

EXIT returns to

SETUP X.X

display

HOUR MINUTE DAY MONTH YEAR

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Setup Menu

105

5.6.1.2. Adjusting the Internal Clock’s Speed

In order to compensate for CPU clocks which run faster or slower, you can adjust a

variable called CLOCK_ADJ to speed up or slow down the clock by a fixed amount

every day.

The CLOCK_AD variable is accessed via the VARS submenu: To change the value of

this variable, press:

SETUP X.X 0) DAS_HOLD_OFF=15.0 Minutes

PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X ENTER SETUP PASS:0

8 1 8 ENTREXIT

Continue pressing NEXT until ...

SETUP X.X 7 CLOCK_ADJUST=0 Sec/Day

+0 0 EDIT ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X 7) CLOCK_ADJUST=0 Sec/Day

PREV NEXT EDIT ENTR EXIT

Enter sign and number of

seconds per day the clock

gains (-) or loses(+)

SETUP X.X 7) CLOCK_ADJUST=0 Sec/Day

PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new

setting

ENTR accepts the

new setting

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB O3= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

06870C DCN6332

Setup Menu T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

106

5.7. SETUP  COMM: COMMUNICATIONS PORTS

This section introduces the communications setup menu; Section 6 provides the setup

instructions and operation information. Press SETUP>ENTR>MORE>COMM to arrive

at the communications menu.

5.7.1. ID (MACHINE IDENTIFICATION)

Press ID to display and/or change the Machine ID, which must be changed to a unique

identifier (number) when more than one instrument of the same model is used:

 in an RS-232 multidrop configuration

 on the same Ethernet LAN

 when applying MODBUS protocol

 when applying Hessen protocol

The default ID is typically the same as the model number, although it may sometimes be

“0”. Press any button(s) in the MACHINE ID menu until the Machine ID Parameter

field displays the desired identifier.

The ID can be any 4-digit number and can also be used to identify analyzers in any

number of ways (e.g., location numbers, company asset number, etc.).

5.7.2. INET (ETHERNET)

Use SETUP>COMM>INET to configure Ethernet communications, whether manually

or via DHCP. Please see Section 6.5 for configuration details.

5.7.3. COM1 AND COM 2 (MODE, BAUD RATE AND TEST PORT)

Use the SETUP>COMM>COM1[COM2] menus to:

 configure communication modes (Section 6.2.1)

 view/set the baud rate (Section 6.2.2)

 test the connections of the com ports (Section 6.2.3)

Configuring COM1 or COM2 requires setting the DCE DTE switch on the rear panel.

Section 6.1 provides DCE DTE information.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Setup Menu

107

5.8. SETUP  VARS: VARIABLES SETUP AND DEFINITION

The T400 has several-user adjustable software variables, which define certain

operational parameters. Usually, these variables are automatically set by the

instrument’s firmware, but can be manually re-defined using the VARS menu.

The following table lists all variables that are available within the 101 password

protected level. See Appendix A2 for a detailed listing of all of the T400 variables that

are accessible through the remote interface.

Table 5-2: Variable Names (VARS)

NO. VARIABLE DESCRIPTION ALLOWED

VALUES

VARS

DEFAULT

VALUES

0 DAS_HOLD_OFF

Changes the Internal Data Acquisition System

(DAS) HOLDOFF timer:

No data is stored in the DAS channels during

situations when the software considers the data to

be questionable such as during warm up of just

after the instrument returns from one of its

calibration mode to SAMPLE Mode.

May be set for

intervals

between

0.5 – 20 min

15 min.

1 CONC_PRECISION

Allows the user to set the number of significant digits to

the right of the decimal point display of concentration and

stability values.

AUTO, 1, 2,

3, 4 AUTO

2 PHOTO_LAMP4 Allows adjustment of the temperature set point for

the photometer UV lamp in the optical bench. 0 - 100C 58C

3 ,O3_GEN_LAMP1 4 Allows adjustment of the temperature set point for

the UV lamp in the O3 generator option.1 0 - 100C 48C

4 O3_GEN_LOW11 Allows adjustment of the O3 generator option for the

low (mid) span calibration point on RANGE12 during

3-point calibration checks.1

0 – 1500 ppb 100 ppb

5 O3_GEN_LOW21 Allows adjustment of the O3 Generator Option for the

low (mid) span calibration point on RANGE23 during

3-point calibration checks.1

0– 1500 ppb 100 ppb

O3_SCRUB_SET1,4

Allows adjustment of the temperature set point for

the heater attached to the metal wool scrubber

option along with set points for both the High and

Low alarm limits for the heater.1

0 - 200C

110C

7 CLOCK_ADJ Adjusts the speed of the analyzer’s clock. Choose the +

sign if the clock is too slow, choose the - sign if the clock

is too fast.

-60 to +60 s/day 0 sec

1 Although, this variable may appear in the list even when the associated option is not installed. It is only

effective when that option is installed and operating.

2 RANGE1 is the default range when the analyzer is set for SINGLE range mode and the LOW range when the

unit is set for AUTO range mode.

3 RANGE2 HI range when the unit is set for AUTO range mode.

4 DO NOT ADJUST OR CHANGE this values unless instructed to by Teledyne API Customer Service personnel.

06870C DCN6332

Setup Menu T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

108

To access and navigate the VARS menu, use the following button sequence:

IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA

There is a 2-second latency period between when a VARS value is changed and

the new value is stored into the analyzer’s memory. DO NOT turn the analyzer

off during this period or the new setting will be lost.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Setup Menu

109

5.9. SETUP  DIAG :DIAGNOSTICS FUNCTIONS

A series of diagnostic tools is grouped together under the SETUPMOREDIAG

menu. As these parameters are dependent on firmware revision, (see Appendix A).

These tools can be used in a variety of troubleshooting and diagnostic procedures and

are referred to in many places of the maintenance and trouble-shooting sections of this

manual.

The various operating modes available under the DIAG menu are:

Table 5-3: Diagnostic Mode (DIAG) Functions

DIAG SUBMENU SUBMENU FUNCTION Front Panel

Mode Indicator

MANUAL

SECTION

SIGNAL I/O

Allows observation of all digital and analog signals

in the instrument. Allows certain digital signals such

as valves and heaters to be toggled ON and OFF.

DIAG I/O 12.1.3

ANALOG OUTPUT

When entered, the analyzer performs an analog

output step test. This can be used to calibrate a

chart recorder or to test the analog output accuracy.

DIAG AOUT 12.7.8.1

ANALOG I/O

CONFIGURATION

The signal levels of the instruments analog outputs

may be calibrated (either individually or as a group).

Various electronic parameters such as signal span,

and offset are available for viewing and

configuration.

DIAG AIO 5.10

O3 GENERATOR

CALIBRATION1

The analyzer is performing an electric test. This test

simulates IR detector signal in a known manner so

that the proper functioning of the sync/demod board

can be verified.

DIAG OPTIC 9.6

DARK

CALIBRATION

The analyzer is performing a dark calibration

procedure. This procedure measures and stores

the inherent dc offset of the sync/demod board

electronics.

DIAG ELEC 9.5.1

FLOW

CALIBRATION

This function is used to calibrate the gas flow output

signals of sample gas and ozone supply. These

settings are retained when exiting DIAG.

DIAG FCAL 9.5.2

TEST CHAN

OUTPUT Configures the A4 analog output channel. DIAG TCHN 5.10.1.9

1 Only appears if the IZS option is installed.

06870C DCN6332

Setup Menu T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

110

To access the various DIAG submenus, press the following buttons:

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB O3= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD:818

8 1 8 ENTR EXIT

DIAG SIGNAL I/O

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

Toggle to scroll

through the list of

DIAG submenus ENTR Activates the

selected DIAG

submenu

Figure 5-2: Accessing the DIAG Submenus

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Setup Menu

111

5.10. USING THE MODEL T400 ANALYZER’S ANALOG I/O

Table 5-4 lists the analog I/O functions available in the T400 analyzer.

Table 5-4: DIAG - Analog I/O Functions

SUB MENU FUNCTION MANUAL

SECTION

AOUT CALIBRATED

Initiates a calibration of the A1, A2 and A4 analog output channels that

determines the slope and offset inherent in the circuitry of each output.

These values are stored in the and applied to the output signals by the CPU

automatically

5.10.1.1

CONCOUT_11

Sets the basic electronic configuration of the A1 output. There are four

options:

 RANGE: Selects the signal type (voltage or current loop) and level of the

output

 A1 OFS: Allows them input of a DC offset to let the user manually adjust

the output level

 AUTO CAL: Enables / Disables the AOUT CALIBRATION Feature

 CALIBRATED: Performs the same calibration as AOUT CALIBRATED,

but on this one channel only.

CONCOUT_21

Sets the basic electronic configuration of the A2 output. There are three

options:

 RANGE: Selects the signal type (voltage or current loop) and level of the

output

 A2 OFS: Allows them input of a DC offset to let the user manually adjust

the output level

 AUTO CAL: Enables / Disables the AOUT CALIBRATION Feature

 CALIBRATED: Performs the same calibration as AOUT CALIBRATED,

but on this one channel only.

5.10

TEST OUTPUT1

Sets the basic electronic configuration of the A4 output. There are three

options:

 RANGE: Selects the signal type (voltage or current loop) and level of the

output

 A4 OFS: Allows them input of a DC offset to let the user manually adjust

the output level

 AUTO CAL: Enables / Disables the AOUT CALIBRATION Feature

 CALIBRATED: Performs the same calibration as AOUT CALIBRATED,

but on this one channel only.

5.10.1.9

AIN CALIBRATED Initiates a calibration of the A-to-D Converter circuit located on the

Motherboard. 5.10.2

XIN1

XIN8

For each of 8 external analog inputs channels, shows the gain, offset,

engineering units, and whether the channel is to show up as a Test

function.

1Changes to RANGE or REC_OFS require recalibration of this output.

06870C DCN6332

Setup Menu T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

112

5.10.1. ADJUSTING & CALIBRATING THE ANALOG OUTPUT SIGNALS

The T400 analyzer comes equipped with three analog outputs. The first two outputs (A1

& A2) carry analog signals that represent the currently measured O3 output (see Section

5.4.1.2). The third output (A4) can be set by the user to carry the current signal level of

any one of several operational parameters (see Table 5-8).

To access the ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION sub menu, press:

Figure 5-3: Accessing the Analog I/O Configuration Submenus

5.10.1.1. Calibration of the Analog Outputs

TEST CHANNEL calibration needs to be carried out on first startup of the analyzer

(performed in the factory as part of the configuration process) or whenever re-calibration

is required. The analog outputs can be calibrated automatically or adjusted manually.

In its default mode, the instrument is configured for automatic calibration of all

channels, which is useful for clearing any analog calibration warnings associated with

channels that will not be used or connected to any input or recording device, e.g.,

datalogger.

Manual calibration should be used for the 0.1V range or in cases where the outputs must

be closely matched to the characteristics of the recording device. Manual calibration

requires the AUTOCAL feature to be disabled.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Setup Menu

113

5.10.1.2. Enabling or Disabling the AutoCal for an Individual Analog Output

To enable or disable the AutoCal feature for an individual analog output, press.

06870C DCN6332

Setup Menu T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

114

5.10.1.3. Automatic Group Calibration of the Analog Outputs

To calibrate the outputs as a group with the AOUTS CALIBRATION command, select

the ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION submenu (see Figure 5-3) then press:

From the

AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU

(See Figure 7-4)

Analyzer

automatically

calibrates all

channels for which

AUTO-CAL is turned

If any of the channels have not

been calibrated ot if at least one

channel has AUTO-CAL turned

OFF, this message will read NO.

DIAG AIO NOT AUTO CAL. CONC_OUT_1

DIAG AIO NOT AUTO CAL. CONC_OUT_2

This message

appears when

AUTO-CAL is

Turned OFF for

a channel

DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED: YES

SET> CAL EXIT

DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO

SET> CAL EXIT

DIAG ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG AIO AUTO CALIBRATING TEST_OUTPUT

Note Manual calibration should be used for any analog output set for a 0.1V

output range or in cases where the outputs must be closely matched to

the characteristics of the recording device.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Setup Menu

115

To use the AUTO CAL feature to initiate an automatic calibration for an individual

analog output, select the ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION submenu (see Figure 5-3)

then press:

06870C DCN6332

Setup Menu T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

116

5.10.1.4. Manual Calibration of the Analog Outputs Configured for Voltage Ranges

For highest accuracy, the voltages of the analog outputs can be manually calibrated.

Note The menu for manually adjusting the analog output signal level will only

appear if the AUTO-CAL feature is turned off for the channel being

adjusted (See Section 5.10.1.2).

Calibration is performed with a voltmeter connected across the output terminals and by

changing the actual output signal level using the front panel buttons in 100, 10 or 1

count increments. See Figure 3-7 for pin assignments and diagram of the analog output

connector.

+DC Gnd

Figure 5-4: Setup for Calibrating Analog Output

Table 5-5: Voltage Tolerances for the TEST CHANNEL Calibration

FULL

SCALE

ZERO

TOLERANCE SPAN VOLTAGE SPAN

TOLERANCE

MINIMUM

ADJUSTMENT

(1 count)

0.1 VDC ±0.0005V 90 mV ±0.001V 0.02 mV

1 VDC ±0.001V 900 mV ±0.001V 0.24 mV

5 VDC ±0.002V 4500 mV ±0.003V 1.22 mV

10 VDC ±0.004V 4500 mV ±0.006V 2.44 mV

To adjust the signal levels of an analog output channel manually, select the ANALOG

I/O CONFIGURATION submenu (see Figure 5-3) then press:

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Setup Menu

117

From the

AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU

(See figure 7-4)

DIAG ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

Continue pressing SET> until you reach the

output to be configured

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: 5V, CONC2, NOCAL

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Continue pressing SET> until ...

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: CALIBRATED:NO

<SET SET> CAL EXIT

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: RANGE: 5V

SET> EDIT EXIT

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: VOLT-Z: 0 mV

U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTREXIT

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: VOLT-S: 4500 mV

U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTREXIT

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: CALIBRATED: YES

<SET SET> CAL EXIT

These menus

only appear if

AUTO-CAL is

turned OFF

These buttons increase /

decrease the analog output

signal level (not the value on the

display)

by 100, 10 or 1 counts.

Continue adjustments until the

voltage measured at the output

of the analyzer and/or the input

of the recording device matches

the value in the upper right hand

corner of the display (within the

tolerances

listed in Table 7-7

DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO

SET> CAL EXIT

DISPLAYED AS = CHANNEL

CONC_OUT_1 = A1

CONC_OUT_2 = A2

TEST OUTPUT = A4

06870C DCN6332

Setup Menu T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

118

5.10.1.5. Manual Adjustment of Current Loop Output Span and Offset

A current loop option may be purchased for the A1 and A2 Analog outputs of the

analyzer. This option places circuitry in series with the output of the D-to A converter

on the motherboard that changes the normal DC voltage output to a 0-20 milliamp

signal. The outputs can be ordered scaled to any set of limits within that 0-20 mA range,

however most current loop applications call for either 0-20 mA or 4-20mA range spans.

All current loop outputs have a + 5% over range. Ranges whose lower limit is set above

1 mA also have a –5 under range.

To switch an analog output from voltage to current loop, follow the instructions in

Section 5.10.1.6 and select CURR from the list of options on the “Output Range” menu.

Adjusting the signal zero and span levels of the current loop output is done by raising or

lowering the voltage output of the D-to-A converter circuitry on the analyzer’s

motherboard. This raises or lowers the signal level produced by the Current Loop

Option circuitry.

The software allows this adjustment to be made in 100, 10 or 1 count increments. Since

the exact amount by which the current signal is changed per D-to-A count varies from

output-to-output and instrument–to–instrument, you will need to measure the change in

the signal levels with a separate, current meter placed in series with the output circuit.

See Figure 3-7 for pin assignments and diagram of the analog output connector.

Figure 5-5: Setup for Checking Current Output Signal Levels

CAUTION – General Safety Hazard

DO NOT EXCEED 60 V PEAK VOLTAGE BETWEEN CURRENT LOOP OUTPUTS

AND INSTRUMENT GROUND.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Setup Menu

119

To adjust the zero and span signal levels of the current outputs, select the ANALOG I/O

CONFIGURATION submenu (see Figure 5-3) then press:

From the

AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU

(See figure 7-4)

DIAG ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

Continue pressing SET> until you reach the

output to be configured

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: 5V, CONC2, NOCAL

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Continue pressing SET> until ...

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: CALIBRATED:NO

<SET SET> CAL EXIT

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: RANGE: CURR

SET> EDIT EXIT

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: CURR-Z: 0 mV

U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTREXIT

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: CURR-S: 5000 mV

U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTREXIT

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: CALIBRATED: YES

<SET SET> CAL EXIT

These menus

only appear if

AUTO-CAL is

turned OFF

These buttons increase /

decrease the analog output

signal level (not the value on the

display)

by 100, 10 or 1 counts.

Continue adjustments until the

voltage measured at the output

of the analyzer and/or the input

of the recording device matches

the value in the upper right hand

corner of the display (within the

tolerances

listed in Table 7-7

DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO

SET> CAL EXIT

DISPLAYED AS = CHANNEL

CONC_OUT_1 = A1

CONC_OUT_2 = A2

TEST OUTPUT = A4

An alternative method for setting up the Current Loop outputs is to connect a 250 ohm

1% resistor across the current loop output in lieu of the current meter (see Figure 3-7

06870C DCN6332

Setup Menu T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

120

for pin assignments and diagram of the analog output connector). Using a voltmeter

connected across the resistor follow the procedure above but adjust the output for the

following values:

+DC Gnd

Recording

Device

V IN +

V IN -

ANALYZER

V OUT +

V OUT -

250 Ω

Volt

Meter

Figure 5-6: Alternative Setup Using 250Ω Resistor for Checking Current Output Signal Levels

Table 5-6: Current Loop Output Check

% FS Voltage across Resistor for

2-20 mA

Voltage across Resistor for

4-20 mA

0 0.5 VDC 1 VDC

100 5.0 5.0

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Setup Menu

121

5.10.1.6. Analog Output Voltage / Current Range Selection

In its standard configuration the analog outputs is set to output a 0 – 5 VDC signals.

Several other output ranges are available (see Table 5-7). Each range has is usable from

-5% to + 5% of the rated span.

Table 5-7: Analog Output Voltage Range Min/Max

RANGE NAME RANGE SPAN MINIMUM OUTPUT MAXIMUM OUTPUT

0.1V 0-100 mVDC -5 mVDC 105 mVDC

1V 0-1 VDC -0.05 VDC 1.05 VDC

5V 0-5 VDC -0.25 VDC 5.25 VDC

10V 0-10 VDC -0.5 VDC 10.5 VDC

 The default offset for all VDC ranges is 0 VDC.

CURR 0-20 mA 0 mA 20 mA

 While these are the physical limits of the current loop modules, typical applications use 2-20 or 4-20 mA for the lower and

upper limits. Please specify desired range when ordering this option.

 The default offset for all current ranges is 0 mA.

To change the output type and range, select the ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION

submenu (see Figure 5-3) then press,

06870C DCN6332

Setup Menu T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

122

5.10.1.7. Turning an Analog Output Over-Range Feature ON/OFF

In its default configuration, a ± 5% over-range is available on each of the T400’s analog

outputs. This over-range can be disabled if your recording device is sensitive to excess

voltage or current.

To turn the over-range feature on or off, select the ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION

submenu (see Figure 5-3) then press

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Setup Menu

123

5.10.1.8. Adding a Recorder Offset to an Analog Output

Some analog signal recorders require that the zero signal is significantly different from

the baseline of the recorder in order to record slightly negative readings from noise

around the zero point. This can be achieved in the T400 by defining a zero offset, a

small voltage (e.g., 10% of span).

To add a zero offset to a specific analog output channel, select the ANALOG I/O

CONFIGURATION submenu (see Figure 5-3) then press:

06870C DCN6332

Setup Menu T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

124

5.10.1.9. Selecting a Test Channel Function for Output A4

The test functions available to be reported are:

Table 5-8: Test Channels Functions Available on the T400’s Analog Output

TEST CHANNEL DESCRIPTION ZERO FULL

SCALE

NONE TEST CHANNEL IS TURNED OFF

PHOTO MEAS The raw output of the photometer during its

measure cycle 0 mV 5000 mV*

PHOTO REF The raw output of the photometer during its

reference cycle 0 mV 5000 mV*

O3 GEN REF The raw output of the O3 generator’s

reference detector 0 mV 5000 mV*

SAMPLE PRESSURE The pressure of gas in the photometer

absorption tube 0 In-Hg-A 40 In-Hg-A

SAMPLE FLOW The gas flow rate through the photometer 0 cm3/min 1000

cm3/min

SAMPLE TEMP The temperature of gas in the photometer

absorption tube 0 C 70 C

PHOTO LAMP TEMP The temperature of the photometer UV

lamp 0 C 70 C

O3 SCRUB TEMP The temperature of the optional Metal Wool

Scrubber. 0 C 70 C

O3 LAMP TEMP The temperature of the IZS Option’s O3

generator UV lamp 0 mV 5000 mV

CHASSIS TEMP The temperature inside the T400’s chassis

(same as BOX TEMP) 0 C 70 C

Once a function is selected, the instrument not only begins to output a signal on the

analog output, but also adds TEST to the list of test functions viewable via the front

panel display.

To activate the TEST Channel and select a function, press:

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Setup Menu

125

DIAG TEST CHAN:NONE

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG SIGNAL I/O

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG TEST CHAN OUTPUT

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

Continue pressing NEXT until ...

Toggle these buttons

to choose a mass flow

controller TEST

channel parameter DIAG TEST CHANNEL:CHASSIS TEMP

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new

setting

ENTR accepts the

new setting

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB O3= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD:818

8 1 8 ENTR EXIT

Toggle these

buttons to enter

the correct

PASSWORD

06870C DCN6332

Setup Menu T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

126

5.10.2. AIN CALIBRATION

This is the sub-menu to conduct a calibration of the T400 analyzer’s analog inputs. This

calibration should only be necessary after major repair such as a replacement of CPU,

motherboard or power supplies.

To perform an analog input calibration, select the ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION

submenu (see Figure 5-3) then press:

From the

AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU

(See Figure 7-4)

DIAG AIO AIN CALIBRATED:NO

<SET CAL EXIT

DIAG ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

Firmware automatically performs a zero point calibration

of the Motherboard’s analog Inputs

Continue pressing SET> until you reach the

output to be configured

DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO

<SET SET> CAL EXIT

Firmware automatically performs a span point calibration

of the Motherboard’s analog Inputs

DIAG AIO CALIBRATING A/D ZERO

DIAG AIO CALIBRATING A/D SPAN

DIAG AIO A/D CALIBRATION ERROR

EXIT

DIAG AIO AIN CALIBRATED: YES

EXIT

DIAG AIO AIN CALIBRATED:NO

<SET CAL EXIT

Perform

Troubleshooting or call

Teledyne Customer

Service

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Setup Menu

127

5.10.3. CONFIGURING ANALOG INPUTS (OPTION)

To configure the analyzer’s external analog inputs option, define for each channel:

 gain (number of units represented by 1 volt)

 offset (volts)

 engineering units to be represented in volts (each press of the touchscreen button

scrolls the list of alphanumeric characters from A-Z and 0-9)

 whether to display the channel in the Test functions

To access and adjust settings for the Analog Inputs option channels press:

DIAG AIO

IN1 GAIN:1.00V/V

SET> EDIT EXIT

DIAG ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO

< SET SET> CAL EXIT

DIAG AIO

IN1 GAIN:1.00V/V

+ 0 0 1 .0 0 ENTR EXIT

Press to change

Gain value

DIAG AIO XIN1:1.00,0.00,V,OFF

< SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Press SET> to scroll to the first

channel. Continue pressing SET>

to view each of 8 channels.

Pressing ENT

records the new setting

and returns to the previous menu.

Pressing EXIT ignores the new setting and

returns to the previous menu.

Press EDIT at any channel

to to change Gain, Offset,

Units and whether to display

the channel in the Test

functions (OFF/ON).

DIAG AIO XIN1 OFFSET:0.00V

< SET SET> EDIT EXIT

DIAG AIO XIN1 UNITS:V

< SET SET> EDIT EXIT

DIAG AIO XIN1 DISPLAY:OFF

< SET EDIT EXIT

Figure 5-7. DIAG – Analog Inputs (Option) Configuration Menu

06870C DCN6332

Setup Menu T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

128

This page intentionally left blank.

06870C DCN6332

129

6. COMMUNICATIONS SETUP AND OPERATION

The T400 is equipped with an Ethernet port, a USB port and two serial communication

ports accessible via two DB-9 connectors on the rear panel of the instrument. The

COM1 connector is a male DB-9 connector and the COM2 is a female DB9 connector.

Both the RS-232 and the COM2 ports operate similarly and give the user the ability to

communicate with, issue commands to, and receive data from the analyzer through an

external computer system or terminal.

 The RS-232 port (used as COM1) can also be configured to operate in single or RS-

232 multidrop mode (option 62; see Sections 3.3.1.8 and 6.3).

 The COM2 port can be configured for standard RS-232 operation or half-duplex RS-

485 communication (See Sections 3.3.1.8, 6.3, and 6.4). Either of these

configurations disable use of the USB comm port.

6.1. DATA TERMINAL/COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT (DTE DCE)

RS-232 was developed for allowing communications between data terminal equipment

(DTE) and data communication equipment (DCE). Basic data terminals always fall into

the DTE category whereas modems are always considered DCE devices.

Electronically, the difference between the DCE and DTE is the pin assignment of the

Data Receive and Data Transmit functions.

 DTE devices receive data on pin 2 and transmit data on pin 3.

 DCE devices receive data on pin 3 and transmit data on pin 2.

A switch located below the serial ports on the rear panel allows the user to switch

between DTE (for use with data terminals) or DCE (for use with modems). Since

computers can be either DTE or DCE, check your computer to determine which mode to

use.

6.2. COMMUNICATION MODES, BAUD RATE AND PORT TESTING

Use the SETUP>MORE>COMM menu to configure COM1 (labeled RS232 on

instrument rear panel) and/or COM2 (labeled COM2 on instrument rear panel) for

communication modes, baud rate and/or port testing for correct connection. If using a

USB option communication connection, setup requires configuring the COM2 baud rate

(Section 6.2.2) to match the computer to which the connection is made.

06870C DCN6332

Communications Setup and Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

130

6.2.1. COMMUNICATION MODES

Each of the analyzer’s serial ports can be configured to operate in a number of different

modes, listed in Table 6-1. As modes are selected, the analyzer sums the mode ID

numbers and displays this combined number on the front panel display. For example, if

quiet mode (01), computer mode (02) and Multi-Drop-Enabled mode (32) are selected,

the analyzer would display a combined MODE ID of 35.

Table 6-1: COMM Port Communication Modes

MODE1 ID DESCRIPTION

QUIET 1

Quiet mode suppresses any feedback from the analyzer (such as warning messages)

to the remote device and is typically used when the port is communicating with a

computer program where such intermittent messages might cause communication

problems.

Such feedback is still available but a command must be issued to receive them.

COMPUTER 2 Computer mode inhibits echoing of typed characters and is used when the port is

communicating with a computer operated control program.

SECURITY 4 When enabled, the serial port requires a password before it will respond. The only

command that is active is the help screen (? CR).

E, 7, 1 2048

When turned on this mode switches the COM port settings

from

No parity; 8 data bits; 1 stop bit

Even parity; 7 data bits; 1 stop bit

RS-485 1024 Configures the COM2 Port for RS-485 communication. RS-485 mode has precedence

over multidrop mode if both are enabled.

MULTIDROP

PROTOCOL 32 Multidrop protocol allows a multi-instrument configuration on a single communications

channel. Multidrop requires the use of instrument IDs.

ENABLE

MODEM 64 Enables to send a modem initialization string at power-up. Asserts certain lines in the

RS-232 port to enable the modem to communicate.

ERROR

CHECKING2 128 Fixes certain types of parity errors at certain Hessen protocol installations.

XON/XOFF

HANDSHAKE2 256 Disables XON/XOFF data flow control also known as software handshaking.

HARDWARE

HANDSHAKE 8 Enables CTS/RTS style hardwired transmission handshaking. This style of data

transmission handshaking is commonly used with modems or terminal emulation

protocols as well as by Teledyne API’s APICOM software.

HARDWARE

FIFO2 512 Disables the HARDWARE FIFO (First In – First Out), When FIFO is enabled it

improves data transfer rate for that COM port.

COMMAND

PROMPT 4096 Enables a command prompt when in terminal mode.

1 Modes are listed in the order in which they appear in the

SETUP  MORE  COMM  COM[1 OR 2]  MODE menu

2 The default setting for this feature is ON. Do not disable unless instructed to by Teledyne API Customer Service

personnel.

Note Communication Modes for each COM port must be configured

independentl.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Communications Setup and Operation

131

Press the following buttons to select communication modes for a one of the COMM

Ports, such as the following example where RS-485 mode is enabled:

SETUP X.X

ID COM2 EXIT

SETUP X.X

<SET SET> EXIT

SETUP X.X

PREV OFF EXIT

discards the new

setting

accepts the

new setting

SETUP X.X

ENTR EXIT

Activate / Deactivate

the Selected mode

by toggling the ON /

OFF button SETUP X.X

OFF

Continue pressing until ...

Press and

to scroll

among the available

modes

Use and to continue selecting other

COM modes you want to turn ON or OFF

Combined Mode ID

displayed here

SETUP X.X

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK EXIT

SETUP X.X

VARS DIAG EXIT

06870C DCN6332

Communications Setup and Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

132

6.2.2. COM PORT BAUD RATE

To select the baud rate of either one of the COM Ports, press:

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Communications Setup and Operation

133

6.2.3. COM PORT TESTING

The serial ports can be tested for correct connection and output in the COM menu. This

test sends a string of 256 ‘w’ characters to the selected COMM port. While the test is

running, the red LED on the rear panel of the analyzer should flicker.

To initiate the test press the following button sequence.

06870C DCN6332

Communications Setup and Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

134

6.3. RS-232

The RS232 and COM2 communications (COMM) ports operate on the RS-232

protocol (default configuration). Possible configurations for these two COMM ports

are summarized as follows:

 RS232 port can also be configured to operate in single or RS-232 Multidrop mode

(Option 62)

 COM2 port can be left in its default configuration for standard RS-232 operation

including multidrop, or it can be reconfigured for half-duplex RS-485 operation

(please contact the factory for this configuration).

Note that when the rear panel COM2 port is in use, except for multidrop

communication, the rear panel USB port cannot be used. (Alternatively, when the USB

port is enabled, COM2 port cannot be used except for multidrop).

A code-activated switch (CAS), can also be used on either port to connect typically

between 2 and 16 send/receive instruments (host computer(s) printers, data loggers,

analyzers, monitors, calibrators, etc.) into one communications hub. Contact Teledyne

API Sales for more information on CAS systems.

To configure the analyzer’s communication ports, use the SETUP>MORE>COMM

menu.

6.4. RS-485 (OPTION)

As delivered from the factory, COM2 is configured for RS-232 communications. This

port can be reconfigured for operation as a non-isolated, half-duplex RS-485 port. To

configure RS-485, please contact the factory.

6.5. ETHERNET

When using the Ethernet interface, the analyzer can be connected to any standard

10BaseT or 100BaseT Ethernet network via low-cost network hubs, switches or routers.

The interface operates as a standard TCP/IP device on port 3000. This allows a remote

computer to connect through the network to the analyzer using APICOM, terminal

emulators or other programs.

The Ethernet connector has two LEDs that are on the connector itself, indicating its

current operating status.

Table 6-2: Ethernet Status Indicators

LED FUNCTION

amber (link) On when connection to the LAN is valid.

green (activity Flickers during any activity on the LAN.

The analyzer is shipped with DHCP enabled by default. This allows the instrument to be

connected to a network or router with a DHCP server. The instrument will automatically

be assigned an IP address by the DHCP server (Section 6.5.1). This configuration is

useful for quickly getting an instrument up and running on a network. However, for

permanent Ethernet connections, a static IP address should be used. Section 6.5.1 below

details how to configure the instrument with a static IP address.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Communications Setup and Operation

135

6.5.1. CONFIGURING ETHERNET COMMUNICATION MANUALLY (STATIC

IP ADDRESS)

To configure Ethernet communication manually:

1. Connect a cable from the analyzer’s Ethernet port to a Local Area Network (LAN) or

Internet port.

2. From the analyzer’s front panel touchscreen, access the Communications Menu as

shown below, turning DHCP mode to OFF.

06870C DCN6332

Communications Setup and Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

136

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Communications Setup and Operation

137

Next, refer to Table 6-3 for the default Ethernet configuration settings and configure the

INSTRUMENT IP, GATEWAY IP and SUBNET MASK addresses by pressing:

06870C DCN6332

Communications Setup and Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

138

6.5.2. CONFIGURING ETHERNET COMMUNICATION WITH DYNAMIC HOST

CONFIGURATION PROTOCOL (DHCP)

1. Consult with your network administrator to affirm that your network server is running

DHCP.

2. Access the Ethernet Menu (SETUP>MORE>COMM>INET).

3. Follow the setup sequence as follows:

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

ID INET COM1 COM2 EXIT

SETUP X.X INST IP: 0.0.0.0

<SET SET> EXIT

SETUP X.X GATEWAY IP: 0.0.0.0

<SET SET> EXIT

SETUP X.X TCP PORT2: 502

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

EDIT button

disabled

From this point on,

EXIT returns to

COMMUNICATIONS

Do not alter unless

directed to by Teledyne

Instruments Customer

Service personnel

SETUP X.X HOSTNAME:

<SET EDIT EXIT

SAMPLE ENTER SETUP PASS : 818

8 1 8 ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X SUBNET MASK: 0.0.0.0

<SET SET> EXIT

SETUP X.X TCP PORT: 3000

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X DHCP: ON

SET> EDIT EXIT

DHCP: ON is

default setting.

If it has been

set to OFF,

press EDIT

and set to ON.

SETUP X.X DHCP: OFF

OFF ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X DHCP: ON

ON ENTR EXIT

Note It is a good idea to check the INET settings the first time you power up

your analyzer after it has been physically connected to the LAN/Internet

to make sure that the DHCP has successfully downloaded the

appropriate information from you network server(s). The Ethernet

configuration properties are viewable via the analyzer’s front panel

(SETUP>MORE>COMM>INET).

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Communications Setup and Operation

139

Table 6-3: LAN/Internet Default Configuration Properties

PROPERTY DEFAULT STATE DESCRIPTION

DHCP STATUS On Editable

This displays whether the DHCP is turned

ON or OFF.

INSTRUMENT IP

ADDRESS

Configured by

DHCP

EDIT key disabled

when DHCP is ON

This string of four packets of 1 to 3

numbers each (e.g. 192.168.76.55.) is the

address of the analyzer itself.

GATEWAY IP

ADDRESS

Configured by

DHCP

EDIT key disabled

when DHCP is ON

A string of numbers very similar to the

Instrument IP address (e.g.

192.168.76.1.)that is the address of the

computer used by your LAN to access the

Internet.

SUBNET MASK Configured by

DHCP

EDIT key disabled

when DHCP is ON

Also a string of four packets of 1 to 3

numbers each (e.g. 255.255.252.0) that

defines that identifies the LAN the device is

connected to.

All addressable devices and computers on

a LAN must have the same subnet mask.

Any transmissions sent devices with

different assumed to be outside of the LAN

and are routed through gateway computer

onto the Internet.

TCP PORT1 3000 Editable

This number defines the terminal control

port by which the instrument is addressed

by terminal emulation software, such as

Internet or Teledyne API’ APICOM.

HOST NAME [initially blank] Editable

The name by which your analyzer will

appear when addressed from other

computers on the LAN or via the Internet.

While the default setting for all Teledyne

API analyzers is the model number, the

host name may be changed to fit customer

needs.

1 Do not change the setting for this property unless instructed to by Teledyne API Customer Service

personnel.

Note If the gateway IP, instrument IP and the subnet mask are all zeroes (e.g.

“0.0.0.0”), the DCHP was not successful, in which case you may have to

configure the analyzer’s Ethernet properties manually. Consult your

network administrator.

06870C DCN6332

Communications Setup and Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

140

To view the above properties listed in Table 6-3, press:

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

ID INET COM1 COM2 EXIT

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD:818

81 8 ENTREXIT

SETUP X.X DHCP:ON

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X INST IP:0.0.0.0

<SET SET> EXIT

SETUP X.X GATEWAY IP:0.0.0.0

<SET SET> EXIT

SETUP X.X SUBNET MASK IP:0.0.0.0

<SET SET> EXIT

SETUP X.X TCP PORT:3000

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X HOSTNAME: T400

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X INITIALIZING INET 0%

EDIT is

disabled

when DHCP

is ON

DO NOT alter unless

instructed to by Teledyne

Instruments’ customer

Service personnel

INITIALIZATION process proceeds

automatically

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

ID INET COM1 COM2 EXIT

SETUP X.X INITIALIZATION SUCCEEDED SETUP X.X INITIALIZATION FAILED

Contact your

IT Network

Administrator

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB O3= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Communications Setup and Operation

141

6.5.3. CHANGING THE ANALYZER’S HOSTNAME

The HOSTNAME is the name by which the analyzer appears on your network. The

default name for all Teledyne API T400 analyzers is initially blank. To create or to

subsequently change this name (particularly if you have more than one T400 analyzer on

your network), press:

Use these buttons to edit the

ID COM1 COM2 EXIT

EXIT

EDIT EXIT

<SET SET> EXIT

INITIALIZATION process proceeds

automatically

Contact your

IT Network

Administrator

Continue pressing SET> until ...

ENTR EXIT

accepts

the new setting

ignores the

new setting

BUTTON FUNCTION

<CH Moves the cursor one character to the left.

CH> Moves the cursor one character to the right.

INS Inserts a character before the cursor location.

DEL Deletes a character at the cursor location.

[?]

Press this key to cycle through the range of

numerals and characters available for

insertion. 0-9, A-Z, space ’ ~ !  # $ % ^ & * (

) - _ = +[ ] { } < >\ | ; : , . / ?

ENTR Accepts the new setting and returns to the

previous menu.

EXIT Ignores the new setting and returns to the

previous menu.

Buttons only appear as applicable.

SETUP X.X

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK EXIT

SETUP X.X

VARS DIAG EXIT

06870C DCN6332

Communications Setup and Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

142

6.6. USB PORT

Using the USB port disallows use of the rear panel COM2 port except when using the

COM2 port for multidrop communication. USB configuration requires matching the

baud rates of the instrument and the PC to which it is connected. To view or change the

instrument baud rate:

1. Go to SETUP>MORE>COMM>COM2 menu.

2. Press the SET> button until “COM2 BAUD RATE:xxxxx” appears in the Param field

of the instrument display.

3. Check that the baud rate of the instrument matches the baud rate of your PC (if they

do not match, change either one to match the other).

4. Press the ENTR button to accept any changes.

6.7. COMMUNICATIONS PROTOCOLS

Two communications protocols available with the analyzer are MODBUS and Hessen.

MODBUS setup instructions are provided here (Section 6.7.1) and registers are provided

in Appendix A. Hessen setup and operation istructions are provided in Section 6.7.2.

6.7.1. MODBUS

The following set of instructions assumes that the user is familiar with MODBUS

communications, and provides minimal information to get started. For additional

instruction, please refer to the Teledyne API MODBUS manual, PN 06276. Also refer to

www.modbus.org for MODBUS communication protocols.

Minimum Requirements

 Instrument firmware with MODBUS capabilities installed.

 MODBUS-compatible software (TAPI uses MODBUS Poll for testing; see

www.modbustools.com)

 Personal computer

 Communications cable (Ethernet or USB or RS232)

 Possibly a null modem adapter or cable

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Communications Setup and Operation

143

MODBUS Setup:

Set Com Mode parameters

Comm

Slave ID

Ethernet: Using the front panel menu, go to SETUP – MORE – COMM – INET; scroll through the INET

submenu until you reach TCP PORT 2 (the standard setting is 502), then continue to TCP

PORT 2 MODBUS TCP/IP; press EDIT and toggle the menu button to change the setting

to ON, then press ENTR. (Change Machine ID if needed: see “Slave ID”).

USB/RS232: Using the front panel menu, go to SETUP – MORE – COMM – COM2 – EDIT; scroll

through the COM2 EDIT submenu until the display shows COM2 MODBUS RTU: OFF

(press OFF to change the setting to ON. Scroll NEXT to COM2 MODBUS ASCII and

ensure it is set to OFF. Press ENTR to keep the new settings. (If RTU is not available with

your communications equipment, set the COM2 MODBUS ASCII setting to ON and

ensure that COM2 MODBUS RTU is set to OFF. Press ENTR to keep the new settings).

A MODBUS slave ID must be set for each instrument. Valid slave ID’s are in the range of 1 to 247. If

your analyzer is connected to a serial network (ie. RS-485), a unique Slave ID must be assigned to each

instrument. To set the slave ID for the instrument, go to SETUP – MORE – COMM – ID. The default

MACHINE ID is the same as the model number. Toggle the menu buttons to change the ID.

Reboot analyzer For the settings to take effect, power down the analyzer, wait 5 seconds, and power up the analyzer.

Make appropriate cable

connections

Connect your analyzer either:

 via its Ethernet or USB port to a PC (this may require a USB-to-RS232 adapter for your PC; if so, also

install the sofware driver from the CD supplied with the adapter, and reboot the computer if required), or

 via its COM2 port to a null modem (this may require a null modem adapter or cable).

Specify MODBUS software

settings

(examples used here are for

MODBUS Poll software)

1. Click Setup / [Read / Write Definition] /.

a. In the Read/Write Definition window (see example that follows) select a Function (what you wish to

read from the analyzer).

b. Input Quantity (based on your firware’s register map).

c. In the View section of the Read/Write Definition window select a Display (typically Float Inverse).

d. Click OK.

2. Next, click Connection/Connect.

a. In the Connection Setup window (see example that follows), select the options based on your

computer.

b. Press OK.

Read the Modbus Poll Register Use the Register Map to find the test parameter names for the values displayed (see example that follows

If desired, assign an alias for each.

Example Read/Write Definition window:

06870C DCN6332

Communications Setup and Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

144

Example Connection Setup window:

Example MODBUS Poll window:

6.7.2. HESSEN

The Hessen protocol is a multidrop protocol, in which several remote instruments are

connected via a common communications channel to a host computer. The remote

instruments are regarded as slaves of the host computer. The remote instruments are

unaware that they are connected to a multidrop bus and never initiate Hessen protocol

messages. They only respond to commands from the host computer and only when they

receive a command containing their own unique ID number.

The Hessen protocol is designed to accomplish two things: to obtain the status of remote

instruments, including the concentrations of all the gases measured; and to place remote

instruments into zero or span calibration or measure mode. API’s implementation

supports both of these principal features.

The Hessen protocol is not well defined, therefore while API’s application is completely

compatible with the protocol itself, it may be different from implementations by other

companies.

The following subs describe the basics for setting up your instrument to operate over a

Hessen Protocol network. For more detailed information as well as a list of host

computer commands and examples of command and response message syntax,

download the Manual Addendum for Hessen Protocol from the Teledyne API web site:

http://www.teledyne-api.com/manuals/index.asp .

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Communications Setup and Operation

145

6.7.3. HESSEN COMM PORT CONFIGURATION

Hessen protocol requires the communication parameters of the T400’s COMM ports to

be set differently than the standard configuration as shown in the table below.

Table 6-4: RS-232 Communication Parameters for Hessen Protocol

PARAMETER STANDARD HESSEN

Baud Rate 300 – 115200 1200

Data Bits 8 7

Stop Bits 1 2

Parity None Even

Duplex Full Half

To change the baud rate of the T400’s COMM ports, see Section 6.2.2.

Note Make sure that the communication parameters of the host computer are

also properly set.

Note The instrument software has a 200 ms. latency before it responds to

commands issued by the host computer. This latency should present no

problems, but you should be aware of it and not issue commands to the

instrument too frequently.

06870C DCN6332

Communications Setup and Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

146

6.7.4. ACTIVATING HESSEN PROTOCOL

The first step in configuring the T400 to operate over a Hessen protocol network is to

activate the Hessen mode for COMM ports and configure the communication parameters

for the port(s) appropriately. Press:

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

ID INET COM1 COM2 EXIT

SETUP X.X COM1 MODE:0

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X COM1 QUIET MODE:OFF

PREV NEXT OFF EXIT

EXIT discards the new

setting

ENTR accepts the

new setting

SETUP X.X COM1 HESSEN PROTOCOL: OFF

PREV NEXT OFF ENTR EXIT

Activate / Deactivate

the HESSEN mode

by toggling the ON /

OFF button SETUP X.X COM1 HESSEN PROTOCOL: OFF

PREV NEXT ON ENTR EXIT

Continue pressing NEXT until ...

Use PREV and

NEXT to scroll

between the

available modes

Combined Mode ID

displayed here

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB O3= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X COM1 MODE:16

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

ID HESN COM1 COM2 EXIT

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Communications Setup and Operation

147

6.7.5. SELECTING A HESSEN PROTOCOL TYPE

Currently there are two versions of Hessen Protocol in use. The original

implementation, referred to as TYPE 1, and a more recently released version, TYPE 2

that has more flexibility when operating with instruments that can measure more than

one type of gas. For more specific information about the difference between TYPE

1and TYPE 2 download the Manual Addendum for Hessen Protocol from the Teledyne

API web site: http://www.teledyne-api.com/manuals/index.asp .

To select a Hessen Protocol Type press:

Note While Hessen Protocol Mode can be activated independently for COM1

and COM2, The TYPE selection affects both Ports.

06870C DCN6332

Communications Setup and Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

148

6.7.6. SETTING THE HESSEN PROTOCOL RESPONSE MODE

The Teledyne API implementation of Hessen Protocol allows the user to choose one of

several different modes of response for the analyzer.

Table 6-5: Teledyne API Hessen Protocol Response Modes

MODE ID MODE DESCRIPTION

CMD This is the Default Setting. Reponses from the instrument are encoded as the traditional

command format. Style and format of responses depend on exact coding of the initiating

command.

BCC Responses from the instrument are always delimited with <STX> (at the beginning of the

response, <ETX> (at the end of the response followed by a 2 digit Block Check Code

(checksum), regardless of the command encoding.

TEXT Responses from the instrument are always delimited with <CR> at the beginning and the end

of the string, regardless of the command encoding.

To Select a Hessen response mode, press:

SETUP X.X HESSEN RESPONSE MODE:CMD

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

ID HESN COM1 COM2 EXIT

SETUP X.X HESSEN VARIATION:TYPE1

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB O3= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X HESSEN VARIATION:TYPE1

BCC TEXT CMD ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new

setting

ENTR accepts the

new setting

Press any to choose

the Hessen Response

type.

Continue pressing NEXT until ...

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Communications Setup and Operation

149

6.7.7. HESSEN PROTOCOL GAS LIST ENTRIES

6.7.7.1. Gas List Entry Format and Definitions

The T400 analyzer keeps a list of available gas types. Each entry in this list is of the

following format.

[GAS TYPE],[RANGE],[GAS ID],[REPORTED]

Where:

GAS TYPE = The type of gas to be reported (e.g O3, CO2, NOx, etc.). In the case of

the T400 analyzer, there is only one gas type: O3.

RANGE = The concentration range for this entry in the gas list. This feature

permits the user to select which concentration range will be used for

this gas list entry. The T400 analyzer has two ranges: RANGE1 (LOW)

& RANGE2 (HIGH).

0 - The HESSEN protocol to use whatever range is currently active.

1 - The HESSEN protocol will always use RANGE1 for this gas list

entry

2 - The HESSEN protocol will always use RANGE2 for this gas list

entry

3 - Not applicable to the T400 analyzer.

GAS ID = An identification number assigned to a specific gas. In the case of the

T400 analyzer, there is only one gas O3, and its default GAS ID is 400.

This ID number should not be modified.

REPORT = States whether this list entry is to be reported or not reported when ever

this gas type or instrument is polled by the HESSEN network. If the list

entry is not to be reported this field will be blank.

The T400 analyzer is a single gas instrument that measures O3. It’s default gas list

consists of only one entry that reads:

O3, 0, 400, REPORTED

If you wish to have just the last concentration value stored for a specific range this list

entry should be edited or additional entries should be added to the list.

06870C DCN6332

Communications Setup and Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

150

6.7.7.2. Editing or Adding HESSEN Gas List Entries

To add or edit an entry to the Hessen Gas List, press:

SETUP X.X GAS ID:[ID Number]

000 ENTREXIT

SETUP X.X HESSEN GAS LIST

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

ID HESN COM1 COM2 EXIT

SETUP X.X HESSEN VARIATION:TYPE1

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB O3= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

Toggle to set the GAS

ID to 400.

For new list entries

this number will be

displayed as

000.

Continue pressing NEXT until ...

EXIT discards the

new setting

ENTR accepts the

new setting

SETUP X.X O3, 0, 400, REPORTED

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X GAS TYPE:O3

ENTR EXIT

There is only one GAS

TYPE available on

this analyzer: O3 EXIT sets the

gas type to

NONE

SETUP X.X CONC RANGE:0

0ENTREXIT

Toggle to set the

concentration range

for the list entry

SETUP X.X REPORTED:ON

ON ENTR EXIT

Toggle to turn ON/

OFF the REPORT

attribute

SETUP X.X O3, 0, 400, REPORTED

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Communications Setup and Operation

151

6.7.7.3. Deleting HESSEN Gas List Entries

To delete an entry from the Hessen Gas list, press:

SETUP X.X

ID COM1 COM2 EXIT

SETUP X.X

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK EXIT

SETUP X.X

VARS DIAG EXIT

Continue pressing until ...

SETUP X.X

PREV NEXT INS EDIT PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X

There is only one

available on

this analyzer:

06870C DCN6332

Communications Setup and Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

152

6.7.8. SETTING HESSEN PROTOCOL STATUS FLAGS

Teledyne API implementation of Hessen protocols includes a set of status bits that the

instrument includes in responses to inform the host computer of its condition. Each bit

can be assigned to one operational and warning message flag. The default settings for

these bit/flags are:

Table 6-6: Default Hessen Status Bit Assignments

STATUS FLAG NAME DEFAULT BIT

ASSIGNMENT

WARNING FLAGS

SAMPLE FLOW WARNING 0001

PHOTO REF WARNING 0002

SAMPLE PRESS WARN 0004

SAMPLE TEMP WARN 0008

O3 GEN REF WARNING1 0010

O3 GEN LAMP WARNING1 0020

O3 GEN TEMP WARN1 00402

PHOTO TEMP WARNING 00402

OPERATIONAL FLAGS

In MANUAL Calibration Mode 0200

In ZERO Calibration Mode 0400

In SPAN Calibration Mode 08002

In LO SPAN Calibration Mode 08002

UNITS OF MEASURE FLAGS

UGM 0000

MGM 2000

PPB 4000

PPM 6000

SPARE/UNUSED BITS 0080, 0100,

1000, 8000

UNASSIGNED FLAGS (0000)

LAMP STABIL WARN LAMP DRIVER WARN

O3 SCRUB TEMP WARN3 ANALOG CAL WARNING

BOX TEMP WARNING CANNOT DYN ZERO

SYSTEM RESET CANNOT DYN SPAN

RELAY BOARD WARNING INVALID CONC

REAR BOARD NOT DETECTED Instrument is in MP CAL mode

Instrument is in MP CAL mode

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Communications Setup and Operation

153

To assign or reset the status flag bit assignments, press:

deletes the

character currently

inside the cursor

brackets.

Press this button repeatedly to cycle

through the available character set:

: Values of can also be set

but are meaningless.

and move

the cursor brackets “

left and right along the

bit string.

SETUP X.X

ID COM1 COM2 EXIT

SETUP X.X

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK EXIT

SETUP X.X

VARS DIAG EXIT

Continue pressing until ...

SETUP X.X

EDIT PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X

INS

SETUP X.X

PRNT EXIT

Continue pressing until desired

flag message is displayed

discards the

new setting

accepts the

new setting

Inserts a the

character at the

current location of the

cursor brackets.

6.7.9. INSTRUMENT ID

Each instrument on a Hessen Protocol network must have a unique identifier (ID

number). If more than one T400 analyzer is on the Hessen network, refer to Section

5.7.1 for information and to customize the ID of each.

06870C DCN6332

Communications Setup and Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

154

This page intentionally left blank.

06870C DCN6332

155

7. DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM (DAS) AND APICOM

The T400 analyzer contains a flexible and powerful, internal data acquisition system

(DAS) that enables the analyzer to store concentration and calibration data as well as a

host of diagnostic parameters. The DAS of the T400 can store up to about one million

data points, which can, depending on individual configurations, cover days, weeks or

months of valuable measurements. The data are stored in non-volatile memory and are

retained even when the instrument is powered off. Data are stored in plain text format

for easy retrieval and use in common data analysis programs (such as spreadsheet-type

programs).

The DAS is designed to be flexible, users have full control over the type, length and

reporting time of the data. The DAS permits users to access stored data through the

instrument’s front panel or its communication ports.

The principal use of the DAS is logging data for trend analysis and predictive

diagnostics, which can assist in identifying possible problems before they affect the

functionality of the analyzer. The secondary use is for data analysis, documentation and

archival in electronic format.

To support the DAS functionality, Teledyne API offers APICOM, a program that

provides a visual interface for remote or local setup, configuration and data retrieval of

the DAS (see Section 8.1.1). Using APICOM, data can even be retrieved automatically

to a remote computer for further processing. The APICOM manual, which is included

with the program, contains a more detailed description of the DAS structure and

configuration, which is briefly described in this document.

The T400 is configured with basic DAS already enabled. The data channels included in

this basic structure may be used as is or temporarily disabled for later or occasional use.

IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA

DAS operation is suspended whenever its configuration is edited using

the analyzer’s the front panel and therefore data may be lost. To prevent

such data loss, it is recommended to use the APICOM graphical user

interface for DAS changes.

Please be aware that all stored data will be erased if the analyzer’s disk-

on-module or CPU board is replaced or if the configuration data stores

there is reset.

06870C DCN6332

Data Acquisition system (DAS) and APICOM T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

156

7.1. DAS STATUS

The green SAMPLE LED on the instrument front panel, which indicates the analyzer

status, also indicates certain aspects of the DAS status:

Table 7-1: Front Panel LED Status Indicators for DAS

LED STATE DAS Status

OFF

System is in calibration mode. Data logging can be enabled or disabled for this mode.

Calibration data are typically stored at the end of calibration periods, concentration data are

typically not sampled, diagnostic data should be collected.

BLINKING

Instrument is in hold-off mode, a short period after the system exits calibrations. DAS

channels can be enabled or disabled for this period. Concentration data are typically disabled

whereas diagnostic should be collected.

ON Sampling normally.

The DAS can be disabled only by disabling or deleting its individual data channels.

7.2. DAS STRUCTURE

The DAS is designed around the feature of a “record”. A record is a single data point.

The type of date recorded in a record is defined by two properties:

 PARAMETER type that defines the kind of data to be stored (e.g. the average of O3

concentrations measured with three digits of precision). See Section 7.4.2.1.

 A TRIGGER event that defines when the record is made (e.g. timer; every time a

calibration is performed, etc.). See Section 7.4.2.

The specific PARAMETERS and TRIGGER events that describe an individual record

are defined in a construct called a DATA CHANNEL (see Section 7.4). Each data

channel related one or more parameters with a specific trigger event and various other

operational characteristics related to the records being made (e.g. the channels name,

number or records to be made, time period between records, whether or not the record is

exported via the analyzer’s RS-232 port, etc.).

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Data Acquisition system (DAS) and APICOM

157

7.3. DAS CHANNELS

The key to the flexibility of the DAS is its ability to store a large number of

combinations of triggering events and data parameters in the form of data channels.

Users may create up to 20 data channels and each channel can contain one or more

parameters. For each channel, the following are selected:

 One triggering event is selected

 Up to 50 data parameters, which can be the shared between channels.

 Several properties that define the structure of the channel and allow the user to

make operational decisions regarding the channel.

Table 7-2: DAS Data Channel Properties

PROPERTY DESCRIPTION DEFAULT SETTING RANGE

NAME The name of the data channel. “NONE” Up to 6 letters or digits1.

TRIGGERING

EVENT

The event that triggers the data channel to

measure and store the datum ATIMER Any available event

(see Appendix A-5).

NUMBER AND

LIST OF

PARAMETERS

A User-configurable list of data types to be

recorded in any given channel. 1-DETMES Any available parameter

(see Appendix A-5).

REPORT PERIOD The amount of time between each channel data

point. 000:01:00

000:00:01 to

366:23:59

(Days:Hours:Minutes)

NUMBER OF

RECORDS

The number of reports that will be stored in the

data file. Once the limit is exceeded, the oldest

data is over-written.

100 1 to 1 million, limited by

available storage space.

RS-232 REPORT Enables the analyzer to automatically report

channel values to the RS-232 ports. OFF OFF or ON

CHANNEL

ENABLED

Enables or disables the channel. Allows a channel

to be temporarily turned off without deleting it. ON OFF or ON

CAL HOLD OFF Disables sampling of data parameters while

instrument is in calibration mode2. OFF OFF or ON

1 More with APICOM, but only the first six are displayed on the front panel).

2 When enabled, records are not recorded until the DAS HOLD OFF period is passed after calibration mode. DAS HOLD OFF SET in

the VARS menu (see Section 6.12.)

06870C DCN6332

Data Acquisition system (DAS) and APICOM T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

158

7.3.1. DAS DEFAULT CHANNELS

A set of default Data Channels has been included in the analyzer’s software for logging

O3 concentration and certain predictive diagnostic data. These default channels include

but are not limited to:

 CONC: Samples O3 concentration at one minute intervals and stores an average

every hour with a time and date stamp. Readings during calibration and calibration

hold off are not included in the data. By default, the last 800 hourly averages are

stored.

 O3REF: Logs the O3 reference value once a day with a time and date stamp. This

data can be used to track lamp intensity and predict when lamp adjustment or

replacement will be required. By default, the last 730 daily readings are stored.

 PNUMTC: Collects sample flow and sample pressure data at five-minute intervals

and stores an average once a day with a time and date stamp. This data is useful

for monitoring the condition of the pump and critical flow orifice (sample flow) and

the sample filter (clogging indicated by a drop in sample pressure) over time to

predict when maintenance will be required. The last 360 daily averages (about 1

year) are stored.

 O3GEN: Logs the O3 generator drive value once a day with a time and date stamp.

This data can be used to track O3 generator lamp intensity and predict when lamp

adjustment or replacement will be required. By default, the last 360 daily readings

are stored.

 CALDAT: Logs new slope and offset every time a zero or span calibration is

performed. This Data Channel also records the instrument readings just prior to

performing a calibration. This information is useful for performing predictive

diagnostics as part of a regular maintenance schedule (See Section 11.1). The

CALDAT channel collects data based on events (e.g. a calibration operation) rather

than a timed interval. This does not represent any specific length of time since it is

dependent on how often calibrations are performed.

These default data channels can be used as they are, or they can be customized from the

front panel to fit a specific application. They can also be deleted to make room for

custom user-programmed Data Channels.

Appendix A-5 lists the firmware-specific DAS configuration in plain-text format. This

text file can either be loaded into APICOM and then modified and uploaded to the

instrument or can be copied and pasted into a terminal program to be sent to the

analyzer.

IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA

Sending a DAS configuration to the analyzer through its COM ports will

replace the existing configuration and will delete all stored data. Back up

any existing data and the DAS configuration before uploading new

settings.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Data Acquisition system (DAS) and APICOM

159

Figure 7-1: Default T400 DAS Channels Setup

06870C DCN6332

Data Acquisition system (DAS) and APICOM T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

160

7.3.2. SETUP DAS VIEW: VIEWING DAS CHANNELS AND INDIVIDUAL

RECORDS

DAS data and settings can be viewed on the front panel through the following

buttonstroke sequence.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Data Acquisition system (DAS) and APICOM

161

7.4. SETUP DAS EDIT: ACCESSING THE DAS EDIT MODE

DAS configuration is most conveniently done through the APICOM remote control

program. The following list of button strokes shows how to edit using the front panel.

EDIT Channel Menu

Main DAS Menu

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X DATA ACQUISITION

VIEW EDIT EXIT

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB O3= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X 0) CONC: ATIMER 1, 800

PREV MEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT

INS

DEL

Button

Exports the configuration of all data channels to the

RS-232 interface

Selects the previous data channel in the list

Inserts a new data channel into the list BEFORE the

selected channel

Selects the next data channel in the list

Deletes the currently selected data channel

FUNCTION

Buttons only appear when applicable

DAS EDIT – Touchscreen Button Functions

EDIT Enters EDIT mode

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD:818

8 1 8 ENTR EXIT

Enters EDIT mode for the selected channel

When editing the data channels, the top line of the display indicates some of the

configuration parameters. For example, the display line:

0) CONC1: ATIMER, 4, 800

translates to the following configuration:

Channel No.: 0

NAME: CONC1

TRIGGER EVENT: ATIMER

PARAMETERS: Four parameters are included in this channel

EVENT: This channel is set up to store 800 records.

To edit the name of a data channel, follow the above button sequence and then press:

06870C DCN6332

Data Acquisition system (DAS) and APICOM T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

162

7.4.1. EDITING DAS DATA CHANNEL NAMES

To edit the name of an DAS data channel, follow the instruction shown in Section 7.4

then press:

Starting at the EDIT CHANNEL MENU

SETUP X.X 0) CONC: ATIMER 1, 800

<SET SET> EDIT PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X NAME: CONC

C O N C — — ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new

setting

ENTR accepts the

new setting

Press each button repeatedly to

cycle through the available

character set and stop at the

desired character:

0-9, A-Z, space ’ ~ ! # $ % ^ &

* ( ) - _ = +[ ] { } < >\ | ; : , . / ?

SETUP X.X NAME: CONC

<SET SET> EDIT PRNT EXIT

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Data Acquisition system (DAS) and APICOM

163

7.4.2. EDITING DAS TRIGGERING EVENTS

Triggering events define when and how the DAS records a measurement of any given

data channel. Triggering events are firmware-specific and a complete list of Triggers for

this model analyzer can be found in Appendix A-5. The most commonly used triggering

events are:

 ATIMER: Sampling at regular intervals specified by an automatic timer. Most

trending information is usually stored at such regular intervals, which can be

instantaneous or averaged.

 EXITZR, EXITSP, and SLPCHG (exit zero, exit span, slope change): Sampling at

the end of (irregularly occurring) calibrations or when the response slope changes.

These triggering events create instantaneous data points, e.g., for the new slope

and offset (concentration response) values at the end of a calibration. Zero and

slope values are valuable to monitor response drift and to document when the

instrument was calibrated.

 WARNINGS: Some data may be useful when stored if one of several warning

messages. This is helpful for trouble-shooting by monitoring when a particular

warning occurred.

To edit the list of data parameters associated with a specific data channel, follow the

instruction shown in Section 7.4 then press:

Note A full list of DAS Trigger Events can be found in Appendix A-5 of this

manual.

06870C DCN6332

Data Acquisition system (DAS) and APICOM T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

164

7.4.2.1. EditiNg DAS Parameters

Data parameters are types of data that may be measured and stored by the DAS. For

each Teledyne API analyzer model, the list of available data parameters is different,

fully defined and not customizable. Appendix A-5 lists firmware specific data

parameters for the T400. DAS parameters include things like O3 concentration

measurements, temperatures of the various heaters placed around the analyzer, pressures

and flows of the pneumatic subsystem and other diagnostic measurements as well as

calibration data such as slope and offset.

Most data parameters have associated measurement units, such as mV, ppb, cm³/min,

etc., although some parameters have no units. With the exception of concentration

readings, none of these units of measure can be changed. To change the units of

measure for concentration readings See Section 6.8.6.

Note DAS does not keep track of the units (i.e. PPM or PPB) of each

concentration value and DAS data files may contain concentrations in

multiple units if the unit was changed during data acquisition.

Each data parameter has user-configurable functions that define how the data are

recorded:

Table 7-3: DAS Data Parameter Functions

FUNCTION EFFECT

PARAMETER Instrument-specific parameter name.

SAMPLE MODE

INST: Records instantaneous reading.

AVG: Records average reading during reporting interval.

MIN: Records minimum (instantaneous) reading during reporting interval.

MAX: Records maximum (instantaneous) reading during reporting interval.

SDEV: Records the standard deviation of the data points recorded during the reporting interval.

PRECISION Decimal precision of parameter value (0-4).

STORE NUM.

SAMPLES

OFF: Stores only the average (default).

ON: Stores the average and the number of samples in each average for a parameter. This

property is only useful when the AVG sample mode is used. Note that the number of samples

is the same for all parameters in one channel and needs to be specified only for one of the

parameters in that channel.

Users can specify up to 50 parameters per data channel (the T400 provides about 40

parameters). However, the number of parameters and channels is ultimately limited by

available memory.

Data channels can be edited individually from the front panel without affecting other

data channels. However, when editing a data channel, such as during adding, deleting or

editing parameters, all data for that particular channel will be lost, because the DAS can

store only data of one format (number of parameter columns etc.) for any given channel.

In addition, an DAS configuration can only be uploaded remotely as an entire set of

channels. Hence, remote update of the DAS will always delete all current channels and

stored data.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Data Acquisition system (DAS) and APICOM

165

To modify, add or delete a parameter, follow the instruction shown in Section 7.4 then

press:

Note When the STORE NUM SAMPLES feature is turned on, the instrument will

store the number of sample readings that were used to compute the AVG,

MIN or MAX value but not the readings themselves.

06870C DCN6332

Data Acquisition system (DAS) and APICOM T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

166

7.4.3. EDITING SAMPLE PERIOD AND REPORT PERIOD

The DAS defines two principal time periods by which sample readings are taken and

permanently recorded:

 SAMPLE PERIOD: Determines how often DAS temporarily records a sample

reading of the parameter in volatile memory. The SAMPLE PERIOD is set to one

minute by default and generally cannot be accessed from the standard DAS front

panel menu, but is available via the instruments communication ports by using

APICOM or the analyzer’s standard serial data protocol. SAMPLE PERIOD is only

used when the DAS parameter’s sample mode is set for AVG, MIN or MAX.

 REPORT PERIOD: Sets how often the sample readings stored in volatile memory

are processed, (e.g. average, minimum or maximum are calculated) and the results

stored permanently in the instrument’s Disk-on-Module as well as transmitted via

the analyzer’s communication ports. The REPORT PERIOD may be set from the

front panel. If the INST sample mode is selected the instrument stores and reports

an instantaneous reading of the selected parameter at the end of the chosen report

period.

To define the REPORT PERIOD, follow the instruction shown in Section 7.4 then

press:

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Data Acquisition system (DAS) and APICOM

167

The SAMPLE PERIOD and REPORT PERIOD intervals are synchronized to the

beginning and end of the appropriate interval of the instruments internal clock.

 If SAMPLE PERIOD were set for one minute the first reading would occur at the

beginning of the next full minute according to the instrument’s internal clock.

 If the REPORT PERIOD were set for of one hour, the first report activity would

occur at the beginning of the next full hour according to the instrument’s internal

clock.

EXAMPLE: Given the above settings, if DAS were activated at 7:57:35 the first sample

would occur at 7:58 and the first report would be calculated at 8:00 consisting of data

points for 7:58. 7:59 and 8:00.

During the next hour (from 8:01 to 9:00), the instrument will take a sample reading

every minute and include 60 sample readings.

Note In AVG, MIN or MAX sample modes (see Section 7.4.2.1), the settings for

the SAMPLE PERIOD and the REPORT PERIOD determine the number of

data points used each time the average, minimum or maximum is

calculated, stored and reported to the COMM ports. The actual sample

readings are not stored past the end of the of the chosen REPORT

PERIOD. When the STORE NUM SAMPLES feature is turned on, the

instrument will store the number of sample readings that were used to

compute the AVG, MIN or MAX.

7.4.4. REPORT PERIODS IN PROGRESS WHEN INSTRUMENT IS

POWERED OFF

If the instrument is powered off in the middle of a REPORT PERIOD, the samples

accumulated so far during that period are lost. Once the instrument is turned back on,

the DAS restarts taking samples and temporarily them in volatile memory as part of the

REPORT PERIOD currently active at the time of restart. At the end of this REPORT

PERIOD, only the sample readings taken since the instrument was turned back on will

be included in any AVG, MIN or MAX calculation. Also, the STORE NUM

SAMPLES feature will report the number of sample readings taken since the instrument

was restarted.

7.4.5. EDITING THE NUMBER OF RECORDS

The number of data records in the DAS is limited to about a cumulative one million data

points in all channels (one megabyte of space on the disk-on-chip). However, the actual

number of records is also limited by the total number of parameters and channels and

other settings in the DAS configuration. Every additional data channel, parameter,

number of samples setting etc. will reduce the maximum amount of data points

somewhat. In general, however, the maximum data capacity is divided amongst all

channels (max: 20) and parameters (max: 50 per channel).

The DAS will check the amount of available data space and prevent the user from

specifying too many records at any given point. If, for example, the DAS memory space

can accommodate 375 more data records, the ENTR button will disappear when trying

to specify more than that number of records. This check for memory space may also

06870C DCN6332

Data Acquisition system (DAS) and APICOM T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

168

make an upload of an DAS configuration with APICOM or a terminal program fail, if

the combined number of records would be exceeded. In this case, it is suggested to

either try to determine what the maximum number of records available is using the front

panel interface or use trial-and-error in designing the DAS script or calculate the number

of records using the DAS or APICOM manuals.

To set the NUMBER OF RECORDS, follow the instruction shown in Section 7.4 then

press:

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Data Acquisition system (DAS) and APICOM

169

7.4.6. RS-232 REPORT FUNCTION

The DAS can automatically report data to the communications ports, where they can be

captured with a terminal emulation program or simply viewed by the user using the

APICOM software.

To enable automatic COMM port reporting, follow the instruction shown in Section 7.4

then press:

Starting at the EDIT CHANNEL MENU

SETUP X.X 0) CONC: ATIMER 1, 800

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X NAME: CONC

<SET SET> EDIT PRNT EXIT

Continue pressing <SET or SET> until ...

SETUP X.X RS-232 REPORT: OFF

<SET SET>EDIT PRNT EXIT

Use the PREV and

NEXT buttons to

scroll to the DATA

CHANNEL to be

edited

SETUP X.X RS-232 REPORT: OFF

OFF ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new

setting

ENTR accepts the

new setting

Toggle these buttons

to turn the RS-232

REPORT feature

ON/OFF

06870C DCN6332

Data Acquisition system (DAS) and APICOM T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

170

7.4.7. ENABLING / DISABLING THE HOLDOFF FEATURE

The DAS HOLDOFF feature prevents data collection during calibration operations.

To enable or disable the HOLDOFF, follow the instruction shown in Section 7.4 then

press:

Starting at the EDIT CHANNEL MENU

SETUP X.X 0) CONC: ATIMER 1, 800

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X NAME: CONC

<SET SET> EDIT PRNT EXIT

Continue pressing <SET or SET> until ...

SETUP X.X CAL.HOLD OFF: OFF

<SET SET>EDIT PRNT EXIT

Use the PREV and

NEXTbuttons to scroll

to the DATA

CHANNEL to be

edited

SETUP X.X CAL.HOLD OFF: OFF

OFF ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new

setting

ENTR accepts the

new setting

Toggle to turn the

HOLDOFF feature

ON/OFF

HOLDOFF also prevents DAS measurements from being made at certain times when

the quality of the analyzer’s O3 measurements may be suspect (e.g. while the instrument

is warming up). In this case, the length of time that the HOLDOFF feature is active is

determined by the value of the internal variable (VARS), DAS_HOLDOFF.

To set the length of the DAS_HOLDOFF period, see Section 5.8.

7.4.8. THE COMPACT REPORT FEATURE

When enabled, this option avoids unnecessary line breaks on all RS-232 reports. Instead

of reporting each parameter in one channel on a separate line, up to five parameters are

reported in one line.

The COMPACT DATA REPORT generally cannot be accessed from the standard

DASfront panel menu, but is available via the instruments communication ports by using

APICOM or the analyzer’s standard serial data protocol.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Data Acquisition system (DAS) and APICOM

171

7.4.9. THE STARTING DATE FEATURE

This option allows the user to specify a starting date for any given channel in case the

user wants to start data acquisition only after a certain time and date. If the STARTING

DATE is in the past (the default condition), the DAS ignores this setting and begins

recording data as defined by the REPORT PERIOD setting.

The STARTING DATE generally cannot be accessed from the standard DAS front

panel menu, but is available via the instruments communication ports by using APICOM

or the analyzer’s standard serial data protocol.

7.5. DISABLING/ENABLING DATA CHANNELS

Data channels can be temporarily disabled, which can reduce the read/write wear on the

disk-on-chip.

To disable a data channel, follow the instruction shown in Section 7.4 then press:

06870C DCN6332

Data Acquisition system (DAS) and APICOM T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

172

7.6. REMOTE DAS CONFIGURATION

Editing channels, parameters and triggering events as described in this can be performed

via the APICOM remote control program using the graphic interface shown below.

Refer to Section 8 for details on remote access to the T400 analyzer.

Figure 7-2: APICOM User Interface for Configuring the DAS.

Once a DAS configuration is edited (which can be done offline and without interrupting

DAS data collection), it is conveniently uploaded to the instrument and can be stored on

a computer for later review, alteration or documentation and archival. Refer to the

APICOM manual for details on these procedures. The APICOM user manual (Teledyne

API part number 039450000) is included in the APICOM installation file, which can be

downloaded at http://www.teledyne-api.com/software/apicom/..

7.7. DAS CONFIGURATION LIMITS

The number of DAS objects are limited by the instrument’s finite storage capacity. For

information regarding the maximum number of channels, parameters, and records and

how to calculate the file size for each data channel, refer to the DAS manual

downloadable from the TAPI website at http://www.teledyne-api.com/manuals/ under

Special Manuals.

06870C DCN6332

173

8. REMOTE OPERATION

This section provides information needed when using external digital and serial I/O for

remote operation. It assumes that the electrical connections have been made as described

in Section 3.3.1.

The T400 can be remotely configured, calibrated or queried for stored data through the

rear serial ports, via either Computer mode (using a personal computer) or Interactive

mode (using a terminal emulation program).

8.1. COMPUTER MODE

Computer mode is used when the analyzer is connected to a computer with a dedicated

interface program such as APICOM.

8.1.1. REMOTE CONTROL VIA APICOM

APICOM is an easy-to-use, yet powerful interface program that allows a user to access

and control any of Teledyne API’s main line of ambient and stack-gas instruments from

a remote connection through direct cable, modem or Ethernet. Running APICOM, a user

can:

 Establish a link from a remote location to the T100 through direct cable connection

via RS-232 modem or Ethernet.

 View the instrument’s front panel and remotely access all functions that could be

accessed manually on the instrument.

 Remotely edit system parameters and set points.

 Download, view, graph and save data for predictive diagnostics or data analysis.

 Retrieve, view, edit, save and upload DAS configurations (Section 7).

 Check on system parameters for trouble-shooting and quality control.

APICOM is very helpful for initial setup, data analysis, maintenance and

troubleshooting. Refer to the APICOM manual available for download from

http://www.teledyne-api.com/software/apicom/.

06870C DCN6332

Remote Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

174

8.2. INTERACTIVE MODE

Interactive mode is used with a terminal emulation program or a “dumb” computer

terminal.

8.2.1. REMOTE CONTROL VIA A TERMINAL EMULATION PROGRAM

Start a terminal emulation program such as HyperTerminal. All configuration commands

must be created following a strict syntax or be pasted in from an existing text file, which

was edited offline and then uploaded through a specifi transfer procedure. The

commands that are used to operate the analyzer in this mode are listed in Table 8-1 and

Appendix A.

8.2.1.1. Help Commands in Interactive Mode

Table 8-1: Terminal Mode Software Commands

COMMAND Function

Control-T Switches the analyzer to terminal mode (echo, edit). If

mode flags 1 & 2 are OFF, the interface can be used in

interactive mode with a terminal emulation program.

Control-C Switches the analyzer to computer mode (no echo, no

edit).

(carriage return)

A carriage return is required after each command line is

typed into the terminal/computer. The command will not

be sent to the analyzer to be executed until this is done.

On personal computers, this is achieved by pressing the

ENTER button.

(backspace)

Erases one character to the left of the cursor location.

ESC

(escape)

Erases the entire command line.

?[ID] CR This command prints a complete list of available

commands along with the definitions of their functionality

to the display device of the terminal or computer being

used. The ID number of the analyzer is only necessary if

multiple analyzers are on the same communications line,

such as the multi-drop setup.

Control-C Pauses the listing of commands.

Control-P Restarts the listing of commands.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Remote Operation

175

8.2.1.2. Command Syntax

Commands are not case-sensitive and all arguments within one command (i.e. ID

numbers, buttonwords, data values, etc.) must be separated with a space character.

All Commands follow the syntax:

X [ID] COMMAND <CR>

Where

X is the command type (one letter) that defines the type of command.

Allowed designators are listed in Table 8-2 and Appendix A-6.

[ID] is the machine identification number (Section0). Example: the

Command “? 700” followed by a carriage return would print the list of

available commands for the revision of software currently installed in

the instrument assigned ID Number 700.

COMMAND is the command designator: This string is the name of the command

being issued (LIST, ABORT, NAME, EXIT, etc.). Some commands may

have additional arguments that define how the command is to be

executed. Press ? <CR> or refer to Appendix A-6 for a list of available

command designators.

<CR> is a carriage return. All commands must be terminated by a carriage

return (usually achieved by pressing the ENTER button on a computer).

Table 8-2: Teledyne API Serial I/O Command Types

COMMAND COMMAND TYPE

C Calibration

D Diagnostic

L Logon

T Test measurement

V Variable

W Warning

8.2.1.3. Data Types

Data types consist of integers, hexadecimal integers, floating-point numbers, Boolean

expressions and text strings.

Integer data are used to indicate integral quantities such as a number of records, a filter

length, etc.

 They consist of an optional plus or minus sign, followed by one or more digits.

 For example, +1, -12, 123 are all valid integers.

Hexadecimal integer data are used for the same purposes as integers.

 They consist of the two characters “0x,” followed by one or more hexadecimal digits

(0-9, A-F, a-f), which is the ‘C’ programming language convention.

 No plus or minus sign is permitted.

 For example, 0x1, 0x12, 0x1234abcd are all valid hexadecimal integers.

06870C DCN6332

Remote Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

176

Floating-point numbers are used to specify continuously variable values such as

temperature set points, time intervals, warning limits, voltages, etc.

 They consist of an optional plus or minus sign, followed by zero or more digits, an

optional decimal point, and zero or more digits.

 At least one digit must appear before or after the decimal point.

 Scientific notation is not permitted.

 For example, +1.0, 1234.5678, -0.1, 1 are all valid floating-point numbers.

Boolean expressions are used to specify the value of variables or I/O signals that may

assume only two values.

 They are denoted by the keywords ON and OFF.

Text strings are used to represent data that cannot be easily represented by other data

types, such as data channel names, which may contain letters and numbers.

 They consist of a quotation mark, followed by one or more printable characters,

including spaces, letters, numbers, and symbols, and a final quotation mark.

 For example, “a”, “1”, “123abc”, and “()[]<>” are all valid text strings.

 It is not possible to include a quotation mark character within a text string.

Some commands allow you to access variables, messages, and other items, such as DAS

data channels, by name. When using these commands,

 you must type the entire name of the item

 you cannot abbreviate any names

8.2.1.4. Status Reporting

Reporting of status messages as an audit trail is one of the three principal uses for the

RS-232 interface (the other two being the command line interface for controlling the

instrument and the download of data in electronic format). You can effectively disable

the reporting feature by setting the interface to quiet mode (Section 6.2.1, Table 6-1).

Status reports include warning messages, calibration and diagnostic status messages.

Refer to Appendix A-3 for a list of the possible messages, and this for information on

controlling the instrument through the RS-232 interface.

GENERAL MESSAGE FORMAT

All messages from the instrument (including those in response to a command line

request) are in the format:

X DDD:HH:MM [Id] MESSAGE<CRLF>

Where:

X is a command type designator, a single character indicating the

message type, as shown in the Table 8-2.

DDD:HH:MM is the time stamp, the date and time when the message was issued. It

consists of the Day-of-year (DDD) as a number from 1 to 366, the hour

of the day (HH) as a number from 00 to 23, and the minute (MM) as a

number from 00 to 59.

[ID] is the analyzer ID, a number with 1 to 4 digits.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Remote Operation

177

MESSAGE is the message content that may contain warning messages, test

measurements, variable values, etc.

<CRLF> is a carriage return / line feed pair, which terminates the message.

The uniform nature of the output messages makes it easy for a host computer to parse

them into an easy structure. Keep in mind that the front panel display does not give any

information on the time a message was issued, hence it is useful to log such messages

for trouble-shooting and reference purposes. Terminal emulation programs such as

HyperTerminal can capture these messages to text files for later review.

8.3. REMOTE ACCESS BY MODEM

The T400 can be connected to a modem for remote access. This requires a cable

between the analyzer’s COM port and the modem, typically a DB-9F to DB-25M cable

(available from Teledyne API with part number WR0000024).

Once the cable has been connected, check to make sure:

 DTE-DCE switch is in the DCE position.

 T400 COM port is set for a baud rate that is compatible with the modem

 modem is designed to operate with an 8-bit word length with one stop bit.

 the MODEM ENABLE communication mode is turned ON (Mode 64, see Section

6.2.1).

Once this is completed, the appropriate setup command line for your modem can be

entered into the analyzer. The default setting for this feature is

AT Y0 &D0 &H0 &I0 S0=2 &B0 &N6 &M0 E0 Q1 &W0

This string can be altered to match your modem’s initialization and can be up to 100

characters long.

06870C DCN6332

Remote Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

178

To change this setting press:

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

ID INET COM1 COM2 EXIT

SETUP X.X COM1 MODE:0

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X COM1 PORT INIT:AT Y0 &DO &H &I0

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Continue pressing <SET or SET> until ...

SETUP X.X COM1 PORT INIT:AT Y0 &DO &H &I0

<CH CH> INS DEL [A] ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the

new setting

ENTR accepts the

new setting

<CH and CH> move

the cursor left and

right along the text

string

The INS and CH>

buttons insert a new

character before the

cursor position

DEL deletes

character at

the cursor

position

Toggle to cycle through the available

character set:

Alpha: A-Z (Upper and Lower

Case);

Special Characters: space ’ ~ ! # $

% ^ & * ( ) - _ = +[ ] { } < > | ; : , . / ?

Numerals: 0-9

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB O3= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Remote Operation

179

To initialize the modem press:

06870C DCN6332

Remote Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

180

8.4. PASSWORD SECURITY FOR SERIAL REMOTE

COMMUNICATIONS

In order to provide security for remote access of the T400, a LOGON feature can be

enabled to require a password before the instrument will accept commands. This is done

by turning on the SECURITY MODE (Mode 4, Section 6.2.1). Once the SECURITY

MODE is enabled, the following items apply.

 A password is required before the port will respond or pass on commands.

 If the port is inactive for one hour, it will automatically logoff, which can also be

achieved with the LOGOFF command.

 Three unsuccessful attempts to log on with an incorrect password will cause

subsequent logins to be disabled for 1 hour, even if the correct password is used.

 If not logged on, the only active command is the '?' request for the help screen.

 The following messages will be returned at logon:

 LOGON SUCCESSFUL - Correct password given

 LOGON FAILED - Password not given or incorrect

 LOGOFF SUCCESSFUL - Connection terminated successfully

To log on to the T400 analyzer with SECURITY MODE feature enabled, type:

LOGON 940331

940331 is the default password. To change the default password, use the variable

RS232_PASS issued as follows:

V RS232_PASS=NNNNNN

Where N is any numeral between 0 and 9.

8.5. APICOM REMOTE CONTROL PROGRAM

APICOM is an easy-to-use, yet powerful interface program that allows the user to access

and control any of Teledyne API’ main line of ambient and stack-gas instruments from a

remote connection through direct cable, modem or Ethernet. Running APICOM, a user

can:

 Establish a link from a remote location to the T400 through direct cable connection

via RS-232 modem or Ethernet.

 View the instrument’s front panel and remotely access all functions that could be

accessed when standing in front of the instrument.

 Remotely edit system parameters and set points.

 Download, view, graph and save data for predictive diagnostics or data analysis.

 Check on system parameters for trouble-shooting and quality control.

APICOM is very helpful for initial setup, data analysis, maintenance and trouble-

shooting. Figure 8-1 shows examples of APICOM’s main interface, which emulates the

look and functionality of the instruments actual front panel

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Remote Operation

181

Figure 8-1: APICOM Remote Control Program Interface

Note APICOM is included at no additional cost with the analyzer, and the latest

versions can also be downloaded also at no additional cost at

http://www.teledyne-api.com/software/apicom/.

06870C DCN6332

Remote Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

182

This page intentionally left blank.

06870C DCN6332

183

9. T400 CALIBRATION PROCEDURES

This section contains a variety of information regarding the various methods for

calibrating a Model T400 Ozone Analyzer as well as other supporting information. For

information on EPA protocol calibration, please refer to Chaoter 10. This section is

organized as follows:

SECTION 9.1 – BEFORE CALIBRATION

This section contains general information you should know before about calibrating the

analyzer.

SECTION 9.2 – BASIC MANUAL CALIBRATION CHECKS AND CALIBRATION OF

THE T400 ANALYZER

This section describes the procedure for checking the calibrating and calibrating the

instrument with no zero/span valves installed or if installed, not operating. It requires

that zero air and span gas is inlet through the SAMPLE port.

Also included are instructions for selecting the reporting range to be calibrated when the

T400 analyzer is set to operate in either the DUAL range or AUTO range modes.

SECTION 9.3 – MANUAL CALIBRATION CHECK AND CALIBRATION WITH VALVE

OPTIONS INSTALLED

This section describes:

 The procedure for checking the calibration of the instrument with zero/span

valves or the IZS option installed and operating but controlled manually through

the touchscreen on the Front Panel of the instrument.

 The procedure for calibrating of the instrument with zero/span valves and

operating but controlled manually through the touchscreen on the front panel of

the instrument.

 Instructions on activating the zero/span valves via the control in contact

closures of the analyzers external digital I/O.

SECTION 9.4 – AUTOMATIC ZERO/SPAN Cal/Check (AutoCal)

This section describes the procedure for using the AutoCal feature of the analyzer to

check or calibrate the instrument. The AutoCal feature requires that either the zero/span

valve option or the internal zero/span (IZS) option be installed and operating.

SECTION 9.5 – O3 PHOTOMETER Electronic Calibration

This section describes how to calibrate inherent electronic offsets that may be affecting

the performance of the T400 analyzer’s internal photometer.

SECTION 9.6 – CALIBRATING THE IZS Option O3 Generator

This section describes how to check the performance of the O3 generator that is included

in the IZS option (OPT – 50G; see Section 3.6.2) available for the T400 analyzer.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Calibration Procedures T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

184

Note Throughout this Section are various diagrams showing pneumatic

connections between the T400 and various other pieces of equipment

such as calibrators and zero air sources. These diagrams are only

intended to be schematic representations of these connections and do

not reflect actual physical locations of equipment and fitting location or

orientation. Contact your regional EPA or other appropriate governing

agency for more detailed recommendations.

9.1. BEFORE CALIBRATION

Note If any problems occur while performing the following calibration

procedures, refer to Section 12 of this manual for troubleshooting tips.

9.1.1. REQUIRED EQUIPMENT, SUPPLIES, AND EXPENDABLES

Calibration of the Model T400 O3 Analyzer requires certain amount of equipment and

supplies. These include, but are not limited to, the following:

 Zero-air source

 Ozone span gas source

 Gas lines - All gas lines should be PTFE (Teflon) or FEP

 A recording device such as a strip-chart recorder and/or data logger (optional)

9.1.2. ZERO AIR AND SPAN GAS

To perform the following calibration you must have sources for zero air and span gas

available.

ZERO AIR is similar in chemical composition to the Earth’s atmosphere but scrubbed of

all components that might affect the analyzers readings. For O3 measuring devices, zero

air should be:

 Devoid of O3 and Mercury Vapor, and;

 Have a dew point of -20C.

Devices that condition ambient air by drying and removing any pollutants, such as the

Teledyne API’ Model 701 Zero Air Module, are ideal for producing Zero Air.

SPan Gas is a gas specifically mixed to match the chemical composition of the type of

gas being measured at near full scale of the desired measurement range. It is

recommended that the span gas used have a concentration equal to 80% of the full

measurement range.

EXAMPLE: If the application is to measure between 0 ppm and 500 ppb, an

appropriate span gas would be 400 ppb.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual T400 Calibration Procedures

185

EXAMPLE: If the application is to measure between 0 ppb and 1000 ppb, an

appropriate Span Gas would be 800 ppb.

Because of the instability of O3, it is impractical, if not impossible, to produce stable

concentrations of bottled, pressurized O3. Therefore, when varying concentrations of O3

is required for span calibrations they must be generated locally. We Recommend using

a gas dilution calibrator with a built in O3 generator, such as a Teledyne API Model

700E, as a source for O3 span gas.

All equipment used to produce calibration gasses should be verified against EPA / NIST

traceable standards (see Section 10.1.4).

9.2. BASIC MANUAL CALIBRATION CHECKS AND CALIBRATION

OF THE T400 ANALYZER

Note ZERO/SPAN CALIBRATION CHECKS VS. ZERO/SPAN CALIBRATION

Pressing the ENTR button during the following procedure resets the

stored values for OFFSET and SLOPE and alters the instrument’s

Calibration. For ZERO /Span Calibration see Section 9.2.3.

9.2.1. SETUP FOR BASIC CALIBRATION CHECKS AND CALIBRATION OF

THE T400 ANALYZER.

Connect the Sources of Zero Air and Span Gas as shown below.

Figure 9-1: Pneumatic connections for Manual Calibration Checks without Z/S Valve

or IZS Options

06870C DCN6332

T400 Calibration Procedures T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

186

9.2.2. PERFORMING A BASIC MANUAL CALIBRATION CHECK

Note If the ZERO or SPAN buttons are not displayed, the measurement made

during is out of the allowable range allowed for a reliable calibration. See

Section 12 for troubleshooting tips.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual T400 Calibration Procedures

187

9.2.3. PERFORMING A BASIC MANUAL CALIBRATION

9.2.3.1. Setting the Expected O3 Span Gas Concentration

Note It is important to verify the precise O3 Concentration Value of the SPAN

gas independently.

<TST TST> SETUP

<TST TST> ZERO SETUP

The O3 span concentration value automatically

defaults to .

Make sure that you input the

concentration value of the Gas.

To change this value to meet the actual

concentration of the gas, enter the number

sequence by pressing the button under each digit

until the expected value is set.

discards the new

setting

accepts the

new setting

06870C DCN6332

T400 Calibration Procedures T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

188

9.2.3.2. Zero/Span Point Calibration Procedure

Note If the ZERO or SPAN buttons are not displayed, the measurement made

during the procedure is out of the allowable range allowed for a reliable

calibration. See Section 12 for troubleshooting tips.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual T400 Calibration Procedures

189

9.2.4. MANUAL CALIBRATION CHECKS AND CALIBRATIONS USING AUTO

RANGE OR DUAL RANGE MODES

If the analyzer is being operated in DUAL range mode or AUTO range mode, then the

HIGH and LOW ranges must be independently checked.

When the analyzer is in either DUAL or AUTO Range modes, the user must run a

separate calibration procedure for each range. After pressing the CAL, CALZ or CALS

buttons, the user is prompted for the range that is to be calibrated as seen in the CALZ

example below:

CAL SETUP

Set the Display to show

the test function.

This function calculates

the stability of the O3

measurement

Toggle the buttons until ...

CAL SETUP

SETUP

Press either to select the

RANGE to be calibrated.

LOW = RANGE1;

HIGH = RANGE2

Continue the Calibration operation as

per the standard procedure

Note Once this selection is made, the calibration procedure continues as

described in Section 9.2. The other range may be calibrated by starting

over from the main SAMPLE display.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Calibration Procedures T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

190

9.3. MANUAL CALIBRATION CHECK AND CALIBRATION WITH

VALVE OPTIONS INSTALLED

9.3.1. SETUP FOR CALIBRATION CHECKS AND CALIBRATION WITH

VALVE OPTIONS INSTALLED.

Connect the sources of zero air and span gas as shown in Figure 9-2 and Figure 9-3.

Enclosure Wall

Figure 9-2: Gas Line Connections for the T400 Analyzer with Zero/Span Valve Option (OPT-50A)

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual T400 Calibration Procedures

191

Figure 9-3: Gas Line Connections for the T400 Analyzer with IZS Options (OPT-50G)

06870C DCN6332

T400 Calibration Procedures T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

192

9.3.2. MANUAL CALIBRATION CHECKS WITH VALVE OPTIONS

INSTALLED

Performing the calibration checks on T400 analyzer’s with the Valve option installed is

similar to that described in Section 9.2, except that the ZERO And SPAN calibration

operations are initiated directly and independently with dedicated buttons (CALZ &

CALS).

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual T400 Calibration Procedures

193

9.3.3. MANUAL CALIBRATION USING VALVE OPTIONS

Note While the internal Zero Span Option is a convenient tool for performing

Calibration Checks, its O3 generator is not stable enough to be used as a

source of Zero Air or Span Gas for calibrating the instrument.

Calibrations should ONLY be performed using external sources of Zero

Air and Span Gas whose accuracy is traceable to EPA or NIST standards.

On instruments with Z/S valve options, zero air and span gas is supplied to the analyzer

through the zero gas and span gas inlets (see Figure 9-2 and the zero and cal operations

are initiated directly and independently with dedicated buttons (CALZ & CALS).

9.3.3.1. Setting the Expected O3 Span Gas Concentration with the Z/S Option Installed

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB O3= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL CALZ CALS SETUP

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB O3= XXXX

<TST TST> ZERO CONC SETUP

SAMPLE O3 SPAN CONC: 400.0 Conc

0 0 4 0 0 .0 ENTR EXIT

The O3span concentration value automatically

defaults to 400.0 Conc.

Make sure that you input the ACTUAL

concentration value of the SPAN Gas.

To change this value to meet the actual

concentration of the SPAN Gas, enter the number

sequence by pressing the button under each digit

until the expected value is set.

EXIT discards the new

setting

ENTR accepts the

new setting

06870C DCN6332

T400 Calibration Procedures T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

194

9.3.3.2. Zero/Span Point Calibration Procedure the Z/S Option Installed

If the T400 analyzer is set for either the AUTO or DUAL range modes, read Section

9.2.4 before proceeding.

Note If the ZERO or SPAN buttons are not displayed, the measurement made

during is out of the allowable range allowed for a reliable calibration. See

Section 12 for troubleshooting tips.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual T400 Calibration Procedures

195

9.3.3.3. Use of Zero/Span Valve with Remote Contact Closure

Contact closures for controlling calibration and calibration checks are located on the rear

panel CONTROL IN connector. Instructions for setup and use of these contacts are

found in Section 3.3.1.6.

When the contacts are closed for at least 5 seconds, the instrument switches into zero,

low span or high span mode and the internal zero/span valves will be automatically

switched to the appropriate configuration.

 The remote calibration contact closures may be activated in any order.

 It is recommended that contact closures remain closed for at least 10 minutes to

establish a reliable reading.

 The instrument will stay in the selected mode for as long as the contacts remain

closed.

If contact closures are being used in conjunction with the analyzer’s AutoCal (see

Section 9.4) feature and the AutoCal attribute “CALIBRATE” is enabled, the T400 will

not re-calibrate the analyzer until the contact is opened. At this point, the new

calibration values will be recorded before the instrument returns to SAMPLE mode.

If the AutoCal attribute “CALIBRATE” is disabled, the instrument will return to

SAMPLE mode, leaving the instrument’s internal calibration variables unchanged.

9.4. AUTOMATIC ZERO/SPAN CAL/CHECK (AUTOCAL)

The AutoCal system allows unattended periodic operation of the ZERO/SPAN valve

options by using the T400’s internal time of day clock. AutoCal operates by executing

SEQUENCES programmed by the user to initiate the various calibration modes of the

analyzer and open and close valves appropriately. It is possible to program and run up

to three separate sequences (SEQ1, SEQ2 and SEQ3). Each sequence can operate in

one of three modes, or be disabled.

Table 9-1: AutoCal Modes

MODE NAME ACTION

DISABLED Disables the Sequence.

ZERO Causes the Sequence to perform a Zero calibration/check.

ZERO-LO Causes the Sequence to perform a Zero and Low (Midpoint) Span

concentration calibration/check.

ZERO-HI Causes the Sequence to perform a Zero and High Span concentration

calibration/check.

ZERO-LO-HI Causes the Sequence to perform a Zero, Low (Midpoint) Span and High

Span concentration calibration/check.

LO Causes the Sequence to perform a Low Span concentration

calibration/check only.

HI Causes the Sequence to perform a High Span concentration

calibration/check only.

LO-HI Causes the Sequence to perform a Low (Midpoint) Span and High Span

concentration calibration/check but no Zero Point calibration/check.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Calibration Procedures T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

196

For each mode, there are seven parameters that control operational details of the

SEQUENCE. They are:

Table 9-2: AutoCal Attribute Setup Parameters

ATTRIBUTE NAME ACTION

Timer Enabled Turns on the Sequence timer.

Starting Date Sequence will operate after Starting Date.

Starting Time Time of day sequence will run.

Delta Days Number of days to skip between each Seq. execution.

Delta Time Number of hours later each “Delta Days” Seq is to be run.

Duration Number of minutes the sequence operates.

Calibrate Enable to do a calibration – Disable to do a cal check only MUST be set to NO for

instruments with IZS Options installed and functioning.

The following example sets sequence #2 to do a zero-span calibration every other day

starting at 1 Am on September 4, 2001, lasting 15 minutes, without calibration. This

will start ½ hour later each iteration.

Table 9-3: Example AutoCal Sequence

MODE AND ATTRIBUTE VALUE COMMENT

Sequence 2 Define Sequence #2

Mode ZERO-HI Select Zero and Span Mode

Timer Enable ON Enable the timer

Starting Date Sept. 4, 2001 Start after Sept 4, 2001

Starting Time 01:00 First Span starts at 1:00AM

Delta Days 2 Do Sequence #2 every other day

Delta Time 00:30 Do Sequence #2 ½ hr later each day

Duration 15.0 Operate Span valve for 15 min

Calibrate NO Do not calibrate at end of Sequence

Note The programmed STARTING_TIME must be a minimum of 5 minutes later

than the real time clock for setting real time clock (See Section 5.6).

Avoid setting two or more sequences at the same time of the day. Any

new sequence that is initiated whether from a timer, the COM ports or the

contact closure inputs will override any sequence that is in progress.

The CALIBRATE attribute must always be set to NO on analyzers with IZS

Options installed and functioning.

Calibrations should ONLY be performed using external sources of Zero

Air and Span Gas whose accuracy is traceable to EPA or NIST standards.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual T400 Calibration Procedures

197

9.4.1. SETUP  ACAL: PROGRAMMING AND AUTO CAL

To program the example Sequence sequence shown in Table 9-3, press:

CONTINUE NEXT PAGE

With STARTING TIME

SAMPLE RANGE = 500.0 PP B O3 =XXX.X

< TST TST > CAL CALZ CZLS SETUP

SETUP X.X

CFG ACAL DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SEQ 1) DISABLED

NEXT MODE EXIT

SETUP X.X SEQ 2) DISABLED

PREV NEXT MODE EXIT

SETUP X.X MODE: DISABLED

NEXT ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X MODE: ZERO

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X MODE: ZERO

–

PREV NEXT ENTR EX IT

SETUP X.X SEQ 2) ZERO–HI, 1:00:00

PREV NEXT MODE SET EXIT

SETUP X.X TIMER ENABLE: ON

SET> EDIT E XIT

SETUP X.X STARTING DATE: 01

–

JAN

–

<SET SET> EDIT E XIT

SETUP X.X STARTING DATE: 01–JAN–02

0 4 SEP 1 0 ENTR EXIT

Toggle to set

Day, Month & Year:

Format : DD-MO N-YY

SETUP X.X MODE: ZERO–LO

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

06870C DCN6332

T400 Calibration Procedures T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

198

SETUP X.X STARTING DATE: 01

–

JAN

–

0 4 SEP 0 3 ENTR EXIT

Toggle to set

Day, Month & Year:

Format : DD-MON-YY

SETUP X.X STARTING DATE: 04

–

SEP

–

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X STARTING TIME:00:00

<SET S ET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X STARTING TIME:00:00

1 4 : 1 5 ENTR EXIT

Toggle to set

time:

Format : HH:MM

This is a 24 hr clock . PM

hours are 13 – 24.

Example 2:15 PM = 14:15

CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE -

STARTING DATE

CONTINUE NEXT PAGE

With DURATION TIME

SETUP X.X STARTING TIME:14:15

<SET SET> EDIT EX IT

SETUP X.X DELTA DAYS: 1

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X DELTA DAYS: 1

0 0 2 ENTR EXIT

Toggle to set

number of days between

procedures (1-367)

SETUP X.X DELTA DAYS:2

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X DELTA TIME00:00

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X DELTA TIME: 00:00

0 0 :3 0 E NTR EXIT

SETUP X.X DELTA TIME:00:30

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Toggle to set

delay time for each

iteration of the sequence:

HH:MM

(0 – 24:00)

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual T400 Calibration Procedures

199

EXIT retu rns

to the SETUP

SETUP X.X DURATION:15.0 MINUTES

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X DURATION 15.0MINUTES

3 0 .0 ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X DURATION:30.0 MINUTES

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Toggle keys to set

duration for each iteration

of the sequence:

Set in Decimal minutes

from 0.1 – 60.0

SETUP X.X CALIBRATE: OFF

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X CALIBRATE: OFF

ON ENTR EX IT

SETUP X.X C

LIBRATE: ON

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Toggle key

Between Off and

SETUP X.X SEQ 2) ZERO

–

SPAN, 2:00:30

PREV NEXT MODE SET EXIT

Display show:

SEQ 2) ZERO–SPAN, 2:00:30

Sequence De lta Time

MODE Delta Days

CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE

DELTA TIME

Note If at any time an out-of-range entry is selected (Example: Delta Days >

367) the ENTR button will disappear from the display.

9.5. O3 PHOTOMETER ELECTRONIC CALIBRATION

There are several electronic characteristics of the T400 analyzer’s photometer that may

occasionally need checking or calibration:

9.5.1. PHOTOMETER DARK CALIBRATION

The dark calibration test turns off the photometer UV lampand records any offset signal

level of the UV detector-preamp-voltage to frequency converter circuitry. This allows

the instrument to compensate for any voltage levels inherent in the Photometer detection

circuit that might affect the output of the detector circuitry and therefore the calculation

of O3 concentration.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Calibration Procedures T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

200

To activate the dark calibration feature, press:

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB O3= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD:818

8 1 8 ENTREXIT

DIAG SIGNAL I/O

NEXT ENTR EXIT

Press NEXT until ...

The DARK CAL procedure progresses automatically

until ...

SETUP X.X DARK CAL 34% COMPLETE

SETUP X.X CALIBRATING DARK OFFSET

SETUP X.X DARK CALIBRATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DARK CAL

Successful?

Yes

SETUP X.X INVALID DARK CAL OFFS=XXXX.X MV

EXIT

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual T400 Calibration Procedures

201

9.5.2. O3 PHOTOMETER GAS FLOW CALIBRATION

Note A separate flow meter is required for this procedure.

To calibrate the flow of gas through the T400 analyzer’s optional photometer bench.

1. Turn OFF the T400 analyzer.

2. Attach the flow meter directly to the SAMPLE inlet port of the analyzer.

3. Turn the analyzer ON.

4. Perform the following steps:

06870C DCN6332

T400 Calibration Procedures T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

202

9.6. CALIBRATING THE IZS OPTION O3 GENERATOR

The following procedure calibrates to output of the O3 generator that is included in the

IZS calibration valve option ( OPT-50G). This function:

 Drives the IZS O3 Generator to output a series of O3 levels between zero and full

scale;

 Measures the actual O3 output at each level, and;

 Records the generator lamp drive voltage and generator’s O3 output level in a

lookup table.

Whenever a certain O3 output level is requested, the instrument’s CPU uses the data in

this table to interpolate the correct drive voltage for the desired O3 output.

Note Because the instrument waits 5–7 minutes at each step for the O3 level to

stabilize, this calibration operation often takes more than one hour to

complete.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual T400 Calibration Procedures

203

To calibrate the O3 Generator press:

DIAG O3GEN O3 GEN CAL [X]% COMPLETE

PREV NEXT EXIT

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB O3= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD:818

8 1 8 ENTR EXIT

DIAG SIGNAL I/O

NEXT ENTR EXIT

Continue pressing NEXT until ...

DIAG O3GEN CANCELLED

PREV NEXT EXIT

Analyzer returns to the

previous menu when the

calibration operation is

complete

DIAG O3 GEN CALIBRATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

Display tracks

the % of test

completes

06870C DCN6332

204

This page intentionally left blank.

06870C DCN6332

205

10. EPA PROTOCOL CALIBRATION

In order to insure that high quality, accurate measurement information is obtained at all

times, the analyzer must be calibrated prior to use. A quality assurance program

centered on this aspect and including attention to the built-in warning features of the

analyzer, periodic inspection, regular zero/span checks and routine maintenance is

paramount to achieving this.

The US EPA strongly recommends that you obtain a copy of the publication Quality

Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement Systems (abbreviated, Q.A.

Handbook Volume II); USEPA Order Number: EPA454R98004; or NIST Order

Number: PB99-129876.

This manual can be purchased from:

 EPA Technology Transfer Network (http://www.epa.gov/ttn/amtic)

 National Technical Information Service (NTIS, http://www. ntis.gov/)

A bibliography and references relating to O3 monitoring are listed in Section 10.6.

10.1.1. T400 CALIBRATION – GENERAL GUIDELINES

Calibration is the process of adjusting the gain and offset of the T400 against some

recognized standard. The reliability and usefulness of all data derived from any analyzer

depends primarily upon its state of calibration.

In this section, the term dynamic calibration is used to express a multipoint check

against known standards and involves introducing gas samples of known concentration

into the instrument in order to adjust the instrument to a predetermined sensitivity and to

produce a calibration relationship. This relationship is derived from the instrumental

response to successive samples of different known concentrations. As a minimum, three

reference points and a zero point are recommended to define this relationship. The

instrument(s) supplying the zero air and Span calibration gasses used must themselves

be calibrated and that calibration must be traceable to an EPA/ NIST primary standard

(see Section 8.1.4.)

All monitoring instrument systems are subject to some drift and variation in internal

parameters and cannot be expected to maintain accurate calibration over long periods of

time. Therefore, it is necessary to check the calibration relationship on a predetermined

schedule dynamically. Zero and span checks must be used to document that the data

remains within control limits. These checks are also used in data reduction and

validation.

To ensure accurate measurements of the O3 levels, the analyzer must be calibrated at the

time of installation and re-calibrated as necessary. (Section 12 of the Q.A. Manual.11)

06870C DCN6332

EPA Protocol Calibration T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

206

A general procedure for dynamically calibrating a O3 analyzer can be found in 40 CFR

50 Appendix C. Calibration can be done by either diluting high concentration O3

standards with zero air or using separate supplies of O3 at known concentration.

Care must be exercised to ensure that the calibration system meets the guidelines

outlined in the revised Appendix D, 40 CFR 50.1 Detailed calibration procedures are

also discussed in the Technical Assistance Document (TAD).2 Dynamic multipoint

calibration of the T400 must be conducted by using either the UV photometric

calibration procedure or a certified transfer standard. The equipment (i.e. calibrator and

UV photometer) that is needed to carry out the calibration is commercially available, or

it can be assembled by the user.

Calibrations should be carried out at the field-monitoring site. The Analyzer should be

in operation for at least several hours (preferably overnight) before calibration. During

the calibration, the T400 should be in the CAL mode, and therefore sample the test

atmosphere through all components used during normal ambient sampling and through

as much of the ambient air inlet system as is practicable. If the instrument will be used

on more than one range, it should be calibrated separately on each applicable range.

Details of documentation, forms and procedures should be maintained with each

analyzer and also in a central backup file as described in Section 12 of the Quality

Assurance Handbook.

Personnel, equipment and reference materials used in conducting audits must be

independent from those normally used in calibrations and operations. Ozone audit

devices must be referenced to a primary UV photometer or one of the Standard

Reference Photometers maintained by NIST and the US EPA.

10.1.2. CALIBRATION EQUIPMENT, SUPPLIES, AND EXPENDABLES

The measurement of O3 in ambient air requires a certain amount of basic sampling

equipment and supplemental supplies. These include, but are not limited to, the

following:

 Equivalent Method photometric O3 analyzer, such as the TAPI Model T400

 Strip chart recorder and/or data logging system

 Sampling lines

 Sampling manifold

 UV (ultraviolet) photometric calibration system

 Certified calibration transfer standards

 Zero-air source

 Ozone generation device ("calibrator")

 Spare parts and expendable supplies

 Record forms

 Independent audit system

When purchasing these materials, a logbook should be maintained as a reference for

future procurement needs and as a basis for future fiscal planning.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual EPA Protocol Calibration

207

SPARE PARTS AND EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES

In addition to the basic equipment described in the Q.A. Handbook, it is necessary to

maintain an inventory of spare parts and expendable supplies. Section 11 of this manual

describes the parts that require periodic replacement and the frequency of replacement.

Appendix B contains a list of spare parts and kits of expendables supplies.

10.1.3. CALIBRATION GAS AND ZERO AIR SOURCES

Production of Zero Air

Devices that condition ambient air by drying and removal of pollutants are available on

the commercial market such as the API Model 701 zero air generator.

Production of Span Gas

Because of the instability of O3, the certification of O3 concentrations as Standard

Reference Materials is impractical, if not impossible. Therefore, when O3 concentration

standards are required, they must be generated and certified locally. We Recommend

using a Gas Dilution Calibrator with a built in O3 generator, such as a

TAPI Model 700E, as a source for O3 Span Gas.

In ALL cases, the instrument(s) supplying the zero air and Span calibration gasses used

must themselves be calibrated and that calibration must be traceable to an EPA/NIST

primary standard.

10.1.4. RECOMMENDED STANDARDS FOR ESTABLISHING

TRACEABILITY

Equipment used to produce calibration gasses should be verified against EPA/NIST

traceable standards.

Ozone is the only criteria pollutant for which standard concentrations for calibration

cannot be directly traceable to an NIST-SRM (National Institute of Standards - Standard

Reference Material).

Such standards are classified into two basic groups: primary standards and transfer

standards.

 A primary O3 standard is an O3 concentration standard that has been dynamically

generated and assayed by UV photometry in accordance with the procedures

prescribed by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) under Title 40 of the

Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Appendix D (40 CFR Part 50).

 An O3 transfer standard is a transportable device or apparatus, which, together with

associated operational procedures, is capable of accurately reproducing O3

concentration standards or producing accurate assays of O3 concentrations that are

quantitatively related to a primary O3 standard.

It is worth noting that the requirements for the repeatability and reliability of transfer

standards are more stringent than are those for stationary, primary standards.

A Standard Reference Photometer (SRP) has been developed as a primary O3 standard

by the U.S. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) and the EPA. It is a

highly stable, highly precise, computer-controlled instrument for assaying O3

concentrations. NIST maintains one or more “master” SRP’s in lieu of a Standard

Reference Materials (SRM) for ozone. A nationwide network of regionally located

SRP’s enables State and local air monitoring agencies to compare their O3 standards

06870C DCN6332

EPA Protocol Calibration T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

208

with authoritative O3 standards maintained and operated under closely controlled

conditions. Other SRPs are located in foreign countries.

To maintain a uniform and consistent set of references, the US EPA maintains 9

Standard Reference Photometers (SRP) around the US. It is suggested that the regional

office of the EPA be contacted for the location of a SRP nearby and that the standards be

compared. This assures a uniform standard for ozone concentration is applied

everywhere.

Currently, the U.S. SRP Network consists of SRPs located at:

 EPA's National Exposure Research Laboratory (NERL), in Research Triangle Park,

North Carolina

 EPA's Region I Environmental Services Division in Lexington, Massachusetts

 EPA's Region II Environmental Services Division in Edison, New Jersey

 EPA's Region IV Environmental Services Division in Athens, Georgia

 EPA's Region V Environmental Services Division in Chicago, Illinois

 EPA's Region VI Environmental Services Division in Houston, Texas

 EPA's Region VII Environmental Services Division in Athens, Georgia

 EPA's Region VIII Environmental Services Division in Denver, Colorado

 The State of California Air Resources Board (CARB) in Sacramento, California

Commercial UV photometers meeting the requirements of a primary ozone standard as

set forth in 40 CFR Part 50 are available and are currently being used by air monitoring

agencies. Agencies have been encouraged to compare their primary O3 standards (and

O3 transfer standards) as part of their routine quality assurance (QA) programs.

Additionally, to provide a reference against which calibration standards for O3 must be

compared, the U.S. EPA has prescribed a reference calibration procedure based on the

principle of UV light absorption by ozone at a wavelength of 254 nm1. This procedure

provides an authoritative standard for all O3 measurement. Ozone transfer standards

may also be used for calibration if they have been certified against the UV calibration

procedure.3

10.1.5. CALIBRATION FREQUENCY

A system of Level 1 and Level 2 zero/span checks is recommended (see Section 10.2).

These checks must be conducted in accordance with the specific guidance given in

Subsection 9.1 of Section 2.0.9 (Ref. 11). Level 1 zero and span checks should be

conducted at least every two weeks. Level 2 checks should be conducted in between the

Level 1 checks at a frequency determined by the user. Span concentrations for both

levels should be between 70 and 90% of the reporting range.

To ensure accurate measurements of the ambient O3 concentrations, calibrate the T400

at the time of installation, and recalibrate it:

1. Any time the instrument fails above regiment of Level 1 and Level 2 checks.

2. No later than 3 months after the most recent calibration or performance audit which

indicated the T400 response to be acceptable; or

3. Following any one of the activities listed below:

 An interruption of more than a few days in T400 operation.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual EPA Protocol Calibration

209

 Any repairs which might affect its calibration.

 Physical relocation of the T400.

 Any other indication (including excessive zero or span drift) of possible

significant inaccuracy of the unit.

Following any of the activities listed in above, perform Level 1 zero and span checks to

determine if a calibration is necessary. If the zero and span drifts do not exceed the

calibration limits in Section 2.0.9 Q.A. Manual (Ref. 11) (or limits set by the local

agency), a calibration need not be performed.

10.1.6. DATA RECORDING DEVICE

Either a strip chart recorder, data acquisition system, digital data acquisition system

should be used to record the data from the T400 RS-232 port or analog outputs. If

analog readings are being used, the response of that system should be checked against a

NIST referenced voltage source or meter. Data recording device should be capable of

bi-polar operation so that negative readings can be recorded. Strip chart recorder should

be at least 6” (15 cm) wide.

10.1.7. RECORD KEEPING

Record keeping is a critical part of all quality assurance programs. Standard forms

similar to those that appear in this manual should be developed for individual programs.

Three things to consider in the development of record forms are:

1. Does the form serve a necessary function?

2. Is the documentation complete?

3. Will the forms be filed in such a manner that they can easily be retrieved when

needed?

06870C DCN6332

EPA Protocol Calibration T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

210

10.2. LEVEL 1 CALIBRATIONS VERSUS LEVEL 2 CHECKS

All monitoring instruments are subject to some drift and variation in internal parameters

and cannot be expected to maintain accurate calibration over long periods of time the

EPA requires a schedule of periodic checks of the analyzer’s calibration be

implemented. Zero and span checks must be used to document that the data remains

within required limits. These checks are also used in data reduction and system

validation.

A Level 1 Span check is used to document that the T400 is within control limits and

must be conducted every 2 weeks. A Level 2 Span Check is to be conducted between

the Level 1 Checks on a schedule to be determined by the user.

LEVEL 1 ZERO AND SPAN CALIBRATION (Section 12 of Q.A. Handbook)11

A Level 1 zero and span calibration is a simplified, two-point analyzer calibration used when analyzer linearity

does not need to be checked or verified. (Sometimes when no adjustments are made to the analyzer, the

Level 1 calibration may be called a zero/span check, in which case it must not be confused with a Level 2

zero/span check.) Since most analyzers have a reliably linear or near-linear output response with

concentration, they can be adequately calibrated with only two concentration standards (two-point

concentration). Furthermore, one of the standards may be zero concentration, which is relatively easily

obtained and need not be certified. Hence, only one certified concentration standard is needed for the two-

point (Level 1) zero and span calibration. Although lacking the advantages of the multipoint calibration, the

two-point zero and span calibration--because of its simplicity--can be (and should be) carried out much more

frequently. Also, two-point calibrations are easily automated. Frequency checks or updating of the

calibration relationship with a two-point zero and span calibration improves the quality of the monitoring data

by helping to keep the calibration relationship more closely matched to any changes (drifts) in the analyzer

response.

LEVEL 2 ZERO AND SPAN CHECK (Section 12 of Q.A. Handbook)11

A Level 2 zero and span check is an "unofficial" check of an analyzer's response. It may include dynamic

checks made with uncertified test concentrations, artificial stimulation of the analyzer's detector, electronic

or other types of checks of a portion of the analyzer, etc.

Level 2 zero and span checks are not to be used as a basis for analyzer zero or span adjustments,

calibration updates, or adjustment of ambient data. They are intended as quick, convenient checks to be

used between zero and span calibrations to check for possible analyzer malfunction or calibration drift.

Whenever a Level 2 zero or span check indicates a possible calibration problem, a Level 1 zero and span

(or multipoint) calibration should be carried out before any corrective action is taken.

If a Level 2 zero and span check is to be used in the quality control program, a "reference response" for the

check should be obtained immediately following a zero and span (or multipoint) calibration while the

analyzer's calibration is accurately known. Subsequent Level 2 check responses should then be compared

to the most recent reference response to determine if a change in response has occurred. For automatic

Level 2 zero and span checks, the first scheduled check following the calibration should be used for the

reference response. It should be kept in mind that any Level 2 check that involves only part of the analyzer's

system cannot provide information about the portions of the system not checked and therefore cannot be

used as a verification of the overall analyzer calibration.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual EPA Protocol Calibration

211

10.3. MULTIPOINT CALIBRATION

10.3.1. GENERAL INFORMATION

The procedures for multipoint calibration of an O3 analyzer by UV photometry or a

transfer standard have been specified in the Code of Federal Regulations1. To facilitate

these procedures, operational and calculation data forms have been developed. These

forms will aid in conducting calibrations and quality assurance checks. A detailed

description of the calibration theory and procedures for UV photometry and transfer

standards is in the Code of Federal Regulations1 and TAD.2, 3

In general, ambient monitors are always calibrated in situ without disturbing their

normal sampling setup, except for transferring the sample inlet from the ambient

sampling point to the calibration system.

Calibration should be performed with a primary UV photometer or by a transfer

standard (see Section 10.1.4). The user should be sure that all flow meters are calibrated

under the conditions of use against a reliable standard such as a soap bubble meter or

wet test meter. All volumetric flow rates should be corrected to 25°C and 760 mm Hg.

A discussion of the calibration of flow meters is in Appendix 12 of Ref. 11.

A newly installed T400 should be operated for several hours or preferably overnight

before calibration to allow it to stabilize. A brand new T400 (fresh from the factory)

may require several days of operation to fully stabilize. Allow the photometer or

transfer standard to warm up and stabilize before use, particularly if stored or

transported in cold weather.

10.3.2. MULTIPOINT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE

Multipoint Calibration consist of performing a calibration of the instrument’s Zero Point

and High Span Point, then checking its accuracy at various intermediate points between

these two.

The procedure for performing the Zero Point and High Span Point are identical to those

described in Section 9.2.3.

After the Zero and High Span points have been set, determine five approximately evenly

spaced calibration points between the Zero and High Span Point.

For each midpoint:

06870C DCN6332

EPA Protocol Calibration T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

212

ZERO CAL M RANGE = 500.0 PPB O3 =XXX.X

< TST TST > ZERO SPAN CONC EXIT

WAIT 10

MINUTES

Or until the

reading

stabilizes and

the SPAN button

is displayed

SAMPLE RANGE = 500.0 PPB O3 =XXX.X

< TST TST > CAL CALZ CALS SETUP

Record the O3

reading as

displayed on the

instrument’s front

panel

Press EXIT to

Return to the

Main SAMPLE

Display

CTION:

Allow Calibration Gas diluted to

proper concentration for Midpoint N

ACTION:

Allow Calibration Gas diluted to

proper concentration for

Midpoint N+1

Plot the analyzer responses versus the corresponding calculated concentrations to obtain

the calibration relationships. Determine the straight line of best fit (y = mx + b);

determined by the method of least squares (e.g., see Appendix J of Volume I of the Q.A.

Handbook6).

After the best-fit line has been drawn, determine whether the analyzer response is linear.

To be considered linear, no calibration point should differ from the best-fit line by more

than 2% of full scale.

10.3.3. DYNAMIC MULTIPOINT CALIBRATION CHECK

The EPA-prescribed calibration procedure is based on photometric assays of O3

concentrations in a dynamic flow system. It is based on the same principles that the

T400 uses to measure ozone. The theory is covered in Section 13 of this manual.

Since the accuracy of the calibration standards obtained by this calibration procedure

depends entirely on the accuracy of the photometer, it is very important that the

photometer is operating properly and accurately. The fact that the photometer makes a

ratio measurement (I/Io) rather than an absolute measurement eases this task.

The checks described in this section, if carried out carefully, will provide reasonable

confidence that a photometer which has the required inherent capability is operating

properly. Checks should be carried out frequently on a new calibrator, and a

chronological record of the results should be kept. If the record of the photometer

performance shows continued adequacy and reliability, the frequency of the checks can

be reduced with no loss of confidence in the photometer. (The record, however, may

indicate the need for continued frequent verification of the system condition.) Even

where the record shows excellent stability, the checks should still be carried out

monthly, as the possibility of malfunction is always present.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual EPA Protocol Calibration

213

A well-designed properly built photometer is a precision instrument, and once it is

operating adequately, it is likely to continue to do so for some time, particularly if the

photometer is stationary and is used intermittently under ideal laboratory conditions. If

the photometer is commercially manufactured, it should include an operation/instruction

manual. Study the manual thoroughly and follow its recommendations carefully and

completely.

10.3.4. LINEARITY TEST

Because the required photometric measurement is a ratio, a simple linearity check of the

photometer is a good indication of accuracy. Linearity of commercially made

photometers may be demonstrated by the manufacturer. The linearity test is conducted

by first generating and assaying an ozone concentration near the upper range limit (80%

of full scale is recommended) of the reporting range in use.

Other data points can be created by adding zero air (Fd) to the flow of originally

generated concentration (Fo) and pass the mixture through a mixing device to ensure a

homogeneous concentration at the Inlet to the analyzer being calibrated.

The First step of performing this linearity test is to determine the dilution ratio of the

various test points according to the following formula:

Equation 10-1

)FF(

Rdo

For this test, the flow rates Fo and Fd must be accurately measured within ±2% of the

true value. To help ensure accurate flow measurements, the two flowmeters should be

of the same general type and one should be standardized against the other. The dilution

ratio R is calculated as the flow of the original concentration (Fo) divided by the total

flow (Fo + Fd).

With stable, high resolution flowmeters and with careful technique, R should be accurate

to within  1%.

06870C DCN6332

EPA Protocol Calibration T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

214

When Fd has been adjusted and R has been calculated, assay the diluted concentration

with the photometer and then compare the diluted assay (A2) with the original undiluted

assay (A1) by calculating the percentage of linearity error (E) according to the following

equation.

Equation 10-2

100

)R/A(A

21 ×=

This linearity error must be <5% in magnitude and should be <3% for a well-performing

system.

Note The result is not the true linearity error because it includes possible

instrument errors in the flow measurements. This test technique should

only be used as an indicator.

If the linearity error is >5% or is greater than you expect it to be, check and verify the

accuracy of the flow dilution carefully before assuming that the photometer is

inaccurate. The test should be carried out several times at various dilution ratios, and an

averaging technique should be used to determine the final result.

If the linearity error is excessive and cannot be attributed to flow measurement

inaccuracy, check the photometer system for:

 Dirty or contaminated cell, lines or manifold.

 Inadequate "conditioning" of the system.

 Leaking of two-way valve or other system components.

 Contaminated zero-air.

 Non-linear detectors in the photometer.

 Faulty electronics in the photometer.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual EPA Protocol Calibration

215

10.3.5. O3 LOSS CORRECTION FACTOR

In spite of scrupulous cleaning and preconditioning, some O3 may be lost on contact

with the photometer cell walls and the gas-handling components. Any significant loss of

O3 must be quantitatively determined and used to correct the output concentration

assay. In any case, the O3 loss must not exceed 5%.

To determine O3 loss:

1. Calibrate a stable ozone analyzer with the UV calibration system, assuming no

losses.

2. Generate an O3 concentration, and measure it with the analyzer as close as

possible to the actual inlet of the photometer cell.

3. Measure the concentration as close as possible to the outlet of the cell.

4. Repeat each measurement several times to get a reliable average.

5. Measure the concentration at the output manifold. The tests should be repeated at

several different O3 concentrations.

The percentage of O3 loss is calculated as,

Equation 10-3

100

)CC(

lossO% m

3×

Where

Ci = O3 concentration measured at cell inlet, ppm

Co = O3 concentration measured at cell outlet, ppm, and

Cm = O3 concentration measured at output manifold, ppm.

For other configurations, the % O3 loss may have to be calculated differently. The

ozone loss correction factor is calculated as:

L = 1 - 0.01 × % O3 loss.

10.3.6. SPAN DRIFT CHECK

The first level of data validation should accept or reject monitoring data based upon

routine periodic analyzer checks. It is recommended that results from the Level 1 span

checks be used as the first level of data validation. This means up to two weeks of

monitoring data may be invalidated if the span drift for a Level 1 span check is  25%.

For this reason, it may be desirable to perform Level 1 checks more often than the

minimum recommended frequency of every 2 weeks.

10.4. AUDITING PROCEDURES

An audit is an independent assessment of the accuracy of data. Independence is

achieved by having the audit made by an operator other than the one conducting the

routine field measurements and by using audit standards and equipment different from

those routinely used in monitoring. The audit should be a true assessment of the

measurement process under normal operations without any special preparation or

06870C DCN6332

EPA Protocol Calibration T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

216

adjustment of the system. Routine quality control checks (such as zero and span checks)

conducted by the operator are necessary for obtaining and reporting good quality data,

but they are not considered part of the auditing procedure.

Three audits are recommended: two performance audits and a systems audit. These

audits are summarized in 10.4.2 at the end of this section. See Appendix 15 of the Q.A.

Handbook (Reference 11) for detailed procedures for a systems audit and for a

performance audit, respectively.

Proper implementation of an auditing program will serve a twofold purpose: (1) to

ensure the integrity of the data and (2) to assess the data for accuracy. The technique for

estimating the accuracy of the data is given in Section 2.0.8 of the QA Manual

(Reference 11).

MULTIPOINT CALIBRATION AUDIT

A performance audit consists of challenging the continuous analyzer with known

concentrations of O3 within the measurement range of the analyzer. The difference

between the known concentration and the analyzer response is obtained, and an estimate

of the analyzer's accuracy is determined.

Known concentrations of O3 must be generated by a stable O3 source and assayed by the

primary UV photometric procedure or may be obtained using a certified O3 transfer

standard. Procedures used to generate and assay O3 concentrations are the same as those

described in Section 10.1.3. If during a regular field audit, the differences recorded for

most analyzers are either negatively or positively biased, a check of the calibrator used

in routine calibrations of the analyzers may be advisable.

The test atmosphere must pass through all filters, scrubbers, conditioners, and other

components used during normal ambient sampling and through as much of the ambient

air inlet system as practical. Be sure the manifold includes a vent to assure that the T400

inlet is at atmospheric pressure.

Audit Procedure:

1. Turn on the zero-air flow in the audit device.

2. After stabilization, record the analyzer zero.

3. Generate an up-scale audit point.

4. After stabilization, record the O3 analyzer response.

5. Assay the audit concentration using an audit UV photometer or certified transfer

standard.

6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 for the two remaining up-scale audit points. If analyzer is

operated on 0-1.0 ppm range, four up-scale audit points must be used.

Results:

Results of the audit will be used to estimate the accuracy of the ambient air quality data.

Calculation of accuracy is described in Appendix 15 of the Q.A. Handbook (Reference

11).

10.4.1. DATA PROCESSING AUDIT

Data processing audit involves reading a strip chart record, calculating an average, and

transcribing or recording the results on the SAROAD form. The data processing audit

should be performed by an individual other than the one who originally reduced the

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual EPA Protocol Calibration

217

data. Initially, the audit should be performed 1 day out of every 2 weeks of data. For

two 1-hour period within each day audited, make independent readings of the strip chart

record and continue through the actual transcription of the data on the SAROAD form.

The 2 hours selected during each day audited should be those for which either the trace

is most dynamic (in terms of spikes) or the average concentration is high.

The data processing audit is made by calculating the difference,

Equation 10-4

d = [O3]R - [O3]A

Where

d = the difference between measured and audit values, ppm,

[O3]R = the recorded analyzer response, ppm, and

[O3]A = the data processing O3 concentration, ppm.

If d exceeds  0.02 ppm, check all of the remaining data in the 2-week period.

10.4.2. SYSTEM AUDIT

A system audit is an on-site inspection and review of the quality assurance activities

used for the total measurement system (sample collection, sample analysis, data

processing, etc.); it is a qualitative appraisal of system quality.

Conduct the system audit at the startup of a new monitoring system and periodically (as

appropriate) as significant changes in system operations occur.

The recommended audit schedule depends on the purpose for which the monitoring data

are being collected. For example, Appendix A, 40 CFR 588 requires that each analyzer

in State and Local Air Monitoring Networks (SLAMS) be audited at least once a year.

Each agency must audit 25% of the reference or equivalent analyzers each quarter. If an

agency operates less than four reference or equivalent analyzers, it must randomly select

analyzers for re-auditing so that one analyzer will be audited each calendar quarter and

so that each analyzer will be audited at least once a year.

Appendix B, 40 CFR 589 requires that each PSD (prevention of significant deterioration)

reference or equivalent analyzer be audited at least once a sampling quarter. Results of

these audits are used to estimate the accuracy of ambient air data.

10.4.3. ASSESSMENT OF MONITORING DATA FOR PRECISION AND

ACCURACY

A periodic check is used to assess the data for precision. A one-point precision check

must be carried out at least once every 2 weeks on each analyzer at an O3 concentration

between 0.08 and 0.10 ppm. The analyzer must be operated in its normal sampling

mode, and the precision test gas must pass through all filters, scrubbers, conditioners,

and other components used during normal ambient sampling. Those standards used for

calibration or auditing may be used.

Estimates of single instrument accuracy for ambient air quality measurements from

continuous methods are calculated according to the procedure in Appendix 15 of the

Q.A. Handbook (Reference 11).

06870C DCN6332

EPA Protocol Calibration T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

218

10.5. SUMMARY OF QUALITY ASSURANCE CHECKS

Essential to quality assurance are scheduled checks for verifying the operational status

of the monitoring system:

 The operator should visit the site at least once each week.

 A Level 1 zero and span check must be made on the analyzer every two weeks.

 Level 2 zero and span checks should be conducted at a frequency desired by the

user.

In addition, an independent precision check between 0.08 and 0.10 ppm may be required

at least once every two weeks.

Table 10-1 summarizes the quality assurance activities for routine operations. A

discussion of each activity appears in the following sections.

To provide for documentation and accountability of activities, a checklist should be

compiled and then filled out by the field operator as each activity is completed.

Table 10-1: Daily Activity Matrix

CHARACTERISTI

C ACCEPTANCE LIMITS

FREQUENCY AND

METHOD OF

MEASUREMENT

ACTION IF

REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT

MET

Shelter

Temperature

Mean temperature between 22C

and 28C (72F and 82F), daily

fluctuations not greater than  2C.

Check thermograph chart

daily for variations not

greater than  2C (4F).

Mark strip chart for the

affected time period.

Repair/adjust temp control.

Sample

Introduction

System

No moisture, foreign material, leaks,

obstructions; sample line connected

to manifold.

Weekly visual inspection. Clean, repair or replace as

needed.

Recorder

Adequate ink supply and chart

paper.

Legible ink traces.

Correct settings of chart speed and

range switches.

Correct time.

Weekly visual inspection.

Replenish and chart paper

supply

Adjust recorder time to agree

with clock note on chart.

Analyzer

Operational

Settings

Flow and regulator indicators at

proper settings.

Temperate indicators cycling or at

proper levels.

Analyzer in sample mode.

Zero/span controls locked.

Weekly visual inspection. Adjust or repair as needed.

Analyzer

Operational

Check

Zero and span within tolerance limits

as described in Subsec. 9.1.3 of

Sec. 2.0.9

(Ref. 11).

Level 1 zero and span

every 2 weeks; Level 2

between Level 1 checks

at frequency desired by

user.

Isolate source error, and

repair.

After corrective action,

recalibrate analyzer.

Precision Check Assess precision as described in

Sec. 2.0.8 (Ref. 11).

Every 2 weeks,

Sec. 2.0.8 (Ref. 11).

Calculate, report precision,

Sec. 2.0.8 (Ref. 11).

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual EPA Protocol Calibration

219

Table 10-2: Activity Matrix for Audit Procedure

AUDIT ACCEPTANCE LIMITS

FREQUENCY AND

METHOD OF

MEASUREMENT

ACTION IF REQUIREMENTS

ARE NOT MET

Multipoint calibration audit

The difference between the

measured and the audit

values as a measure of

accuracy (Sec. 2.0.8 of Ref.

11).

At least once a quarter

(Sec. 2.0.8 of Ref. 11) Re-calibrate the analyzer.

Data processing audit

Adhere to stepwise

procedure for data reduction

(Sec. 8.4); no difference

exceeding

 0.02 ppm.

Perform independent

check on a sample of

recorded data, e.g.,

1 day out of every 2

weeks of data, 2 hours for

each day.

Check all remaining data if

one or more audit checks

exceeds  0.02 ppm.

Systems audit Method described in this

section of the Handbook.

At the startup of a new

monitoring system, and

periodically as

appropriate; observation

and checklist.

Initiate improved methods

and/or training programs.

06870C DCN6332

EPA Protocol Calibration T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

220

Table 10-3: Activity Matrix for Data Reduction, Validation and Reporting

ACTIVITY ACCEPTANCE LIMITS

FREQUENCY AND

METHOD OF

MEASUREMENT

ACTION IF REQUIREMENTS

ARE NOT MET

Data reduction Stepwise procedure,

Sec. 2.7.4 Ref. 11.

Follow the method for

each strip chart.

Review the reduction

procedure.

Span drift check

Level 1 span drift check

<25%, Sec. 2.7.3

Ref 11.

Check at least every 2

weeks; Sec. 2.7.3,

Ref. 11.

Invalidate data; take

corrective action; increase

frequency of Level 1

checks until data is

acceptable.

Strip chart edit No sign of malfunction. Visually check each strip

chart.

Void data for time interval

for which malfunction is

detected.

Data reporting

Data transcribed to

SAROAD hourly data form;

Ref. 10.

Visually check. Review the data

transcribing procedure.

Table 10-4: Activity Matrix for Calibration Procedures

CALIBRATION

ACTIVITIES ACCEPTANCE LIMITS

FREQUENCY AND

METHOD OF

MEASUREMENT

ACTION IF REQUIREMENTS

ARE NOT MET

Zero-air

Zero-air, free of

contaminants

(Sec. 2.0.7 Ref. 11.).

Compare the new Zero-

air against Source known

to be free of

contaminants.

Take corrective action with

generation system as

appropriate.

Calibrator

Meet all requirement for UV

photometer as specified in

Sec. 2.7.2 QA Manual, TAD2

and the Fed. Reg.1 or

approve Transfer Standard

Sec. 2.7.1, Q.A. Manual and

TAD3.

Re-certify transfer

Standard against Primary

UV Photometer at least

Twice each quarter.

Return to supplier, or take

corrective action with

system as appropriate.

Multipoint

According to Calibration

procedure (Sec. 2.7.2 Q.A...

Manual Ref 11) and Federal

Calibrate at least Once,

quarterly; Anytime an

audit Indicates

discrepancy; After

maintenance that May

affect the Calibration

(Subsec 2.1) Federal

Register1.

Repeat the calibration.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual EPA Protocol Calibration

221

10.6. REFERENCES

1. Calibration of Ozone Reference Methods, Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40, Part 50, Appendix D.

2. Technical Assistance Document for the Calibration of Ambient Ozone Monitors, EPA publication

available from EPA, Department E (MD-77), Research Triangle Park, N.C. 27711. EPA-600/4-79-057,

September 1979.

3. Transfer Standards for Calibration of Ambient Air Monitoring Analyzers for Ozone, EPA publication

available from EPA, Department E (MD-77), Research Triangle Park, N.C. 27711. EPA-600/4-79-056,

September 1979.

4. Ambient Air Quality Surveillance, Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40, Part 58.

5. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Evaluation of Ozone Calibration Procedures. EPA-600/S4-80-

050, February 1981.

6. Quality Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement Systems. Vol. I.

EPA-600/9-76-005. March 1976.

7. Field Operations Guide for Automatic Air Monitoring Equipment, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,

Office of Air Programs; October 1972. Publication No. APTD-0736, PB 202-249, and PB 204-650.

8. Appendix A - Quality Assurance Requirements for State and Local Air Monitoring Stations (SLAMS),

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40, Part 58.

9. Appendix B - Quality Assurance Requirements for Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD) Air

Monitoring, Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40, Part 50, Appendix D.

10. Aeros Manual Series Volume II: Aeros User's Manual. EPA-450/2-76-029, OAQPS No. 1.2-039.

December 1976.

11. Quality Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement Systems, Volume II, (abbreviated Q.A.

Handbook Volume II) National Technical Information Service (NTIS). Phone (703) 487-4650 part

number PB 273-518 or the USEPA Center for Environmental Research Information (513) 569-7562 part

number EPA 600/4/77/027A.

06870C DCN6332

EPA Protocol Calibration T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

222

This page intentionally left blank.

06870C DCN6332

223

PART III

–

MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE

06870C DCN6332

224

06870C DCN6332

225

11. INSTRUMENT MAINTENANCE

For the most part, the T400 analyzer is maintenance free, there are, however, a minimal

number of simple procedures that when performed regularly will ensure that the T400

photometer continues to operate accurately and reliably over its lifetime.

Repairs and troubleshooting are covered in Section12 of this manual.

11.1. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

Table 11-1 shows a typical maintenance schedule for the T400. Please note that in

certain environments (i.e. dusty, very high ambient pollutant levels) some maintenance

procedures may need to be performed more often than shown.

Note A span and zero calibration check (see CAL CHECK REQ’D Column of

Table 9-1) must be performed following some of the maintenance

procedures listed below.

- To perform a CHECK of the instrument’s Zero or Span Calibration

follow the same steps as described in Section 9.3.

- DO NOT PRESS THE ENTR BUTTON at the end of each operation.

Pressing the ENTR button resets the stored values for OFFSET and

SLOPE and alters the instruments Calibration.

- Alternatively, use the Auto cal feature described in Section9.4 with the

with the CALIBRATE ATTRIBUTE SET TO OFF

WARNING - Electrical Shock Hazard

RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK. DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE PERFORMING

ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS THAT REQUIRE ENTRY INTO THE

INTERIOR OF THE ANALYZER.

CAUTION

Qualified Personnel

THE OPERATIONS OUTLINED IN THIS SECTION ARE TO BE PERFORMED BY

QUALIFIED MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL ONLY.

06870C DCN6332

Instrument Maintenance T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

226

This page intentionally left blank.

06870C DCN6332

227

Table 11-1: T400 Maintenance Schedule

DATE PERFORMED

ITEM ACTION FREQ

CAL

CHECK

REQ’D.1

MANUAL

SECTION

Particulate

Filter Replace Weekly or as

needed Yes 11.3.1

Verify Test

Functions

Record and

analyze

Weekly or after

any Maintenance

or Repair

No 12.1.2

Pump

Diaphragm Replace As Needed Yes - -

Reference

Scrubber

Replace Every 2-5 years,

as needed Yes 12.10.2

IZS

Zero Air

Scrubber

Replace Annually No

12.10.3

Absorption

Tube

Inspect

- - -

Clean

Annually

- - -

As Needed

Yes 11.3.7

Perform

Flow Check Check Flow Every 6 Months No 11.3.6

Perform

Leak Check

Perform

Leak Check

Annually or after

any Maintenance

or Repair

Yes 11.3.4

Pneumatic

lines

Examine

and clean As needed Yes if

cleaned - -

06870C DCN6332

Instrument Maintenance T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

228

This page intentionally left blank.

06870C DCN6332

229

11.2. PREDICTIVE DIAGNOSTICS

Predictive diagnostic functions including failure warnings and alarms built into the

analyzer’s firmware allow the user to determine when repairs are necessary without

performing painstaking preventative maintenance procedures.

The Test Functions can also be used to predict failures by looking at how their values

change over time. Initially it may be useful to compare the state of these Test Functions

to the values recorded on the printed record of the final calibration performed on your

instrument at the factory, P/N 04314. The following table can be used as a basis for

taking action as these values change with time. The internal data acquisition system

(DAS) is a convenient way to record and track these changes. Use APICOM to

download and review this data from a remote location.

Table 11-2: Predictive Uses for Test Functions

FUNCTION MODE BEHAVIOR INTERPRETATION

STABIL ZERO CAL

Increasing

 Pneumatic leaks – instrument & sample

system

 Malfunctioning UV lamp (Bench)

O3 REF SAMPLE Decreasing  UV lamp ageing

 Mercury contamination

O3 DRIVE CALS Increasing  Ageing IZS UV lamp (only if reference

detector option is installed)

Increasing > 1”  Pneumatic Leak between sample inlet and

optical bench

PRES SAMPLE

Decreasing > 1”

 Dirty particulate filter

 Pneumatic obstruction between sample inlet

and optical bench

 Obstruction in sampling manifold

SAMP FL SAMPLE Decreasing

 Pump diaphragm deteriorating

 Sample flow orifice plugged/obstructed

 Pneumatic obstruction between sample inlet

and optical bench

 Obstruction in sampling manifold

Increasing

 Pneumatics becoming contaminated/dirty

 Dirty particulate filter

 Pneumatic leaks – instrument & sample

system

SLOPE SPAN CAL

Decreasing  Contaminated calibration gas

Increasing

 Obstructed/leaking Meas/Ref Valve

 Pneumatic leaks – instrument & sample

system

OFFSET ZERO CAL

Decreasing

 Contaminated zero calibration gas

 Obstructed Meas/Ref Valve

 Pneumatic leaks – instrument & sample

system

06870C DCN6332

Instrument Maintenance T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

230

11.3. MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

The following procedures are to be performed periodically as part of the standard

maintenance of the Model T400.

11.3.1. REPLACING THE SAMPLE PARTICULATE FILTER

The particulate filter should be inspected often for signs of plugging or contamination.

We recommend that when you change the filter; handle it and the wetted surfaces of the

filter housing as little as possible. Do not touch any part of the housing, filter element,

PTFE retaining ring, glass cover and the o-ring with your bare hands. TAPI

recommends using PTFE coated tweezers or similar handling to avoid contamination of

the sample filter assembly.

To change the filter:

1. Turn OFF the analyzer to prevent drawing debris into the instrument.

1. Open the T400’s hinged front panel and unscrew the knurled retaining ring on the

filter assembly.

Figure 11-1 Replacing the Particulate Filter

2. Carefully remove the retaining ring, PTFE o-ring, glass filter cover and filter

element.

3. Replace the filter, being careful that the element is fully seated and centered in the

bottom of the holder.

4. Re-install the PTFE o-ring with the notches up; the glass cover, then screw on the

retaining ring and hand tighten. Inspect the seal between the edge of filter and the

o-ring to assure a proper seal.

5. Re-start the Analyzer.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Instrument Maintenance

231

11.3.2. REBUILDING THE SAMPLE PUMP

The diaphragm in the sample pump periodically wears out and must be replaced. A

sample rebuild kit is available – see Appendix B of this manual for the part number of

the pump rebuild kit. Instructions and diagrams are included with the kit.

Always perform a flow and leak check after rebuilding the sample pump.

11.3.3. REPLACING THE IZS OPTION ZERO AIR SCRUBBER

1. Turn off the analyzer.

2. Remove the cover from the analyzer.

3. Disconnect the white nylon ¼”-1/8” fitting from the Zero Air Scrubber (See Figure

11-2).

4. Remove the old scrubber by disconnecting the 9/16” fitting at the top of the O3

generator tower, then removing the scrubber.

5. Install the new scrubber by reversing these instructions.

IZS Zero Air Scrubber

Figure 11-2 Replacing the IZS Zero Air Scrubber

06870C DCN6332

Instrument Maintenance T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

232

11.3.4. IZS DESICCANT (OPTION 56)

The M400E can be fitted with a desiccant dryer to provide a dry air source to the IZS

sub-system. This option consists of a rear panel mounted scrubber cartridge filled with

anhydrous calcium sulfate (CaSO4) desiccant.

The desiccant material is expendable and must be replaced at regular intervals.

 The material exhibits a color change when it has been saturated with water vapor,

turning from blue to pink.

 The scrubber cartridge should be refilled before the entire scrubber turns pink.

 Replacement interval will depend on how often the IZS is used, as well as ambient

levels of humidity in your application.

 Initially the desiccant should be frequently monitored until a standard replacement

interval can be established.

11.3.5. PERFORMING LEAK CHECKS

Leaks are the most common cause of analyzer malfunction; Section 11.3.5.1 presents a

simple leak check procedure. Section 11.3.5.2 details a more thorough procedure.

11.3.5.1. Vacuum Leak Check and Pump Check

This method is easy and fast. It detects, but does not locate most leaks; it also verifies

that the sample pump is in good condition.

1. Turn the analyzer ON, and allow enough time for flows to stabilize.

2. Cap the sample inlet port.

3. After 2 minutes, when the pressures have stabilized, note the SAMP FL and PRES

test function readings on the front panel.

4. If SAMP FL < 10 CC/M then the analyzer is free of any large leaks.

5. If PRES < 10 IN-HG-A then the sample pump diaphragm is in good condition.

11.3.5.2. Pressure Leak Check

If you cannot locate the leak by the above procedure, obtain a leak checker similar to the

TAPI part number 01960, which contains a small pump, shut-off valve and pressure

gauge. Alternatively, a tank of pressurized gas, with the two-stage regulator adjusted to

≤ 15 psi; a shutoff valve and pressure gauge may be used.

CAUTION – General Safety Hazard

Once the fittings have been wetted with soap solution, DO NOT apply / re-apply

vacuum, as this will cause soap solution to be drawn into the instrument,

contaminating it.

DO NOT exceed 15 psi pressure.

1. Turn OFF power to the instrument.

2. Install a leak checker or tank of gas as described above on the sample inlet at the

rear panel.

3. Install a cap on the exhaust fitting on the rear panel.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Instrument Maintenance

233

4. Remove the instrument cover and locate the sample pump. Disconnect the two

fittings on the sample pump and install a union fitting in place of the pump. The

analyzer cannot be leak checked with the pump in line due to internal leakage that

normally occurs in the pump.

5. Pressurize the instrument with the leak checker, allowing enough time to pressurize

the instrument through the critical flow orifice fully. Check each fitting with soap

bubble solution, looking for bubbles. Once the fittings have been wetted with soap

solution, do not re-apply vacuum, as it will draw soap solution into the instrument

and contaminate it. Do not exceed 15 psi pressure.

6. If the instrument has one of the zero and span valve options, the normally closed

ports on each valve should also be separately checked. Connect the leak checker

to the normally closed ports and check with soap bubble solution.

7. If the analyzer is equipped with an IZS option, connect the leak checker to the dry

air inlet and check with soap bubble solution.

8. Once the leak has been located and repaired, the leak-down rate should be < 1 in-

Hg (0.4 psi) in 5 minutes after the pressure is shut off.

06870C DCN6332

Instrument Maintenance T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

234

11.3.6. PERFORMING A SAMPLE FLOW CHECK

Note Always use a separate calibrated flow meter capable of measuring flows

in the 0 – 1000 cc/min range to measure the gas flow rate though the

analyzer. DO NOT use the built in flow measurement viewable from the

Front Panel of the instrument. This measurement is only for detecting

major flow interruptions such as clogged or plugged gas lines. See rear

panel for sample port location.

1. Turn off power.

2. Attach the flow meter to the sample inlet port on the rear panel. Ensure that the

inlet to the Flow Meter is at atmospheric pressure.

3. Turn on instrument power.

4. Sample flow should be 800 cc/min  10%.

Low flows indicate blockage somewhere in the pneumatic pathway. High flows indicate

leaks downstream of the Flow Control Assembly.

Once an accurate measurement has been recorded by the method described above, adjust

the analyzer’s internal flow sensors by following the procedure described in

Section9.5.2.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Instrument Maintenance

235

11.3.7. MAINTENANCE OF THE PHOTOMETER ABSORPTION TUBE

11.3.7.1. Cleaning or Replacing the Absorption Tube

Note Although this procedure should never be needed as long as the user is

careful to supply the photometer with clean, dry and particulate-free zero

air only, it is included here for those rare occasions when cleaning or

replacing the absorption tube may be required.

1. Power off the unit.

2. Remove the center cover from analyzer the optical bench

3. Locate the optical bench (see Figure 3-5).

4. Remove the top cover of the optical bench.

1. Unclip the sample thermistor from the tube.

2. Loosen the two screws on the round tube retainers at either end of the tube.

3. Using both hands, carefully rotate the tube to free it.

4. Slide the tube towards the lamp housing.

 The front of the tube can now be slid past the detector block and out of the

instrument.

CAUTION

General Safety Hazard

Do not cause the tube to bind against the metal housings.

The tube may break and cause serious injury.

5. Clean the tube only with de-ionized water.

6. Air dry the tube.

7. Check the cleaning job by looking down the bore of the tube.

 It should be free from dirt and lint.

8. Inspect the o-rings that seal the ends of the optical tube (these o-rings may stay

seated in the manifolds when the tube is removed.)

 If there is any noticeable damage to these o-rings, they should be replaced.

9. Re-assemble the tube into the lamp housing and perform an AUTO LEAK CHECK

on the instrument.

Note Before re-tightening the retainer screws, gently push the tube all the way

towards the front of the optical bench when it is re-assembled. This will

ensure that the tube is assembled with the forward end against the stop

inside the detector manifold.

06870C DCN6332

Instrument Maintenance T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

236

11.3.7.2. UV Lamp Adjustment

This procedure details the steps for adjustment of the UV source lamp in the optical

bench assembly. This procedure should be done whenever the test function O3 REF

value drops below 3000 mV.

CAUTION – UV Radiation Risk

Do not look directly at the light of the UV lamp.

1. Make sure the analyzer is warmed-up and has been running for at least 15 minutes

before proceeding.

2. Remove the cover from the analyzer.

3. Locate the UV DETECTOR GAIN ADJUST POT on the photometer assembly (see

Figure 11-3).

4. Perform the following procedure:

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Instrument Maintenance

237

5. Replace the cover on the analyzer.

06870C DCN6332

Instrument Maintenance T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

238

Figure 11-3: Optical Bench – Lamp Adjustment/ Installation

11.3.7.3. UV Lamp Replacement

This procedure details the steps for replacement of the UV source lamp in the optical

bench assembly. This procedure should be done whenever the lamp can no longer be

adjusted as described in Section 11.3.7.2.

CAUTION – UV Radiation Risk

Power down the instrument before proceeding with UV lamp replacement.

1. Turn the analyzer off.

2. Remove the cover from the analyzer.

3. Locate the Optical Bench Assembly (see Figure 3-5).

4. Locate the UV lamp at the front of the optical bench assembly (see Figure 13-17)

5. Unplug the lamp cable from the power supply connector on the side of the optical

bench.

6. Slightly loosen (do not remove) the UV lamp setscrew and pull the lamp from its

housing.

7. Install a new lamp in the housing, pushing it all the way in.

 Leave the UV lamp setscrew loose for now.

8. Turn the analyzer back on and allow it to warm up for at least 15 minutes.

9. Turn the UV detector gain adjustment pot (See Section 11.3.7.2) clockwise to its

minimum value. The pot should click softly when the limit is reached.

10. Perform the UV Lamp Adjustment procedure described in Section 11.3.7.2 with the

following exceptions:

 Slowly rotate the lamp in its housing (up to ¼ turn in either direction) until a

MINIMUM value is observed.

 Make sure the lamp is pushed all the way into the housing while performing this

rotation.

 If the PHOTO_DET will not drop below 5000 mV while performing this rotation,

contact TAPI Customer Service for assistance.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Instrument Maintenance

239

 Once a lamp position is found that corresponds to a minimum observed value

for PHOTO_DET, tighten the lamp setscrew at the approximate minimum value

observed.

 Adjust PHOTO_DET within the range of 4400 – 4600 mV.

11. Replace the cover on the analyzer.

GENERAL WARNING/CAUTION

The UV lamp contains mercury (Hg), which is considered hazardous waste. The

lamp should be disposed of in accordance with local regulations regarding

waste containing mercury.

11.3.8. ADJUSTMENT OR REPLACEMENT OF OPTIONAL IZS OZONE

GENERATOR UV LAMP

This procedure details the steps for replacement and initial adjustment of the UV lamp

of the O3 generator included in the IZS option (OPT-50G). If you are adjusting an

existing lamp, skip to Step 8.

1. Turn off the analyzer.

2. Remove the cover from the analyzer.

3. Locate the O3 generator (see Figure 3-5).

UV Lamp

Set Screws

Generator

Body

Lamp

O-ring

Figure 11-4: O3 Generator Temperature Thermistor and DC Heater Locations

4. Remove the two setscrews on the top of the O3 generator and gently pull out the old

lamp.

5. Inspect the o-ring beneath the nut and replace if damaged.

6. Install the new lamp in O3 generator housing.

 Do not fully tighten the setscrews.

 The lamp should be able to be rotated in the assembly by grasping the lamp

cable.

7. Turn on analyzer and allow it to stabilize for at least 20 minutes.

8. Locate the potentiometer used to adjust the O3 generator UV output.

06870C DCN6332

Instrument Maintenance T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

240

djustment

Pot

Generator

Reference

Detector

PCA

Generator

Body

Figure 11-5: Location of O3 Generator Reference Detector Adjustment Pot

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Instrument Maintenance

241

9. perform the following procedure:

10. Tighten the two setscrews.

11. Replace the analyzer’s cover

12. Perform a check (See Section 11.3.4).

13. Perform an Ozone generator calibration (see Section 9.6)

06870C DCN6332

Instrument Maintenance T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

242

This page intentionally left blank.

06870C DCN6332

243

12. TROUBLESHOOTING & SERVICE

This section contains a variety of methods for identifying the source of performance

problems with the analyzer. Also included in this section are procedures that are used in

repairing the instrument.

QUALIFIED TECHNICIAN

The operations outlined in this Section must be performed by qualified

maintenance personnel only.

CAUTION – RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK!

 Some operations need to be carried out with the instrument open and

running.

 Exercise caution to avoid electrical shocks and electrostatic or mechanical

damage to the analyzer.

 Do not drop tools into the analyzer or leave those after your procedures.

 Do not shorten or touch electric connections with metallic tools while

operating inside the analyzer.

 Use common sense when operating inside a running analyzer.

12.1. GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING

The T400 Photometric Ozone Analyzer has been designed so that problems can be

rapidly detected, evaluated and repaired. During operation, it continuously performs

diagnostic tests and provides the ability to evaluate its key operating parameters without

disturbing monitoring operations.

A systematic approach to troubleshooting will generally consist of the following five

steps:

1. Note any WARNING MESSAGES and take corrective action as necessary.

1. Examine the values of all TEST FUNCTIONS and compare them to factory values.

Note any major deviations from the factory values and take corrective action.

2. Use the internal electronic status LEDs to determine whether the electronic

communication channels are operating properly.

 Verify that the DC power supplies are operating properly by checking the

voltage test points on the relay PCA.

 Note that the analyzer’s DC power wiring is color-coded and these colors match

the color of the corresponding test points on the relay PCA.

06870C DCN6332

Troubleshooting & Service T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

244

3. Suspect a leak first!

 Customer service data indicate that the majority of all problems are eventually

traced to leaks in the internal pneumatics of the analyzer or the diluent gas and

source gases delivery systems.

 Check for gas flow problems such as clogged or blocked internal/external gas

lines, damaged seals, punctured gas lines, a damaged / malfunctioning pumps,

etc.

4. Follow the procedures defined in Section 3.4.3 to confirm that the analyzer’s vital

functions are working (power supplies, CPU, relay PCA, touchscreen, PMT cooler,

etc.).

 See Figure 3-16 for the general layout of components and sub-assemblies in

the analyzer.

 See the wiring interconnect diagram and interconnect list in Appendix D.

12.1.1. FAULT DIAGNOSIS WITH WARNING MESSAGES

The most common and/or serious instrument failures will result in a warning message

being displayed on the front panel. Table 12-1 lists warning messages, along with their

meaning and recommended corrective action.

It should be noted that if more than two or three warning messages occur at the same

time, it is often an indication that some fundamental sub-system (power supply, relay

PCA, motherboard) has failed rather than an indication of the specific failures

referenced by the warnings. In this case, a combined-error analysis needs to be

performed.

The T400 will alert the user that a Warning Message is active by flashing the FAULT

LED and displaying the Warning message in the Param field along with the CLR button

(press to clear Warning message). The MSG button displays if there is more than one

warning in queue or if you are in the TEST menu and have not yet cleared the message.

The following display/touchscreen examples provide an illustration of each::

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Troubleshooting & Service

245

The analyzer will also alert the user via the Serial I/O COM port(s) and cause the

FAULT LED on the front panel to blink.

To view or clear the various warning messages press:

06870C DCN6332

Troubleshooting & Service T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

246

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Troubleshooting & Service

247

Table 12-1: Warning Messages in Display Param Field

WARNING FAULT CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSES

PHOTO TEMP WARNING

The optical bench

temperature lamp temp

is  51C.

 Bench lamp heater

 Bench lamp temperature sensor

 Relay controlling the bench heater

 Entire Relay Board

 I 2C Bus

 “Hot” Lamp

BOX TEMP WARNING Box Temp is < 5C

or > 48C.

 Box Temperature typically runs ~7C warmer than ambient

temperature.

 Poor/blocked ventilation to the analyzer

 Stopped Exhaust-Fan

 Ambient Temperature outside of specified range

CANNOT DYN SPAN Dynamic Span operation

failed.

 Measured concentration value is too high or low

 Concentration Slope value to high or too low

CANNOT DYN ZERO Dynamic Zero operation

failed.

 Measured concentration value is too high

 Concentration Offset value to high

CONFIG INITIALIZED

Configuration and

Calibration data reset to

original Factory state.

 Failed Disk on Module

 User erased data

DATA INITIALIZED Data Storage in DAS

was erased.

 Failed Disk on Module

 User cleared data.

LAMP STABIL WARN Reference value is

unstable.

 Faulty UV source lamp

 Noisy UV detector

 Faulty UV lamp power supply

REAR BOARD NOT DET

Motherboard not

detected on power up.

THIS WARNING only appears on Serial I/O COM Port(s) Front Panel

Display will be frozen, blank or will not respond.

 Failure of Motherboard

RELAY BOARD WARN

The CPU cannot

communicate with the

Relay Board.

 I 2C Bus failure

 Failed Relay Board

 Loose connectors/wiring

SAMPLE FLOW WARN Sample flow rate is < 500

cc/min or > 1000 cc/min.

 Failed Sample Pump

 Blocked Sample Inlet/Gas Line

 Dirty Particulate Filter

 Leak downstream of Critical Flow Orifice

 Failed Flow Sensor

SAMPLE PRES WARN

Sample Pressure is <15

in-Hg or > 35 in-Hg

Normally 29.92 in-Hg at

sea level decreasing at 1

in-Hg per 1000 ft of

altitude (with no flow –

pump disconnected).

If Sample Pressure is < 15 in-HG:

 Blocked Particulate Filter

 Blocked Sample Inlet/Gas Line

 Failed Pressure Senor/circuitry

If Sample Pressure is > 35 in-HG:

 Bad Pressure Sensor/circuitry

SAMPLE TEMP WARN Sample temperature is <

10C or > 50C.

 Ambient Temperature outside of specified range

 Failed Sample Temperature Sensor

 Relay controlling the Bench Heater

 Failed Relay Board

 I 2C Bus

PHOTO REF WARNING

Occurs when Ref is

<2500 mVDC or

>4950 mVDC.

 UV Lamp

 UV Photo-Detector Preamp

06870C DCN6332

Troubleshooting & Service T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

248

WARNING FAULT CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSES

O3 GEN TEMP

WARNING

IZS Ozone Generator

Temp is outside of

control range of 48C

 3C.

 No IZS option installed, instrument improperly configured

 O 3 generator heater

 O 3 generator temperature sensor

 Relay controlling the O3 generator heater

 Entire Relay Board

 I 2C Bus

SYSTEM RESET

The computer has

rebooted.

 This message occurs at power on.

 If it is confirmed that power has not been interrupted:

 Failed +5 VDC power

 Fatal Error caused software to restart

 Loose connector/wiring

Note A failure of the analyzer’s CPU or Motherboard can result in any or ALL

of the following messages.

12.1.2. FAULT DIAGNOSIS WITH TEST FUNCTIONS

Besides being useful as predictive diagnostic tools, the test functions viewable from the

analyzers front panel can be used to isolate and identify many operational problems

when combined with a thorough understanding of the analyzers Theory of Operation

(see Section 13).

The acceptable ranges for these test functions are listed in the “Nominal Range” column

of the analyzer Final Test and Validation Data Sheet shipped with the instrument.

Values outside these acceptable ranges indicate a failure of one or more of the analyzer’s

subsystems. Functions whose values are still within acceptable ranges but have

significantly changed from the measurement recorded on the factory data sheet may also

indicate a failure.

A worksheet has been provided in Appendix C to assist in recording the value of these

test functions.

Note A value of “XXXX” displayed for any of these TEST functions indicates an

OUT OF RANGE reading.

Note Sample Pressure measurements are represented in terms of ABSOLUTE

pressure because this is the least ambiguous method reporting gas

pressure. Absolute atmospheric pressure is about 29.92 in-Hg-A at sea

level. It decreases about 1 in-Hg per 1000 ft gain in altitude. A variety of

factors such as air conditioning systems, passing storms, and air

temperature, can also cause changes in the absolute atmospheric

pressure.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Troubleshooting & Service

249

Table 12-2: Test Functions - Indicated Failures

TEST FUNCTION DIAGNOSTIC RELEVANCE AND CAUSES OF FAULT CONDITIONS.

TIME  Time of Day clock is too fast or slow. To adjust see Section 5.6.

 Battery in clock chip on CPU board may be dead.

RANGE

Incorrectly, configured Measurement Range(s) could cause response problems with a Data

logger or Chart Recorder attached to one of the Analog Output.

 If the Range selected is too small, the recording device will over range.

 If the Range is too big, the device will show minimal or no apparent change in readings.

STABIL Indicates noise level of instrument or stability of the O3 concentration of Sample Gas.

O3 MEAS

O3 REF

If the value displayed is too high the UV Source has become brighter. Adjust the variable

gain potentiometer on the UV Preamp Board in the optical bench.

If the value displayed is too low:

 < 100mV – Bad UV lamp or UV lamp power supply.

 < 2000mV – Lamp output has dropped, adjust UV Preamp Board or replace lamp.

If the value displayed is constantly changing:

 Bad UV lamp.

 Defective UV lamp power supply.

 Failed I2C Bus.

If the O3 Ref value changes by more than 10mV between zero and span gas:

 Defective/leaking switching valve.

PRES See Table 11-1 for SAMPLE PRES WARN.

SAMPLE FL Check for Gas Flow problems. See Section 12.4

SAMPLE TEMP Temperatures outside of the specified range or oscillating temperatures are cause for

concern.

PHOTO LAMP

Bench temp control improves instrument noise, stability and drift. Temperatures outside of

the specified range or oscillating temperatures are cause for concern. See Table 11-1 for

PHOTO TEMP WARNING.

BOX TEMP

If the Box Temperature is out of range, check fan in the Power Supply Module. Areas to the

side and rear of instrument should allow adequate ventilation.

See Table 11-1 for BOX TEMP WARNING.

O3 GEN TEMP If the O3 Generator Temperature is out of range, check the O3 Generator heater and

temperature sensor. See Table 11-1 for O3 GEN TEMP WARNING.

SLOPE

Values outside range indicate:

 Contamination of the Zero Air or Span Gas supply.

 Instrument is miss-calibrated.

 Blocked Gas Flow.

 Faulty Sample Pressure Sensor (P1) or circuitry.

 Bad/incorrect Span Gas concentration.

OFFSET Values outside range indicate:

 Contamination of the Zero Air supply.

06870C DCN6332

Troubleshooting & Service T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

250

12.1.3. DIAG  SIGNAL I/O: USING THE DIAGNOSTIC SIGNAL I/O

FUNCTION

The signal I/O diagnostic mode allows access to the digital and analog I/O in the

analyzer. Some of the digital signals can be controlled through the touchscreen. These

signals, combined with a thorough understanding of the instruments Theory of

Operation (found in Section 13), are useful for troubleshooting in three ways:

 The technician can view the raw, unprocessed signal level of the analyzer’s critical

inputs and outputs.

 Many of the components and functions that are normally under algorithmic control

of the CPU can be manually exercised.

 The technician can directly control the signal level Analog and Digital Output

signals.

This allows the technician to observe systematically the effect of directly controlling

these signals on the operation of the analyzer. Figure 12-1 is an example of how to use

the Signal I/O menu to view the raw voltage of an input signal or to control the state of

an output voltage or control signal.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Troubleshooting & Service

251

Figure 12-1: Example of Signal I/O Function

Note Any I/O signals changed while in the signal I/O menu will remain in effect

ONLY until signal I/O menu is exited. The Analyzer regains control of

these signals upon exit. See Appendix A-4 for a complete list of the

parameters available for review under this menu.

06870C DCN6332

Troubleshooting & Service T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

252

12.2. USING THE ANALOG OUTPUT TEST CHANNEL

The signals available for output over the T400’s analog output channel can also be used

as diagnostic tools. See Section 5.10 for instruction on activating the analog output and

selecting a function.

Table 12-3: Test Channel Outputs as Diagnostic Tools

TEST

CHANNEL DESCRIPTION ZERO FULL

SCALE

CAUSES OF EXTREMELY

HIGH / LOW READINGS

PHOTO

MEAS

Raw output of the

photometer during its

measure cycle

0 mV 5000 mV

PHOTO

REF

Raw output of the

photometer during its

reference cycle

0 mV 5000 mV

If the value displayed is:

- >5000 mV: The UV source has become brighter; adjust the

UV Detector Gain potentiometer.

- < 100mV – Bad UV lamp or UV lamp power supply.

- < 2000mV – Lamp output has dropped, adjust UV Preamp

Board or replace lamp.

If the value displayed is constantly changing:

- Bad UV lamp.

- Defective UV lamp power supply.

- Failed I2C Bus.

If the PHOTO REFERENCE value changes by more than

10mV between zero and span gas:

- Defective/leaking M/R switching valve.

O3 GEN

REF

Raw output of the O3

generator’s reference

detector

0 mV 5000 mV

Possible failure of:

- O

3 generator UV Lamp

- O

3 generator reference detector

- O

3 generator lamp power supply

- I

2C bus

SAMPLE

PRESSURE

Pressure of gas in the

photometer

absorption tube

0 In-Hg-A 40 In-Hg-A Check for Gas Flow problems.

SAMPLE

FLOW

Gas flow rate through

the photometer 0 cm3/min 1000 cc/m Check for Gas Flow problems.

SAMPLE

TEMP

Temperature of gas in

the photometer

absorption tube

0 C 70 C Possible causes of faults are the same as SAMPLE TEMP

from Table 12-2

PHOTO

LAMP

TEMP

Temperature of the

photometer UV lamp 0 C 70 C

Possible failure of:

- Bench lamp heater

- Bench lamp temperature sensor

- Relay controlling the bench heater

- Entire Relay PCA

- I

2C Bus

- Hot” Lamp

O3 SCRUB

TEMP

Temperature of the

optional Metal Wool

Scrubber.

0 C 70 C

Possible failure of:

- Scrubber heater or temperature sensor

- Bad or loose wiring TC input connector on relay PCA

- Incorrectly configured TC input (e.g. J-type instead of K-

type)

- AC Relay controlling the scrubber heater

- Entire Relay PCA

- I

2C Bus

O3 LAMP

TEMP

Temperature of the

IZS Option’s O3

generator UV lamp

0 mV 5000 mV Same as PHOTO TEMP WARNING from Table 12-1

CHASSIS

TEMP

Temperature inside

the T400’s chassis

(same as BOX TEMP)

0 C 70 C Possible causes of faults are the same as BOX TEMP

WARNING from Table 12-1

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Troubleshooting & Service

253

12.3. USING THE INTERNAL ELECTRONIC STATUS LEDS

Several LEDs are located inside the instrument to assist in determining if the analyzers

CPU, I2C bus and Relay PCA are functioning properly.

12.3.1. CPU STATUS INDICATOR

DS5, a red LED, that is located on upper portion of the motherboard, just to the right of

the CPU board, flashes when the CPU is running the main program loop. After power-

up, approximately 30 – 60 seconds, DS5 should flash on and off. If characters are

written to the front panel display but DS5 does not flash then the program files have

become corrupted, contact customer service because it may be possible to recover

operation of the analyzer. If after 30 – 60 seconds, neither DS5 is flashing nor have any

characters been written to the front panel display then the CPU is bad and must be

replaced.

Motherboard

CPU Status LED

Figure 12-2: CPU Status Indicator

12.3.2. RELAY PCA STATUS LEDS

There are sixteen LEDs located on the Relay PCA. Some are not used on this model.

12.3.2.1. I2C Bus Watchdog Status LEDs

The most important is D1 (see, which indicates the health of the I2C bus.

Table 12-4: Relay PCA Watchdog LED Failure Indications

LED Function Fault Status Indicated Failure(s)

(Red)

I2C bus Health

(Watchdog Circuit)

Continuously ON

Continuously OFF

Failed/Halted CPU

Faulty Motherboard, Valve Driver board or Relay PCA

Faulty Connectors/Wiring between Motherboard, Valve

Driver board or Relay PCA

Failed/Faulty +5 VDC Power Supply (PS1)

If D1 is blinking, then the other LEDs can be used in conjunction with DIAG Menu

Signal I/O to identify hardware failures of the relays and switches on the Relay.

06870C DCN6332

Troubleshooting & Service T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

254

12.3.2.2. O3 Option Status LED s

D8 (Green) – Photometer Meas/Ref Valve

D15 (Green) - Photometer Lamp Heater

D16 (Green) – IZS O3 Generator Lamp Heater

D7 (Green) Optional Zero/Span Valve

D6 (Green ) – GPT Valve

D9 (Green) – Optional Sample/Cal Valve

D1 (RED)

Watchdog

Indicator

D2 (Yellow) Optional Metal Wool Scrubber Heater

Figure 12-3: Relay PCA Status LEDS Used for Troubleshooting

Table 12-5: Relay PCA Status LED Failure Indications

SIGNAL I/O PARAMETER

LED FUNCTION ACTIVATED BY VIEW RESULT DIAGNOSTIC TECHNIQUE

D21

Yellow

Metal Wool

Scrubber

Heater1

O3_SCRUB_HEATER O3 SCRUB

Voltage displayed should change.

If not:

 Failed Heater

 Faulty Temperature Sensor

 Failed AC Relay

Faulty Connectors/Wiring

Green

Zero/Span Gas

Valve3 SPAN_VALVE N/A

Green

Measure/Ref

Valve PHOTO_REF_VALVE N/A

Green

Sample/Cal

Gas Valve2 CAL_VALVE N/A

Valve should audibly change states.

If not:

 Failed Valve

 Failed Relay Drive IC on Relay PCA

 Failed Relay PCA

 Faulty +12 VDC Supply (PS2)

 Faulty Connectors/Wiring

D15

Green

Photometer UV

Lamp Heater PHOTO_LAMP_HEATER PHOTO_LAMP

D162

Green

IZS O3

Generator UV

Lamp Heater

O3_GEN_HEATER O3 GEN TEMP

Voltage displayed should change.

If not:

 Failed Heater

 Faulty Temperature Sensor

 Failed AC Relay

 Faulty Connectors/Wiring

1 Only applies on analyzers with metal wool scrubber installed.

2 Only applies on analyzers with IZS options installed.

3 Only apllies to instruments with calibration valve options installed.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Troubleshooting & Service

255

12.4. GAS FLOW PROBLEMS

In general, flow problems can be divided into three categories:

 Flow is too high

 Flow is greater than zero, but is too low, and/or unstable

 Flow is zero (no flow)

When troubleshooting flow problems, it is a good idea to first confirm that the actual

flow and not the analyzer’s flow detection hardware and software are in error.

Use an independent flow meter to perform a flow check as described in Section 11.3.6.

12.4.1. TYPICAL FLOW PROBLEMS

12.4.1.1. Flow is Zero

The unit displays a SAMPLE FLOW warning message on the front panel display or the

SAMPLE FLOW Test Function reports a zero or very low flow rate.

Confirm that the sample pump is operating (turning). If not, use an AC Voltmeter to

make sure that power is being supplied to the pump. If AC power is being supplied to

the pump, but it is not turning, replace the pump.

If the pump is operating but the unit reports no gas flow, perform a flow check as

described in Section 11.3.6.

If no independent flow meter is available:

1. Disconnect the gas lines from both the sample inlet and the exhaust outlet on the

rear panel of the instrument.

2. Make sure that the unit is in basic SAMPLE Mode.

3. Place a finger over an exhaust outlet on the rear panel of the instrument.

4. If gas is flowing through the analyzer, you will feel pulses of air being expelled from

the exhaust outlet.

If gas flows through the instrument when it is disconnected from its sources of zero air,

span gas or sample gas, the flow problem is most likely not internal to the analyzer.

Check to make sure that:

 All calibrators/generators are turned on and working correctly.

 Valves, regulators and gas lines are not clogged or dirty.

12.4.1.2. Low Flow

 Check if the pump diaphragm is in good condition. If not, rebuild the pump (all

Teledyne API for instructions). Check the spare parts list for information of pump

rebuild kits.

 Check for leaks as described in Section 11.3.4. Repair the leaking fitting, line or

valve and re-check.

 Check for the sample filter and the orifice filter for dirt. Replace filters (see

Sections11.3.1 and 12.10.1 respectively).

 Check for partially plugged pneumatic lines, orifices or valves. Clean or replace

them. The critical orifice should be replaced if it becomes plugged.

 If an IZS option is installed in the instrument, press CALZ and CALS. If the flow

increases then suspect a bad sample/cal valve.

06870C DCN6332

Troubleshooting & Service T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

256

12.4.1.3. High Flow

The most common cause of high flow is a leak in the sample flow control assembly or

between there and the pump. If no leaks or loose connections are found in the fittings or

the gas line between the orifice and the pump, rebuild the sample flow control assembly

as described in Section 12.10.1 .

12.4.1.4. Actual Flow Does Not Match Displayed Flow

If the actual flow measured does not match the displayed flow, but is within the limits of

720-880 cc/min, adjust the calibration of the flow measurement as described in Section

12.10.1.

12.4.1.5. Sample Pump

The sample pump should start immediately after the front panel power switch is turned

ON. If it does not, refer to Section 12.7.1.

12.5. CALIBRATION PROBLEMS

12.5.1. MIS-CALIBRATED

There are several symptoms that can be caused by the analyzer being mis-calibrated.

This condition is indicated by out of range SLOPEs and OFFSETs as displayed

through the test functions and is frequently caused by the following:

 Contaminated span gas. This can cause a large error in the slope and a small error

in the offset. Span gas contaminated with a major interferent such as Mercury

Vapor, will cause the analyzer to be calibrated to the wrong value.

Also could be caused if the span gas concentration entered into the analyzer during the

calibration procedure is not the precise concentration value of the gas used.

 Dilution calibrator not set up correctly or is malfunctioning. This will also cause the

slope, but not the zero to be incorrect. Again, the analyzer is being calibrated to the

wrong value.

 Too many analyzers on the manifold. This can cause either a slope or offset error

because ambient gas with its pollutants will dilute the zero or span gas.

 Contaminated zero gas. This can cause either a positive or negative offset and will

indirectly affect the slope. If contaminated with O3 it will cause a positive offset.

12.5.2. NON-REPEATABLE ZERO AND SPAN

As stated earlier, leaks both in the T400 and in the external system are a common source

of unstable and non-repeatable readings.

 Check for leaks in the pneumatic systems as described in Section 11.3.6. Don’t

forget to consider pneumatic components in the gas delivery system outside the

T400. Such as:

 A change in zero air source such as ambient air leaking into zero air line, or;

 A change in the span gas concentration due to zero air or ambient air leaking

into the span gas line.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Troubleshooting & Service

257

 Once the instrument passes a leak check, do a flow check (see Section 11.3.6) to

make sure adequate sample is being delivered to the optical bench assembly.

 Confirm the sample pressure, sample temperature, and sample flow readings are

correct and have steady readings.

 Verify that the sample filter element is clean and does not need to be replaced.

12.5.3. INABILITY TO SPAN – NO SPAN BUTTON (CALS)

 Confirm that the O3span gas source is accurate. This can be done by

inter-comparing the source with another calibrated monitor, or having the O3source

verified by an independent traceable photometer.

 Check for leaks in the pneumatic systems as described in Section 11.3.4.

 Make sure that the expected span gas concentration entered into the instrument

during calibration is not too different from expected span value.

 Check to make sure that there is no ambient air or zero air leaking into span gas

line.

12.5.4. INABILITY TO ZERO – NO ZERO BUTTON (CALZ)

 Confirm that there is a good source of zero air. If the IZS option is installed,

compare the zero reading from the IZS zero air source to the calibration zero air

source.

 Check for leaks in the pneumatic systems as described in Section 11.3.4.

 Check to make sure that there is no ambient air leaking into zero air line.

12.6. OTHER PERFORMANCE PROBLEMS

Dynamic problems (i.e. problems that only manifest themselves when the analyzer is

monitoring sample gas) can be the most difficult and time consuming to isolate and

resolve. The following section provides an itemized list of the most common dynamic

problems with recommended troubleshooting checks and corrective actions.

12.6.1. TEMPERATURE PROBLEMS

Individual control loops are used to maintain the set point of the UV Lamp, IZS Ozone

Generator (Optional) and Metal Wool Scrubber (Optional) temperatures. If any of these

temperatures are out of range or are poorly controlled, the T400 will perform poorly.

12.6.1.1. Box Temperature

The box temperature sensor is mounted to the Motherboard and cannot be disconnected

to check its resistance. Rather check the BOX TEMP signal using the SIGNAL I/O

function under the DIAG Menu (see Section 12.1.2).

 This parameter will vary with ambient temperature, but at ~30oC (6-7 above room

temperature) the signal should be ~1450 mV.

06870C DCN6332

Troubleshooting & Service T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

258

12.6.1.2. Sample Temperature

The Sample Temperature should read approximately 5.0C higher than the box

temperature.

12.6.1.3. UV Lamp Temperature

There are three possible causes for the UV Lamp temperature to have failed.

 The UV Lamp heater has failed.

 Check the resistance between pins 5 and 6 on the six-pin connector adjacent to

the UV Lamp on the Optical Bench.

 It should be approximately 30 Ohms.

 Assuming that the I2C bus is working and that there is no other failure with the Relay

board, the FET Driver on the Relay Board may have failed.

 Using the PHOTO_LAMP_HEATER parameter under the SIGNAL I/O function

of the DIAG menu, as described above, turn on and off the UV Lamp Heater

(D15 on the relay board should illuminate as the heater is turned on).

 Check the DC voltage present between pin 1 and 2 on J13 of the Relay Board.

 If the FET Driver has failed there will be no change in the voltage across pins 1

and 2.

 If the FET Driver Q2 checks out OK, the thermistor temperature sensor in the lamp

assembly may have failed.

 Unplug the connector to the UV Lamp Heater/Thermistor PCB, and measure

the resistance of the thermistor between pins 5 and 6 of the 6 pin connector.

 The resistance near the 58oC set point is ~8.1k ohms.

12.6.1.4. IZS Ozone Generator Temperature (Optional)

There are three possible causes for the Ozone Generator temperature to have failed.

 The O3Gen heater has failed.

 Check the resistance between pins 5 and 6 on the six-pin connector adjacent to

the UV Lamp on the O3Generator.

 It should be approximately 5 Ohms.

 Assuming that the I2C bus is working and that there is no other failure with the Relay

board, the FET Driver on the Relay Board (see 12.7.6) may have failed.

 Using

the O3_GEN_HEATER parameter under the SIGNAL I/O function of the

DIAG menu, as described above, turn on and off the UV Lamp Heater.

 Check the DC voltage present between pin 1 and 2 on J14 of the Relay Board.

 If the FET Driver has failed there should be no change in the voltage across

pins 1 and 2.

 If the FET Driver checks out OK, the thermistor temperature sensor in the lamp

assembly may have failed.

 Unplug the connector to the Ozone Generator Heater/Thermistor PCB, and

measure the resistance of the thermistor between pins 5 and 6.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Troubleshooting & Service

259

12.7. SUBSYSTEM CHECKOUT

12.7.1. AC MAIN POWER

WARNING – Electrical Shock Hazard

Should the AC power circuit breaker trip, investigate and correct the condition

causing this situation before turning the analyzer back on.

The T400 analyzer’s electronic systems will operate with any of the specified power

regimes. As long as system is connected to 100-120 VAC or 220-240 VAC at either 50

or 60 Hz it will turn on and after about 30 seconds show a front panel display.

 Internally, the status LEDs located on the Relay PCA, Motherboard and CPU should

turn on as soon as the power is supplied.

 If they do not, check the circuit breaker built into the ON/OFF switch on the

instruments front panel

The analyzer is correctly configured for the AC mains voltage in use if:

 The Sample Pump is running.

If incorrect power is suspected, check that the correct voltage and frequency is present at

the line input on the rear panel.

 Verify that the pump power configuration plug is properly wired (see Section

13.3.6.1)

 If the unit is set for 230 VAC and is plugged into 115 VAC or 100 VAC the sample

pump will not start.

 If the unit is set for 115 or 100 VAC and is plugged into a 230 VAC circuit, the circuit

breaker built into the ON/OFF Switch on the front panel will trip to the OFF position

immediately after power is switched on.

12.7.2. DC POWER SUPPLY

If you have determined that the analyzer’s AC mains power is working, but the unit is

still not operating properly, there may be a problem with one of the instrument’s

switching power supplies. The supplies can have two faults, namely no DC output, and

noisy output.

To assist tracing DC Power Supply problems, the wiring used to connect the various

printed circuit assemblies and DC Powered components and the associated test points on

the relay PCA follow a standard color-coding scheme as defined in the following table.

Table 12-6: DC Power Test Point and Wiring Color Codes

NAME TEST POINT# COLOR DEFINITION

DGND 1 Black Digital ground

+5V 2 Red

AGND 3 Green Analog ground

+15V 4 Blue

-15V 5 Yellow

+12R 6 Purple 12 V return (ground) line

+12V 7 Orange

06870C DCN6332

Troubleshooting & Service T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

260

TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6 TP7

DGND +5V AGND +15V -15V +12R 12V

Figure 12-4: Location of DC Power Test Points on Relay PCA

A voltmeter should be used to verify that the DC voltages are correct per the values in

the table below, and an oscilloscope, in AC mode, with band limiting turned on, can be

used to evaluate if the supplies are producing excessive noise (> 100 mV p-p).

Table 12-7: DC Power Supply Acceptable Levels

VOLTAGE CHECK RELAY BOARD TEST POINTS MIN V MAX V

FROM

Test Point

POWE

SUPPL

Y NAME # NAME #

PS1 +5 DGND 1 +5 2 +4.80 +5.25

PS1 +15 AGND 3 +15 4 +13.5 +16.0

PS1 -15 AGND 3 -15V 5 -14.0 -16.0

PS1 AGND AGND 3 DGND 1 -0.05 +0.05

PS1 Chassis DGND 1 Chassis N/A -0.05 +0.05

PS2 +12 +12V Ret 6 +12V 7 +11.8 +12.5

PS2 DGND +12V Ret 6 DGND 1 -0.05 +0.05

12.7.3. I2C BUS

Operation of the I2C bus can be verified by observing the behavior of D1 on the relay

PCA & D2 on the valve driver PCA in conjunction with the performance of the front

panel display.

Assuming that the DC power supplies are operating properly the I2C bus is operating

properly if:

 If D1 on the relay PCA and is flashing, or

 Pressing a button on the front panel results in a change to the display.

There is a problem with the I2C bus if D1 on the relay PCA is ON/OFF constantly and

pressing a button on the touchscreen DOES NOT results in a change to the display.

If the touchscreen interface is working but either the Watchdog LED is not flashing, the

problem may be a wiring issue between the board and the motherboard.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Troubleshooting & Service

261

12.7.4. TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACE

Verify the functioning of the touchscreen by observing the display when pressing a

touchscreen control button. Assuming that there are no wiring problems and that the DC

power supplies are operating properly, but pressing a control button on the display does

not change the display, any of the following may be the problem:

 The touchscreen controller may be malfunctioning.

 The internal USB bus may be malfunctioning.

You can verify this failure by logging on to the instrument using APICOM or a terminal

program. If the analyzer responds to remote commands and the display changes

accordingly, the touchscreen interface may be faulty.

12.7.5. LCD DISPLAY MODULE

Verify the functioning of the front panel display by observing it when power is applied

to the instrument. Assuming that there are no wiring problems and that the DC power

supplies are operating properly, the display screen should light and show the splash

screen and other indications of its state as the CPU goes through its initialization

process.

12.7.6. RELAY PCA

The Relay PCA can be most easily checked by observing the condition of the status

LEDs on the Relay PCA (see Section 12.3.2), and using the SIGNAL I/O submenu

under the DIAG menu (see Section 12.1.3) to toggle each LED ON or OFF.

If D1 on the Relay PCA is flashing and the status indicator for the output in question

(Heater power, Valve Drive, etc.) toggles properly using the Signal I/O function, then

the associated control device on the Relay PCA is bad.

Several of the control devices are in sockets and can be easily replaced. The table below

lists the control device associated with a particular function.

Table 12-8: Relay PCA Control Devices

FUNCTION CONTROL

DEVICE IN SOCKET

UV Lamp Heater Q2 No

Optional IZS O3Gen Heater Q3 No

Optional Metal Wool

Scrubber K1 Yes

All Valves U5 Yes

06870C DCN6332

Troubleshooting & Service T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

262

12.7.7. PHOTOMETER PRESSURE /FLOW SENSOR ASSEMBLY

This assembly is only present in analyzers with O3 generator and/or photometer options

installed. The pressure/flow sensor PCA, located at the rear of the instrument between

the photometer and the pump (see Figure 3-5) can be checked with a Voltmeter. The

following procedure assumes that the wiring is intact and that the motherboard as well as

the power supplies are operating properly:

BASIC PCA OPERATION:

 Measure the voltage across C1 it should be 5 VDC ± 0.25 VDC. If not then the

board is bad

 Measure the voltage between TP2 and TP1 C1 it should be 10 VDC ± 0.25 VDC. If

not then the board is bad.

PHOTOMETER PRESSURE SENSOR:

1. Measure the pressure on the inlet side of S1 with an external pressure meter.

1. Measure the voltage across TP4 and TP1.

 The expected value for this signal should be:

EXAMPLE: If the measured pressure is 20 In-Hg-A, the expected voltage level between

TP4 and TP1 would be between 2870 mVDC and 3510 mVDC.

EXAMPLE: If the measured pressure is 25 In-Hg-A, the expected voltage level between

TP4 and TP1 would be between 3533 mVDC and 4318 mVDC.

 If this voltage is out of range, then either pressure transducer S1 is bad, the

board is bad or there is a pneumatic failure preventing the pressure transducer

from sensing the absorption cell pressure properly.

PHOTOMETER FLOW SENSOR

 Measure the voltage across TP3 and TP1.

 With proper flow (800 cc3/min through the photometer), this should be

approximately 4.5V (this voltage will vary with altitude).

 With flow stopped (photometer inlet disconnected or pump turned OFF) the

voltage should be approximately 1V.

 If the voltage is incorrect, the flow sensor S3 is bad, the board is bad or there is

a leak upstream of the sensor.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Troubleshooting & Service

263

12.7.8. MOTHERBOARD

12.7.8.1. Test Channel / Analog Outputs Voltage

The ANALOG OUTPUT submenu, located under the SETUP  MORE  DIAG

menu is used to verify that the T400 analyzer’s three analog outputs are working

properly. The test generates a signal on all three outputs simultaneously as shown in the

following table:

For each of the steps the output should be within 1% of the nominal value listed in the

table below except for the 0% step, which should be within 0mV ±2 to 3 mV. Make

sure you take into account any offset that may have been programmed into channel (See

Section 5.10.1.8).

Table 12-9: Analog Output Test Function - Nominal Values Voltage Outputs

FULL SCALE OUTPUT OF VOLTAGE RANGE

(see Section 5.10.1.6)

100MV 1V 5V 10V

STEP % NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE

1 0 0 0 0 0

2 20 20 mV 0.2 1 2

3 40 40 mV 0.4 2 4

4 60 60 mV 0.6 3 6

5 80 80 mV 0.8 4 8

6 100 100 mV 1.0 5 10

If one or more of the steps fails to be within these ranges, it is likely that there has been

a failure of the either or both of the DACs and their associated circuitry on the

motherboard. To perform the test connect a voltmeter to the output in question and

perform an analog output step test as follows:

DIAG SIGNAL I/O

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG AOUT ANALOG OUTPUT

[20%] EXIT

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD

818 ENTREXIT

DIAG AOUT ANALOG OUTPUT

20% EXIT

Pressing the “n%” button pauses the

test. Brackets will appear around the

value: EXAMPLE: [20%]

Pressing the same button again will

resume the test.

Performs analog output step

test 0% to 100%

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB O3= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

06870C DCN6332

Troubleshooting & Service T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

264

12.7.8.2. A/D Functions

The simplest method to check the operation of the A-to-D converter on the motherboard

is to use the Signal I/O function under the DIAG menu to check the two A/D reference

voltages and input signals that can be easily measured with a voltmeter.

1. Use the Signal I/O function (See Section 12.1.3 and Appendix A) to view the value

of REF_4096_MV and REF_GND.

 If both are within 3 mV of nominal (4096 and 0), and are stable, ±0.5 mV then

the basic A/D is functioning properly. If not then the motherboard is bad.

2. Choose a parameter in the Signal I/O function such as PHOTO_LAMP_DRIVE or

SAMPLE_FLOW.

 Compare these voltages at their origin (see the interconnect drawing and

interconnect list in Appendix D) with the voltage displayed through the signal I/O

function.

 If the wiring is intact but there is a large difference between the measured and

displayed voltage (±10 mV) then the motherboard is bad.

12.7.8.3. Status Outputs

To test the status output electronics:

1. Connect a jumper between the “D“pin and the “” pin on the status output

connector.

2. Connect a 1000 ohm resistor between the “+” pin and the pin for the status output

that is being tested.

3. Connect a voltmeter between the “” pin and the pin of the output being tested (see

table below).

4. Under the DIAG SIGNAL I/O menu (See Section12.1.3), scroll through the inputs

and outputs until you get to the output in question.

5. Alternately, turn on and off the output noting the voltage on the voltmeter.

 It should vary between 0 volts for ON and 5 volts for OFF.

Table 12-10: Status Outputs Check

PIN (LEFT TO RIGHT) STATUS

1 ST_SYSTEM_OK

2 ST_CONC_VALID

3 ST_HIGH_RANGE

4 ST_ZERO_CAL

5 ST_SPAN_CAL

6 ST_DIAGMODE

7 ST_FLOW_ALARM

8 ST_PRESS_ALARM

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Troubleshooting & Service

265

12.7.8.4. Control Inputs

The control input bits can be tested by applying a trigger voltage to an input and

watching changes in the status of the associated function under the SIGNAL I/O

submenu:

EXAMPLE: to test the “A” control input:

1. Under the DIAG SIGNAL I/O menu (See Section12.1.3), scroll through the

inputs and outputs until you get to the output named EXT_ZERO_CAL.

2. Connect a jumper from the “+” pin on the appropriate connector to the “U” on the

same connector.

3. Connect a second jumper from the “” pin on the connector to the “A” pin.

4. The status of EXT_ZERO_CAL should change to read “ON”.

Table 12-11: T400 Control Input Pin Assignments and Corresponding

Signal I/O Functions

INPUT CORRESPONDING I/O SIGNAL

A EXT_ZERO_CAL

B EXT_LOW_SPAN_CAL1

C EXT_SPAN_CAL

D, E& F NOT USED

1 Only operates if either Z/S or IZS option is installed

12.7.9. CPU

There are two major types of CPU board failures, a complete failure and a failure

associated with the Disk On Module (DOM). If either of these failures occurs, contact

the factory.

For complete failures, assuming that the power supplies are operating properly and the

wiring is intact, the CPU is faulty if on power-on, the watchdog LED on the

motherboard is not flashing.

In some rare circumstances, this failure may be caused by a bad IC on the motherboard,

specifically U57, the large, 44 pin device on the lower right hand side of the board. If

this is true, removing U57 from its socket will allow the instrument to start up but the

measurements will be invalid.

If the analyzer stops during initialization (the front panel display shows a fault or

warning message), it is likely that the DOM, the firmware or the configuration and data

files have been corrupted.

06870C DCN6332

Troubleshooting & Service T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

266

12.7.10. RS-232 COMMUNICATIONS

12.7.10.1. General RS-232 Troubleshooting

Teledyne API analyzers use the RS-232 communications protocol to allow the

instrument to be connected to a variety of computer-based equipment. RS-232 has been

used for many years and as equipment has become more advanced, connections between

various types of hardware have become increasingly difficult. Generally, every

manufacturer observes the signal and timing requirements of the protocol very carefully.

Problems with RS-232 connections usually center around the following general areas:

 Incorrect cabling and connectors. See Section 3.3.1.8 for connector and pin-out

information.

 The BAUD rate and protocol are incorrectly configured. See Section 6.2.2.

 If a modem is being used, additional configuration and wiring rules must be

observed. See Section 8.3

 Incorrect setting of the DTE – DCE Switch is set correctly. See Section 6.1

 Verify that cable (03596) that connects the serial COM ports of the CPU to J12 of

the motherboard is properly seated

12.7.10.2. Troubleshooting Analyzer/Modem or Terminal Operation

To troubleshoot problems with a modem connected to a Teledyne API analyzer:

 Check cables for proper connection to the modem, terminal or computer.

 Check to make sure the DTE-DCE is in the correct position as described in Section

6.1.

 Check to make sure the set up command is correct (See Section 8.3)

 Verify that the Ready to Send (RTS) signal is at logic high. The T400 sets pin 7

(RTS) to greater than 3 volts to enable modem transmission.

 Make sure the BAUD rate, word length, and stop bit settings between modem and

analyzer match, See Section 6.2.2.

 Use the RS-232 test function to send “w” characters to the modem, terminal or

computer; See Section 6.2.2.

 Get your terminal, modem or computer to transmit data to the analyzer (holding

down the space bar is one way); the green LED should flicker as the instrument is

receiving data.

 Make sure that the communications software or terminal emulation software is

functioning properly.

Note Further help with serial communications is available in a separate manual

“RS-232 Programming Notes” Teledyne API part number 013500000.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Troubleshooting & Service

267

12.8. TROUBLE SHOOTING THE PHOTOMETER

12.8.1. CHECKING MEASURE / REFERENCE VALVE

To check the function of the photometer’s measure / reference valve:

1. Set the analyzer’s front panel display to show the O3 REF test function (see

Section 4.1.1).

2. Follow the instruction in Section 9.2.3 for performing a zero point calibration.

 Press ZERO and allow the analyzer to stabilize.

3. Before completing the calibration by pressing the ENTR button, note the displayed

value.

4. Press the EXIT button to interrupt the zero point calibration process (DO NOT

PRESS the ENTR button).

5. Follow the instruction in Sections Section 9.2.3 for performing a span point

calibration of the photometer.

 Press SPAN and allow the analyzer to stabilize.

6. Before completing the calibration by pressing the ENTR button, note of the

displayed value of O3 REF.

 If the O3 REF value has decreased by more than 2 mV from its value with zero

gas, then there is a "cross-port" leak in the M/R valve or a bad O3 reference

scrubber. Refer to Section 12.10.2 for replacement instructions.

7. Press the EXIT button to interrupt the span point calibration process (DO NOT

PRESS the ENTR button).

06870C DCN6332

Troubleshooting & Service T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

268

12.8.2. CHECKING THE PHOTOMETER UV LAMP POWER SUPPLY

CAUTION - GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD

Do not look at the UV lamp while the unit is operating. UV light can cause

eye damage. Always use safety glasses made from UV blocking material

when working with the UV Lamp Assembly. (Generic plastic glasses are

not adequate).

Note A schematic of the Lamp Power Supply can be found in Appendix D.

WARNING – Electrical Shock Hazard

Hazardous voltage present - use caution.

It is not always possible to determine with certainty whether a problem is the result of

the UV Lamp or the lamp power supply, however, the following steps will provide a

reasonable confidence test of the lamp power supply.

1. Unplug the cable connector at P1 on the lamp power supply and confirm that

+15VDC is present between Pins 1 and 2 on the cable connector.

2. If this voltage is incorrect, check the DC test points on the relay PCA as described

in Section 12.7.2.

3. Remove the cover of the photometer and check for the presence of the following

voltages on the UV lamp power supply PCA (see Figure 13-17):

 +4500 mVDC ± 10 mVDC between TP1 and TP4 (grnd)

 If this voltage is incorrect, either the UV lamp power supply PCA is faulty or the

I2C bus is not communicating with the UV lamp power supply PCA.

 +5VDC between TP3 and TP4 (grnd)

 If this voltages is less than 4.8 or greater than 5.25 either the 5 VDC power

supply or the UV lamp power supply PCA are faulty...

 If the above voltages check out, it is more likely that a problem is due to the UV

lamp than due to the lamp power supply.

 Replace the lamp and if the problem persists, replace the lamp power supply.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Troubleshooting & Service

269

12.9. TROUBLE SHOOTING THE IZS OPTIONS O3 GENERATOR

The only significant components of the O3 generator that might reasonably malfunction

is the power supply assembly for the UV source lamp and the lamp itself.

12.9.1. CHECKING THE O3 GENERATOR UV LAMP POWER SUPPLY

The lamp power supply for the IZS options O3 generator is the same assembly used for

the photometer’s lamp power supply. The method for checking it out is identical to that

listed in Section 12.8.2 above.

12.10. SERVICE PROCEDURES

12.10.1. REPAIRING SAMPLE FLOW CONTROL ASSEMBLY

The Critical Flow Orifice is part of the Flow Control Assembly located on the sample

pump assembly or optionally in the ozone generator for instruments with the IZS option.

The jewel orifice is protected by a sintered filter, so it is unusual for the orifice to need

replacing, but it is possible for the sintered filter and o-rings to need replacing. See the

Spare Parts list in Appendix B for part numbers and kits.

Procedure:

1. Turn off Power to the analyzer.

2. Locate the flow control assembly attached to the sample pump. See Figure 3-5.

3. Disconnect the pneumatic fittings.

4. Remove the assembly from the sample pump by disconnecting the ¼” tube fitting

on the pump inlet elbow.

5. The inlet end of the assembly is the straight ¼” tube to 1/8” male NPT fitting.

Remove the fitting and the components as shown in the exploded view in the

following figure.

6. Replace the O-rings and the sintered filter.

7. If you are replacing the Critical Flow Orifice itself, make sure that the side with the

red colored sapphire jewel is facing downstream to the flow gas flow.

8. Re-assemble in reverse order. See the Spares List in Appendix B for part numbers.

9. After re-connecting the power and pneumatic lines, verify flow rate is between 720

and 880 cc/min.

06870C DCN6332

Troubleshooting & Service T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

270

Pneumatic Connector, Male 1/4”

(

P/N FT0000070

)

Spring

(

P/N HW0000020

)

Sintered Filter

(

P/N FL0000001

)

Critical Flow Orifice

(

P/N 00094-1000

)

O-Ring

(

P/N OR0000001

)

Housing

(

P/N 00085-0000

)

Figure 12-5: Critical Flow Orifice Assembly (Instruments without IZS)

12.10.2. REPLACING THE STANDARD REFERENCE O3 SCRUBBER

To determine whether the reference O3 scrubber requires replacement, follow the

procedures in Section 12.8.1.

1. Turn off power to the instrument.

2. Remove instrument cover.

3. The reference scrubber is a blue colored canister located at the rear of the

measure/reference valve Assembly. See Figure 3-5.

4. Disconnect the top 1/8” brass tube fitting from the scrubber.

5. Carefully remove the scrubber from the retaining clip.

6. Remove the bottom 1/8” brass tube fitting from the scrubber.

7. Perform the above steps in reverse to install the new scrubber.

Note The new scrubber should be allowed to run in the instrument for at least

24 hrs after which the instrument should be re-calibrated.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Troubleshooting & Service

271

12.10.3. REPLACING THE IZS O3 SCRUBBER

1. Turn off power to the instrument.

2. Remove instrument cover.

3. The IZS zero air scrubber is attached to the brass elbow inlet fitting on the top of the

O3 generator assembly. See Figure 12-6.

4. Disconnect 1/4” Tube Fitting nut on O3 generator inlet fitting.

5. Disconnect 1/8” tube fitting on the other end of the scrubber.

6. Install new scrubber by reversing these steps.

IZ S Z E R O A IR

SCRUBBER

Figure 12-6: IZS O3 Generator Zero Air Scrubber Location

12.10.4. METAL WOOL SCRUBBER OPTION

Contact TAPI for instructions on replacing the optional Metal Wool Scrubber.

12.10.5. DISK-ON-MODULE REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE

CAUTION

Servicing of circuit components requires electrostatic discharge protection, i.e. ESD

grounding straps, mats and containers. Failure to use ESD protection when working

with electronic assemblies will void the instrument warranty. Refer to Section 13 for

more information on preventing ESD damage.

Replacing the Disk-on-Module (DOM) will cause loss of all DAS data; it may also

cause loss of some instrument configuration parameters unless the replacement DOM

carries the exact same firmware version. Whenever changing the version of installed

software, the memory must be reset. Failure to ensure that memory is reset can cause the

06870C DCN6332

Troubleshooting & Service T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

272

analyzer to malfunction, and invalidate measurements. After the memory is reset, the

A/D converter must be re-calibrated, and all information collected in Step 1 below must

be re-entered before the instrument will function correctly. Also, zero and span

calibration should be performed.

1. Document all analyzer parameters that may have been changed, such as range,

auto-cal, analog output, serial port and other settings before replacing the DOM

2. Turn off power to the instrument, fold down the rear panel by loosening the

mounting screws.

3. When looking at the electronic circuits from the back of the analyzer, locate the

Disk-on-Module in the right-most socket of the CPU board.

4. The DOM should carry a label with firmware revision, date and initials of the

programmer.

5. Remove the nylon standoff clip that mounts the DOM over the CPU board, and lift

the DOM off the CPU. Do not bend the connector pins.

6. Install the new Disk-on-Module, making sure the notch at the end of the chip

matches the notch in the socket.

7. It may be necessary to straighten the pins somewhat to fit them into the socket.

Press the chip all the way in.

8. Close the rear panel and turn on power to the machine.

9. If the replacement DOM carries a firmware revision, re-enter all of the setup

information.

12.11. FAQ’S

The following list was compiled from the TAPI Customer Service Department's most

commonly asked questions relating to the Model T400 O3 Analyzer.

QUESTION ANSWER

How do I get the instrument to zero / Why is the zero

button not displayed?

See Section 12.5.4 Inability to zero.

How do I get the instrument to span / Why is the span

button not displayed?

See Section12.5.3 Inability to span.

How do I enter or change the value of my Span Gas Press the CONC button found under the CALor CALS

buttons of the main SAMPLE display menus to enter

the expected O3 span concentration. See Section

9.2.3.1 for more information.

How do I perform a midpoint calibration check? Midpoint calibration checks can be performed using

the instrument’s AutoCal feature (see Section 9.4) or

by using the control inputs on the rear panel of the

instrument (see Section 9.3.3.3). The IZS option is

required in order to perform a mid-point span check.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Troubleshooting & Service

273

Why does the ENTR button sometimes disappear on

the Front Panel Display?

During certain types of adjustments or configuration

operations, the ENTR button will disappear if you

select a setting that is nonsensical (such as trying to

set the 24-hour clock to 25:00:00) or out of the

allowable range for that parameter (such as selecting

an DAS Holdoff period of more than 20 minutes). Once

you adjust the setting in question to an allowable

value, the ENTR button will re-appear.

How do I make the RS-232 Interface Work? See Section 6.

How do I use the DAS? See Section 7.

How do I make the instrument’s display and my data

logger agree?

This most commonly occurs when an independent

metering device is used besides the data

logger/recorded to determine gas concentration levels

while calibrating the analyzer. These disagreements

result from the analyzer, the metering device and the

data logger having slightly different ground levels.It is

possible to enter a DC offset in the analog outputs to

compensate. This procedure is located in Section

5.10.1.8 of this manual. Alternately, use the data

logger itself as the metering device during calibration

procedures.

When should I change the Particulate Filter and how

do I change it?

The Particulate filter should be changed weekly. See

Section 11.3.1 for instructions on performing this

replacement.

When should I change the Sintered Filter and how do I

change it?

The Sintered Filter does not require regular

replacement. Should its replacement be required as

part of a troubleshooting or repair exercise, see

Section 12.10.1 for instructions.

When should I change the Critical Flow Orifice and

how do I change it?

The Critical Flow Orifice does not require regular

replacement. Should its replacement be required as

part of a troubleshooting or repair exercise, see

Section 12.10.1 for instructions.

How do I set up and use the Contact Closures (Control

Inputs) on the Rear Panel of the analyzer?

See Section 3.3.1.6.

Can I automatically calibrate or check the calibration of

my analyzer?

Any analyzer into which a Zero/Span Valve Option can

be automatically calibrated using the instrument’s

AutoCal Feature. Be aware that while the AutoCal

feature can be used with the IZS Option to perform

Calibration Checks, The IZS should never be used to

perform Calibrations. See Section 9.4 for instructions

on setting up and activating the AutoCal feature.

How often should I rebuild the Sample Pump on my

analyzer?

The diaphragm of the Sample Pump should be

replaced annually. A sample rebuild kit is available.

See Appendix B of this manual for the part number of

the pump rebuild kit. Instructions and diagrams are

included with the kit.

06870C DCN6332

Troubleshooting & Service T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

274

12.12. TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE

If this manual and its trouble-shooting / repair sections do not solve your problems,

technical assistance may be obtained from:

TELEDYNE-API, CUSTOMER SERVICE,

9480 CARROLL PARK DRIVE

SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA 92121-5201USA

Toll-free Phone: 800-324-5190

Phone: 858-657-9800

Fax: 858-657-9816

Email: api-customerservice@teledyne.com

Website: http://www.teledyne-api.com/

Before you contact customer service, fill out the problem report form in Appendix C,

which is also available online for electronic submission at http://www.teledyne-

api.com/forms/.

06870C DCN6332

275

13. THEORY OF OPERATION

The Model T400 ozone analyzer is a microprocessor-controlled analyzer that determines

the concentration of Ozone (O3) in a sample gas drawn through the instrument. It

requires that sample and calibration gasses be supplied at ambient atmospheric pressure

in order to establish a stable gas flow through the absorption tube where the gas’ ability

to absorb ultraviolet (UV) radiation of a certain wavelength (in this case 254 nm) is

measured.

Calibration of the instrument is performed in software and does not require physical

adjustments to the instrument. During calibration, the microprocessor measures the

current state of the UV Sensor output and various other physical parameters of the

instrument and stores them in memory.

The microprocessor uses these calibration values, the UV absorption measurements

made on the Sample Gas in the absorption tube along with data regarding the current

temperature and pressure of the gas to calculate a final O3 concentration.

This concentration value and the original information from which it was calculated are

stored in one of the unit’s Internal Data Acquisition System (DAS - see Section 7) as

well as reported to the user via a Front Panel Display or a variety of digital and analog

signal outputs.

13.1. MEASUREMENT METHOD

13.1.1. CALCULATING O3 CONCENTRATION

The basic principle by which the Model T400 Ozone Analyzer works is called Beer’s

Law (also referred to as the Beer-Lambert equation). It defines the how light of a

specific wavelength is absorbed by a particular gas molecule over a certain distance at a

given temperature and pressure. The mathematical relationship between these three

parameters for gasses at standard temperature and pressure (STP) is:

Equation 13-1

I=IO e-LC at STP

Where:

Io is the intensity of the light if there was no absorption.

I is the intensity with absorption.

06870C DCN6332

Theory of Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

276

L is the absorption path, or the distance the light travels as it is being absorbed.

C is the concentration of the absorbing gas. In the case of the Model T400, Ozone

(O3).



is the absorption coefficient that tells how well O3 absorbs light at the specific

wavelength of interest.

To solve this equation for C, the concentration of the absorbing Gas (in this case O3), the

application of a little algebra is required to rearrange the equation as follows:

Equation 13-2

Unfortunately, both ambient temperature and pressure influence the density of the

sample gas and therefore the number of ozone molecules present in the absorption tube

thus changing the amount of light absorbed.

In order to account for this effect the following addition is made to the equation:

Equation 13-3

Where:

T = sample temperature in Kelvin

P = sample pressure in inches of mercury

Finally, to convert the result into parts per billion (PPB), the following change is made:

Equation 13-4

In a nutshell the Model T400 Ozone Analyzer:

 Measures each of the above variables: sample temperature; sample pressure; the

intensity of the UV light beam with and without O3 present,

 Inserts known values for the length of the absorption path and the absorption

coefficient, and

 Calculates the concentration of O3 present in the sample gas.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Theory of Operation

277

13.1.2. THE PHOTOMETER UV ABSORPTION PATH

In the most basic terms, the photometer of the Model T400 uses a high energy, mercury

vapor lamp to generate a beam of UV light. This beam passes through a window of

material specifically chosen to be both non-reactive to O3 and transparent to UV

radiation at 254nm and into an absorption tube filled with Sample Gas.

Because ozone is a very efficient absorber of UV radiation the absorption path length

required to create a measurable decrease in UV intensity is short enough (approximately

42 cm) that the light beam is only required to make pass through the absorption tube.

Therefore, no complex mirror system is needed to lengthen the effective path by

bouncing the beam back and forth.

Finally, the UV then passes through similar window at the other end of the absorption

tube and is detected by a specially designed vacuum diode that only detects radiation at

or very near a wavelength of 254nm. The specificity of the detector is high enough that

no extra optical filtering of the UV light is needed.

The detector assembly reacts to the UV light and outputs a voltage that varies in direct

relationship with the light’s intensity. This voltage is digitized and sent to the

instrument’s CPU to be used in computing the concentration of O3 in the absorption

tube.

Source

ABSORPTION TUBE

UV Detector

Sample Gas OUT Sample Gas IN

Window Window

Absorption Path Length = 42 cm

Figure 13-1: O3 Absorption Path

06870C DCN6332

Theory of Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

278

13.1.3. THE REFERENCE / MEASUREMENT CYCLE

In order to solve the Beer-Lambert equation (see Section 10.1.2) it is necessary to know

the intensity of the light passing through the absorption path both when O3 is present and

when it is not. The Model T400 accomplishes this be alternately sending the sample gas

directly to the absorption tube and passing it through a chemical Scrubber that removes

any O3 present.

ABSORPTION TUBE

Figure 13-2: Reference / Measurement Gas Cycle

The Measurement / Reference Cycle consists of:

TIME INDEX STATUS

0 seconds Measure/Reference Valve Opens to the Measure Path.

0 – 2 seconds Wait Period. Ensures that the Absorption tube has been adequately flushed of any

previously present gasses.

2 – 3 seconds Analyzer measures the average UV light intensity of O3 bearing Sample Gas (I) during this

period.

3 seconds Measure/Reference Valve Opens to the Reference Path.

3 – 5 seconds Wait Period. Ensures that the Absorption tube has been adequately flushed of O3 bearing

gas.

5 – 6 seconds Analyzer measures the average UV light intensity of Non-O3 bearing Sample Gas (I0) during

this period.

CYCLE REPEAT EVERY 6 SECONDS

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Theory of Operation

279

13.1.4. INTERFERENT REJECTION

The detection of O3 is subject to interference from a number of sources including, SO2,

NO2, NO, H2O, aromatic hydrocarbons such as meta-xylene and mercury vapor. The

Model T400’s basic method or operation successfully rejects interference from most of

these Interferents.

The O3 scrubber located on the reference path (see Figure 13-2) is specifically designed

ONLY to remove O3 from the sample gas. Thus, the variation in intensities of the UV

light detected during the instrument’s measurement phase versus the reference phase is

ONLY due to the presence or absence of O3. Thus, the effect of interferents on the

detected UV light intensity is ignored by the instrument.

Even if the concentration of interfering gases were to fluctuate so wildly as to be

significantly different during consecutive reference and measurement phases, this would

only cause the O3 concentration reported by the instrument to become noisy. The

average of such noisy readings would still be a relatively accurate representation of the

O3 concentration in the sample gas.

Interference from SO2, NO2, NO and H2O are very effectively rejected by the Model

T400. The two types of Interferents that may cause problems for the Model T400 are

aromatic hydrocarbons and mercury vapor.

AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS

While the instrument effectively rejected interference from meta-xylene, it should be

noted that there are a very large number of volatile aromatic hydrocarbons that could

potentially interfere with ozone detection. This is particularly true of hydrocarbons with

higher molecular weights. If the Model T400 is installed in an environment where high

aromatic hydrocarbon concentrations are suspected, specific tests should be conducted

to reveal the amount of interference these compounds may be causing.

MERCURY VAPOR

Mercury vapor absorbs radiation in the 254nm wavelength so efficiently that its

presence, even in small amounts, will reduce the intensity of UV light to almost zero

during both the Measurement and Reference Phases rendering the analyzer useless for

detecting O3.

If the Model T400 is installed in an environment where the presence of mercury vapor is

suspected, specific steps MUST be taken to remove the mercury vapor from the sample

gas before it enters the analyzer.

06870C DCN6332

Theory of Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

280

13.2. PNEUMATIC OPERATION

Note It is important that the sample airflow system is both leak tight and not

pressurized over ambient pressure. Regular leak checks should be

performed on the analyzer as described in the maintenance schedule,

Table 11-1. Procedures for correctly performing leak checks can be

found in Section 11.3.4.

13.2.1. SAMPLE GAS AIR FLOW

The flow of sample gas through the T400 analyzer is produced by an internal pump that

draws a small vacuum on the downstream side of a critical flow orifice thereby creating

a controlled airflow through the analyzers absorption tube and other components. This

requires the analyzer gas inlets be at or near ambient pressure usually managed by

placing a vent line on the incoming gas line (see Figure 3-18, Figure 3-19 and Figure

3-23).

By placing the pump down stream from the sample chamber, several problems are

avoided.

 First, the pumping process heats and compresses the sample air complicating the

measurement process.

 Additionally, certain physical parts of the pump itself are made of materials that

might chemically react with the sample gas.

 Finally, in certain applications where the concentration of the target gas might be

high enough to be hazardous, maintaining a negative gas pressure relative to

ambient means that should a minor leak occur, no sample gas would be pumped

into the atmosphere surrounding analyzer.

Figure 13-3: T400 Pneumatic Diagram – Basic Unit

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Theory of Operation

281

13.2.2. FLOW RATE CONTROL

To maintain a constant flow rate of the sample gas through the instrument, the Model

T400 uses a special flow control assembly located downstream from the absorption tube

and in the exhaust gas line just before the pump (see Figure 10-7). This assembly

consists of:

 A critical flow orifice.

 Two o-rings: Located just before and after the critical flow orifice, the o-rings seal

the gap between the walls of assembly housing and the critical flow orifice.

 A spring: Applies mechanical force needed to form the seal between the o-rings, the

critical flow orifice and the assembly housing.

Figure 13-4: Flow Control Assembly & Critical Flow Orifice

13.2.2.1. Critical Flow Orifice

The most important component of the flow control assemblies is the critical flow orifice.

Critical flow orifices are a remarkably simple way to regulate stable gas flow rates.

They operate without moving parts by taking advantage of the laws of fluid dynamics.

By restricting the flow of gas though the orifice, a pressure differential is created. This

pressure differential combined with the action of the analyzer’s pump draws the gas

through the orifice.

As the pressure on the downstream side of the orifice (the pump side) continues to drop,

the speed that the gas flows though the orifice continues to rise. Once the ratio of

upstream pressure to downstream pressure is greater than 2:1, the velocity of the gas

through the orifice reaches the speed of sound. As long as that ratio stays at least 2:1 the

gas flow rate is unaffected by any fluctuations, surges, or changes in downstream

pressure because such variations only travel at the speed of sound themselves and are

therefore cancelled out by the sonic shockwave at the downstream exit of the critical

flow orifice.

The actual flow rate of gas through the orifice (volume of gas per unit of time), depends

on the size and shape of the aperture in the orifice. The larger the hole, the more gas

molecules (moving at the speed of sound) pass through the orifice. Using this critical

flow orifice design extends the useful life of the pump. Once the pump degrades to the

point where the sample to vacuum pressure ratio is less than 2:1, a critical flow rate can

no longer be maintained.

06870C DCN6332

Theory of Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

282

13.2.3. PARTICULATE FILTER

The Model T400 Ozone Analyzer comes equipped with a 47 mm diameter Teflon

particulate filter with a 5-micron pore size. The filter is accessible through the front

panel, which folds down to allow access, and should be changed according to the

suggested maintenance schedule described in Table 11-1.

13.2.4. PNEUMATIC SENSORS

13.2.4.1. Sample Pressure Sensor

An absolute value pressure transducer plumbed to the outlet of the sample chamber is

used to measure sample pressure. The output of the sensor is used to compensate the

concentration measurement for changes in air pressure. This sensor is mounted to a

printed circuit board next to the internal pump (see Figure 3-5).

13.2.4.2. Sample Flow Sensor

A thermal-mass flow sensor is used to measure the sample flow through the analyzer.

The sensor is located in down stream from the absorption tube but upstream from the

critical flow orifice. This sensor is mounted to the same printed circuit board as the

pressure sensor (see Figure 3-5).

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Theory of Operation

283

13.3. ELECTRONIC OPERATION

13.3.1. OVERVIEW

Absorption tube

Dis

Touchscreen

USB

(

C Bus

)

Figure 13-5: T400 Electronic Block Diagram

At its heart, the analyzer is a microcomputer (CPU) that controls various internal

processes, interprets data, makes calculations, and reports results using specialized

firmware developed by TAPI. It communicates with the user as well as receives data

06870C DCN6332

Theory of Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

284

from and issues commands to a variety of peripheral devices via a separate printed

circuit assembly called the motherboard.

The motherboard collects data, performs signal conditioning duties and routs incoming

and outgoing signals between the CPU and the analyzers other major components.

An analog signal is generated by an optical bench that includes the Photometer UV

Lamp, the Absorption Tube assembly and the UV Detector and Preamp. This signal

constantly cycles between a voltage level corresponding to concentration of O3 in the

measure gas and the one corresponding to the lack of O3 in the reference gas. This

signal is transformed converted into digital data by a unipolar, analog-to-digital

converter, located on the motherboard.

A variety of sensors report other critical operational parameters, again through the signal

processing capabilities of the motherboard. This data is used to calculate O3

concentration and as trigger events for certain warning messages and control commands

issued by the CPU. They are stored in memory by the CPU and in most cases can be

viewed but the user via the front panel display.

The CPU communicates with the user and the outside world in a variety of manners:

 Through the analyzer’s touchscreen and Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) over a

clocked, digital, serial I/O bus (using a protocol called I2C);

 RS 232 & RS485 Serial I/O channels;

 Various DCV and DCA analog outputs and;

 Several sets of Digital I/O channels.

Finally, the CPU issues commands via a series of relays and switches (also over the I2C

bus) located on a separate printed circuit assembly, called the relay PCA, to control the

function of button electromechanical devices such as heaters and valves.

13.3.2. CPU

The unit’s CPU card, installed on the motherboard located inside the rear panel, is a low

power (5 VDC, 720mA max), high performance, Vortex86SX-based microcomputer

running Windows CE. Its operation and assembly conform to the PC 104 specification.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Theory of Operation

285

Figure 13-6. CPU Board

The CPU includes two types of non-volatile data storage: Disk-on Module (DOM) and

an embedded flash chip.

13.3.2.1. Disk-On-Module

The DOM is a 44-pin IDE flash drive with a storage capacity up to 128 MB. It is used to

store the computer’s operating system, the Teledyne API firmware, and most of the

operational data generated by the analyzer’s internal data acquisition system (DAS).

13.3.2.2. Flash Chip

This non-volatile, embedded flash chip includes 2 MB of storage for calibration data as

well as a backup of the analyzer configuration. Storing these key data onto a less heavily

accessed chip significantly decreases the chance of data corruption.

In the unlikely event that the flash chip should fail, the analyzer will continue to operate

with just the DOM. However, all configuration information will be lost, requiring the

unit to be recalibrated.

06870C DCN6332

Theory of Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

286

13.3.3. MOTHERBOARD

This printed circuit assembly provides a multitude of functions including, A/D

conversion, digital input/output, PC-104 to I2C translation, temperature sensor signal

processing and is a pass through for the RS-232 and RS-485 signals.

13.3.3.1. A to D Conversion

Analog signals, such as the voltages received from the analyzers various sensors, are

converted into digital signals that the CPU can understand and manipulate by the analog

to digital converter (A/D). Under the control of the CPU, this functional block selects a

particular signal input and then coverts the selected voltage into a digital word.

The A/D consists of a voltage-to-frequency (V-F) converter, a programmable logic

device (PLD), three multiplexers, several amplifiers and some other associated devices.

The V-F converter produces a frequency proportional to its input voltage. The PLD

counts the output of the V-F during a specified time, and sends the result of that count,

in the form of a binary number, to the CPU.

The A/D can be configured for several different input modes and ranges but in the T400

is used in uni-polar mode with a +5V full scale. The converter includes a 1% over and

under-range. This allows signals from –0.05V to +5.05V to be fully converted.

For calibration purposes, two reference voltages are supplied to the A/D converter:

Reference ground and +4.096 VDC. During calibration, the device measures these two

voltages, outputs their digital equivalent to the CPU. The CPU uses these values to

compute the converter’s offset and slope and uses these factors for subsequent

conversions. See Section 5.10.2 for instructions on performing this calibration.

13.3.3.2. Sensor Inputs

The key analog sensor signals are coupled to the A/D through the master multiplexer

from two connectors on the motherboard. 100K terminating resistors on each of the

inputs prevent cross talk from appearing on the sensor signals.

 O

3 DETECTOR OUTPUT: This is the primary signal used in the computation of the

O3 concentration.

 GAS PRESSURE SENSOR: This sensor measures the gas pressure in the sample

chamber upstream of the critical flow orifice (see Figure 3-16). The sample

pressure is used by the CPU to calculate O3 Concentration.

 GAS FLOW SENSOR: This sensor measures the flow rate of the sample gas

through the instrument. This information is used as a diagnostic tool for determining

gas flow problems

13.3.3.3. Thermistor Interface

This circuit provides excitation, termination and signal selection for several negative-

coefficient, thermistor temperature sensors located inside the analyzer. They are:

 SAMPLE TEMPERATURE SENSOR: The source of this signal is a thermistor

attached to the absorption tube inside the optical bench assembly. It measures the

temperature of the sample gas in the chamber. This data is used to during the

calculation of the O3 concentration value.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Theory of Operation

287

 UV LAMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR: This thermistor, attached to the UV lamp in

the optical bench reports the current temperature of the Lamp to the CPU as part of

the lamp heater control loop.

 IZS LAMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR: This thermistor attached to the UV lamp of

the O3 generator in the IZS option reports the current temperature of that lamp to

the CPU as part of a control loop that keeps the lamp temperature constant.

 BOX TEMPERATURE SENSOR: A thermistor is attached to the motherboard. It

measures the analyzer’s inside temperature. This information is stored by the CPU

and can be viewed by the user for troubleshooting purposes via the front panel

display. (See Section 12.1.2).

13.3.3.4. Analog Outputs

The analyzer comes equipped with four Analog Outputs: A1, A2, A4 and a fourth (A3)

that is a spare.

 A1 AND A2 OUTPUTS: The first two, A1 and A2 are normally set up to operate in

parallel so that the same data can be sent to two different recording devices. While

the names imply that one should be used for sending data to a chart recorder and

the other for interfacing with a data logger, either can be used for both applications.

Both of these channels output a signal that is proportional to the O3 concentration of the

Sample Gas. The A1 and A2 outputs can be slaved together or set up to operated

independently. A variety of scaling factors are available; see Section 5.4 for information

on setting the range type and scaling factors for these output channels.

 TEST OUTPUT: The third analog output, labeled A4 is special. It can be set by the

user (see Section 5.10.1.9) to carry the current signal level of any one of the

parameters accessible through the TEST menu of the unit’s software.

In its standard configuration, the Analyzer comes with all four of these channels set up

to output a DC voltage. However, 4-20mA current loop drivers can be purchased for the

first two of these outputs, A1 and A2.

 OUTPUT LOOP-BACK: All three of the functioning analog outputs are connected

back to the A/D converter through a Loop-back circuit. This permits the voltage

outputs to be calibrated by the CPU without need for any additional tools or fixtures.

13.3.3.5. External Digital I/O

This External Digital I/O performs two functions.

 STATUS OUTPUTS: Logic-Level voltages are output through an optically isolated

8-pin connector located on the rear panel of the analyzer. These outputs convey

good/bad and on/off information about certain analyzer conditions. They can be

used to interface with certain types of programmable devices

 CONTROL INPUTS: By connecting these digital inputs to an external source such

as a PLC or Data logger Zero and Span calibrations can be remotely initiated.

13.3.3.6. I2C Data Bus

I2C is a two-wire, clocked, bi-directional, digital serial I/O bus that is used widely in

commercial and consumer electronic systems. A transceiver on the motherboard

converts data and control signals from the PC-104 bus to I2C. The data is then fed to the

relay board, optional analog input board and valve driver board circuitry.

06870C DCN6332

Theory of Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

288

13.3.3.7. Power Up Circuit

This circuit monitors the +5V power supply during start-up and sets the Analog outputs,

External Digital I/O ports, and I2C circuitry to specific values until the CPU boots and

the instrument software can establish control.

13.3.4. RELAY PCA

The CPU issues commands via a series of relays and switches located on a separate

printed circuit assembly, called the relay PCA, to control the function of key

electromechanical devices such as heaters and valves. The relay PCA receives

instructions in the form of digital signals over the I2C bus, interprets these digital

instructions and activates its various switches and relays appropriately.

The relay PCA is located in the right-rear quadrant of the analyzer and is mounted

vertically on the backside of the same bracket as the instrument’s DC power supplies.

Power

Connection

for DC

Heaters

Status LED’s

(D2 through D16)

DC Power Supply

Test Points

Watchdog

Status LED (D1)

(JP5)

Thermocouple

Configuration

Jumpers

Thermocouple

Signal Output

I2C Connector

alve Control

Drivers

Pump Power

Output

(JP7)

Pump AC

Configuration

Jumper

AC Power

DC Power

Distribution

Connectors

alve Control

Connector

(J15)

TC1 Input

(J16)

TC2 Input

AC Relay

(Only present if optional.

Metal Wool Scrubber

installed)

Figure 13-7: Relay PCA Layout (P/N 04523-0100)

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Theory of Operation

289

The most commonly used version of the Relay PCA installed in the T400 analyzer does

not include the AC relays used in instruments where there are AC powered components

requiring control. A plastic insulating safety shield covers the empty AC Relay sockets.

WARNING – Electrical Shock Hazard

NEVER REMOVE THIS SAFETY SHIELD WHILE THE INSTRUMENT IS PLUGGED IN AND

TURNED ON. THE CONTACTS OF THE AC RELAY SOCKETS BENEATH THE SHIELD

CARRY HIGH AC VOLTAGES EVEN WHEN NO RELAYS ARE PRESENT

AC Relay

Safety Shield

Figure 13-8: Relay PCA P/N 045230100 with Safety Shield In Place

On instruments where the optional Metal Wool Scrubber is installed, the relay PCA

includes a solid state AC relay (see Figure 13-7). A retainer plate is installed over the

relay to keep them securely seated in their sockets.

AC Relay

Retainer Plate

Retainer

Mounting

Screws

Figure 13-9: Relay PCA P/N 045230200 with AC Relay Retainer in Place

06870C DCN6332

Theory of Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

290

13.3.4.1. Status LEDs

Eight LEDs are located on the Analyzer’s relay PCA to show the current status on the

various control functions performed by the relay PCA (see Figure 13-10). They are:

Table 13-1: Relay PCA Status LEDs

LED Color Function Status When Lit Status When Unlit

D1 RED Watchdog Circuit

Cycles On/Off Every 3 Seconds under direct control of the analyzer’s

CPU.

D21 YELLOW Metal Wool

Scrubber Heater HEATING NOT HEATING

D3 – D6 SPARE

D7 GREEN

Zero/Span Gas

Valve1 Valve Open to SPAN GAS

FLOW Valve Open to ZERO GAS FLOW

D8 GREEN Measure/Ref Valve

Valve Open to REFERENCE

gas path Valve Open to MEASURE gas path

D9 GREEN Sample/Cal Gas

Valve2

Valve Open to CAL GAS

FLOW

Valve Open to SAMPLE GAS

FLOW

D10-D14 SPARE

D15 GREEN

Photometer UV

Lamp Heater HEATING NOT HEATING

D16 GREEN

IZS O3 Generator

UV Lamp Heater HEATING NOT HEATING

1 Only present when the Z/S valve option is installed.

2 Only present when either the Z/S valve option or the IZS valve option is present.

D8 (Green) – Photometer Meas/Ref Valve

D15 (Green) - Photometer Lamp Heater

D16 (Green – IZS O3 Generator Lamp Heater

D7 (Green) Optional Zero/Span Valve

D6 (Green ) – GPT Valve

D9 (Green) – Optional Sample/Cal Valve

D1 (RED)

Watchdog

Indicator

D2 (Yellow) Optional Metal Wool Scrubber Heater

Figure 13-10: Status LED Locations – Relay PCA

13.3.4.2. Watchdog Circuitry

Special circuitry on the relay PCA watches the status of LED D1. Should this LED ever

stay ON or OFF for 30 seconds, the Watchdog Circuit will automatically shut off all

valves as well as turn off the UV Source (s) and all heaters. The Sample Pump will still

be running.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Theory of Operation

291

13.3.4.3. Valve Control

The valve that switches the gas stream to and from the analyzer’s O3 scrubber during the

measure/reference cycle (see Section 13.1.3) is operated by an electronic switch located

on the relay PCA. This switch, under CPU control, supplies the +12VDC needed to

activate each valve’s solenoid.

Similar valves also controlled by the relay PCA are included in the following optional

components:

 On instruments with the ZERO/SPAN valve option (OPT- 50A) there are two

additional valves:

 The ZERO/SPAN valve selects which calibration gas inlet (the ZERO gas inlet

or the SPAN Gas Inlet) is the source of gas when the analyzer is in one of its

calibration modes (see Figure 3-22).

 The SAMPLE/CAL valve selects either the sample inlet when the analyzer is in

SAMPLE mode or the calibration gas stream when the analyzer is in one of its

calibration modes (see Figure 3-22).

 On instruments with the IZS valve option (OPT- 50G) one additional valves (the

SAMPLE/CAL valve) selects either the sample inlet when the analyzer is in

SAMPLE mode or the dry air inlet when the analyzer is in one of its calibration

modes (see Figure 3-17).

13.3.4.4. Heater Control

In the base version of the Model T400 photometric analyzer, there is only one DC heater

operated by the relay PCA. It is attached to the Photometer UV Lamp housing and

maintains the temperature of the UV Lamp at a constant 58ºC.

Additional DC heater also controlled by the relay PCA, are included in the following

optional components:

 On instruments with Zero/Span valve option (OPT-50A) the metal wool scrubber

option (OPT- 68) there is a DC heater embedded in the scrubber maintains it at a

constant 110ºC.

 On instruments with the IZS valve option (OPT- 50G) there is a DC heater attached

to the IZS O3 generator UV Lamp that maintains it at a constant 48ºC

06870C DCN6332

Theory of Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

292

Thermistor(s) – Photometer Lamp

Temperature and Optional IZS O3

Generator Lamp Temperature)

RELAY PCA

Control

Logic

Preamplifiers

and Signal

Conditioning

MOTHERBOARD

A/D

Converter

(V/F)

CPU

Themocouple(s)

(used on Optional Metal

Wool Scrubber)

DC HEATERS

(UV LAMP Heaters)

THERMOCOUPLE

CONFIGURATION

JUMPER

(JP5)

Cold Junction

Compensation

Solid State

AC Relays

AC HEATER

(optional

Metal Wool Scrubber)

Figure 13-11: Heater Control Loop Block Diagram.

13.3.4.5. Thermocouple Inputs and Configuration Jumper (JP5)

In its base configuration, the T400 analyzer does not include any thermocouple sensors,

however in instruments where the optional metal wool scrubber (OPT-68) is installed

one thermocouple is used to sense the temperature of the scrubber. By default, this

single thermocouple input is plugged into the TC1 input (J15) on the relay PCA. TC2

(J16) is currently not used.

Table 13-2: Thermocouple Configuration Jumper (JP5) Pin-Outs

TC INPUT JUMPER

PAIR DESCRIPTION FUNCTION

1 – 11 Gain Selector Selects preamp gain factor for J or K TC

OUT = K TC gain factor; IN = J TC gain factor

2 – 12 Output Scale Selector Selects preamp gain factor for J or K TC

OUT = 10 mV / °C; IN = 5 mV / °C

3 – 13 Type J Compensation When present, sets Cold Junction Compensation for J

type Thermocouple

4 – 14 Type K Compensation When present, sets Cold Junction Compensation for K

type Thermocouple

TC1

5 – 15 Termination Selector Selects between Isolated and grounded TC

IN = Isolate TC; OUT = Grounded TC

TC2 NOT USED

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Theory of Operation

293

Input Gain Selector 1 – 11

Type J Compensation 4 – 14

Output Scale Selector 2 – 12

Type J Compensation 3 – 13

Termination Selector 5 – 15

TC2

Not Used

TC1

Figure 13-12: Thermocouple Configuration Jumper (JP5) Pin-Outs

Table 13-3: Thermocouple Settings for Optional Metal Wool Scrubber

TYPE

TERMINATION

TYPE

OUTPUT

SCALE TYPE

JUMPER

BETWEE

N PINS

JUMPER

COLOR

K ISOLATED 10mV / °C 4 – 14

5 – 15 PURPLE

13.3.5. POWER SUPPLY/CIRCUIT BREAKER

The analyzer operates on 100 VAC, 115 VAC or 230 VAC power at either 50 Hz or

60Hz. Individual instruments are set up at the factory to accept any combination of

these five attributes. Power enters the analyzer through a standard IEC 320 power

receptacle located on the rear panel of the instrument. From there it is routed through

the ON/OFF Switch located in the lower right corner of the Front Panel.

AC Line power is stepped down and converted to DC power by two DC Power Supplies.

One supplies +12 VDC, for various valves and valve options, while a second supply

provides +5 VDC and 15 VDC for logic and analog circuitry as well as the power

supplies for the Photometer and IZS UV Lamps.

All AC and DC Voltages are distributed via the relay PCA.

06870C DCN6332

Theory of Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

294

Figure 13-13: Power Distribution Block Diagram

13.3.5.1. Power Switch/Circuit Breaker

A 6.75 Amp circuit breaker is built into the ON/OFF Switch.

WARNING – Electrical Shock Hazard

Should the AC power circuit breaker trip, investigate and correct the condition

causing this situation before turning the analyzer back on.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Theory of Operation

295

13.3.6. AC POWER CONFIGURATION

The T400 analyzer’s digital components will operate with any of the specified power

regimes. As long as instrument is connected to 100-120 VAC or 220-240 VAC at either

50 or 60 Hz it will turn on and after about 30 seconds show a front panel display.

Internally, the status LEDs located on the Relay PCA, Motherboard and CPU should

turn on as soon as the power is supplied.

However, some of the analyzer’s non-digital components, such as the pump and the AC

powered heater for the optional metal wool scrubber (OPT-68) must be properly

configured for the type of power being supplied to the instrument.

Configuration of the power circuits is set using several jumper sets located on the

instruments relay PCA.

JP6

Heater for the

optional Metal Wool

Scrubber (OPT-68)

JP7

Pump

Configuration

RELAY PCA

Figure 13-14: Location of AC power Configuration Jumpers

06870C DCN6332

Theory of Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

296

13.3.6.1. AC Configuration – Internal Pump (JP7)

Table 13-4: AC Power Configuration for Internal Pumps (JP7)

LINE

POWER

LINE

FREQUENCY

JUMPER

COLOR FUNCTION

JUMPER

BETWEEN

PINS

Connects pump pin 3 to 110 / 115 VAC power line 2 to 7

Connects pump pin 3 to 110 / 115 VAC power line 3 to 8

60 HZ WHITE

Connects pump pins 2 & 4 to Neutral 4 to 9

Connects pump pin 3 to 110 / 115 VAC power line 2 to 7

Connects pump pin 3 to 110 / 115 VAC power line 3 to 8

110VAC

115 VAC

50 HZ1 BLACK

Connects pump pins 2 & 4 to Neutral 4 to 9

Connects pump pins 3 and 4 together 1 to 6

60 HZ BROWN Connects pump pin 1 to 220 / 240VAC power line 3 to 8

Connects pump pins 3 and 4 together 1 to 6

220VAC

240 VAC

50 HZ1 BLUE Connects pump pin 1 to 220 / 240VAC power line 3 to 8

1 A jumper between pins 5 and 10 may be present on the jumper plug assembly, but is not functional on the T400.

110 VAC /115 VAC 220 VAC /240 VAC

May be present on 50 Hz version of jumper set.

Figure 13-15: Pump AC Power Jumpers (JP7)

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Theory of Operation

297

13.3.6.2. AC Configuration – Heaters for Option Packages (JP6)

The optional metal wool scrubber (OPT-68) includes an AC heater that maintain the

scrubber at an optimum operating temperature. Jumper set JP6 is used to connect the

heaters associated with those options to AC power. Since these heaters work with either

110/155 VAC or 220/240 VAC, there is only one jumper configuration.

Table 13-5: Power Configuration for Optional Metal Wool Scrubber Heater (JP6)

JUMPER

COLOR HEATER(S)

JUMPER

BETWEEN

PINS

FUNCTION

1 to 8 Common

RED Metal Wool Scrubber

Heater

2 to 7 Neutral to Load

6 5 4 3 2 1

10 9

12 11 8 7

Figure 13-16: Typical Jumper Set (JP2) Set Up of Optional Metal Wool Scrubber Heater

06870C DCN6332

Theory of Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

298

13.3.7. PHOTOMETER LAYOUT AND OPERATION

The Photometer is the component where the absorption of UV light by ozone is

measured and converted into a voltage. It consists of several sub-assemblies:

 A mercury-vapor UV lamp. This lamp is coated in a material that optically screens

the UV radiation output to remove the O3 producing 185nm radiation. Only light at

254nm is emitted.

 An AC power supply to supply the current for starting and maintaining the plasma

arc of the mercury vapor lamp.

 A thermistor and DC heater attached to the UV lamp to maintain the lamp at an

optimum operating temperature.

 42 cm long quartz absorption tube.

 A thermistor attached to the quartz tube for measuring sample gas temperature.

 Gas inlet and outlet mounting blocks that rout sample gas into and out of the

photometer.

 The vacuum diode, UV detector that converts UV light to a DC current.

 A preamplifier assembly, which convert the Detector’s current output into a DC

Voltage then amplifies it to a level readable by the A to D converter circuitry of the

instrument’s motherboard

Absorption Tube

UV Lamp Heater

Control PCA

Sample Gas

Outlet

UV Lamp Power

Transformer

Power Connector

from

+15 VDC power supply

UV Lamp Power

Supply

(200 VAC @ 30 kHz)

Sam

le Gas Inlet UV Detector

Preamp PCA

UV Detector

Sample Gas

Thermistor

UV Lamp

UV Lamp Thermistor

(UV Lamp Heater Behind Thermistor)

Figure 13-17: O3 Photometer Layout – Top Cover Removed

CAUTION – UV Radiation Risk

Do not look directly at the light of the UV lamp.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Theory of Operation

299

13.3.7.1. Photometer Electronic Operation

Sensor Inputs

Absorption tube

Figure 13-18: O3 Photometer Electronic Block Diagram

Like the O3 photometer and its subcomponents act as peripheral devices operated by the

CPU via the motherboard. Communications to and from the CPU are handled by the

motherboard.

Outgoing commands for the various devices such as the photometer pump, the UV lamp

power supply the U\V Lamp heater are issued via the I2C bus to circuitry on the relay

PCA which turns them ON/OFF. The CPU also issues commands over the I2C bus that

cause the relay PCA to cycle the measure/reference valve back and forth.

Incoming date the UV light detector is amplified locally then converted to digital

information by the motherboard. Output from the photometers temperature sensors is

also amplified and converted to digital data by the motherboard. The O3 concentration

of the sample gas is computed by the CPU using this data (along with gas pressure and

flow data received from the instrument’s pressure sensors.

06870C DCN6332

Theory of Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

300

13.3.7.2. O3 Photometer UV Lamp Power Supply

The photometer’s UV lamp requires a high voltage AC supply voltage to create and

maintain its mercury vapor plasma arc. This AC voltage is produced by a variable

transformer, the primary of which is supplied by the output of a DC regulator (powered

by the instrument’s +15 VDC supply). A circuit made up of a control IC and several

FET’s, turns the transformer on and off converting it into a 30kHz square wave.

The DC regulator is controlled by a drive voltage supplied by an amplifier that adjusts

its output based on the difference between the rectified current output of the lamp and a

constant voltage resulting from a D-to-A converted “set-point” signal sent by the CPU

via the I2C bus. If the rectified current output by the lamp is lower than the CPU set

point voltage, the amplifier drives the regulator output voltage higher. If the current

output is higher than the set point voltage, the amplifier decreases the regulator output

voltage.

At start up, when there is no mercury vapor arc and therefore no current being output by

the lamp, the amplifier continues to drive the regulator output (and therefore the

transformer output) higher and higher until the mercury is vaporized and the plasma arc

is created (about 800 VAC). Once the arc is created, current begins to flow and the error

amplifier reduces the regulator/transformer output to a steady 200 VAC.

Figure 13-19: O3 Photometer UV Lamp Power Supply Block Diagram

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Theory of Operation

301

13.3.7.3. Photometer Temperature

In order to operate at peak efficiency the UV lamp of the instrument’s O3 photometer is

maintained at a constant 58ºC. This is intentionally set at a temperature higher than the

ambient temperature of the T400’s operating environment to make sure that local

changes in temperature do not affect the UV Lamp. If the lamp temperature falls below

56ºC or rises above 61ºC a warning is issued by the analyzers CPU.

This temperature is controlled as described in the section on the relay PCA (Section

13.3.4.4).

The following TEST functions report these temperatures and are viewable from the

instrument’s front panel:

 PHOTO_LAMP - The temperature of the UV Lamp reported in ºC.

 SAMPLE _TEMP - The temperature of the Sample gas in the absorption tube

reported in ºC.

13.3.7.4. Photometer Gas Pressure and Flow Rate

The sensors mounted to a printed circuit board next to the internal pump (see Figure 3-5)

measure the absolute pressure and the flow rate of gas inside the photometer’s

absorption tube. This information is used by the CPU to calculate the O3 concentration

of the sample gas (See Equation 13-3). Both of these measurements are made

downstream from the absorption tube but upstream of the pump. A critical flow orifice

located between the flow sensor and the pump maintains the gas flow through the

photometer at 800 cm3/min.

The following TEST functions are viewable from the instrument’s front panel:

 SAMPL_FL- The flow rate of gas through the photometer measured in LPM.

 PRES – The pressure of the gas inside the absorption tube. This pressure is

reported in inches of mercury-absolute (in-Hg-A), i.e. referenced to a vacuum (zero

absolute pressure). This is not the same as PSIG.

Note The T400 displays all pressures in inches of mercury-absolute (in-Hg-A).

Absolute pressure is the reading referenced to a vacuum or zero

absolute pressure. This method was chosen so that ambiguities of

pressure relative to ambient pressure can be avoided.

For example:

If the vacuum reading is 25" Hg relative to room pressure at sea level the

absolute pressure would be 5" Hg.

If the same absolute pressure was observed at 5000 ft altitude where the

atmospheric pressure was 5" lower, the relative pressure would drop to

20" Hg, however the absolute pressure would remain the same 5" Hg-A.

06870C DCN6332

Theory of Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

302

13.4. FRONT PANEL TOUCHSCREEN/DISPLAY INTERFACE

Users can input data and receive information directly through the front panel

touchscreen display. The LCD display is controlled directly by the CPU board. The

touchscreen is interfaced to the CPU by means of a touchscreen controller that connects

to the CPU via the internal USB bus and emulates a computer mouse.

Figure 13-20: Front Panel and Display Interface Block Diagram

13.4.1. FRONT PANEL INTERFACE PCA

The front panel interface PCA controls the various functions of the display and

touchscreen. For driving the display it provides connection between the CPU video

controller and the LCD display module. This PCA also contains:

 power supply circuitry for the LCD display module

 a USB hub that is used for communications with the touchscreen controller and the

two front panel USB peripheral device ports

 the circuitry for powering the display backlight

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Theory of Operation

303

13.5. SOFTWARE OPERATION

The instrument’s core module is a high performance, X86-based microcomputer running

Windows CE. Inside Windows CE, special software developed by Teledyne API

interprets user commands from the various interfaces, performs procedures and tasks,

stores data in the CPU’s various memory devices, and calculates the concentration of the

gas being sampled.

Windows CE

API FIRMWARE

Instrument Operations

 Calibration Procedures

 Configuration Procedures

 Autonomic Systems

 Diagnostic Routines

Memory Handling

 DAS Records

 Calibration Data

 System Status Data

Interface Handling

 Sensor input data

Display Messages

 Touchscreen

 Analog output data

 RS232 & RS485

 External Digital I/O

Measurement

Algorithms

INSTRUMENT

HARDWARE

PC/104 BUS

Figure 13-21: Basic Software Operation

13.5.1. ADAPTIVE FILTER

The Model T400 software processes sample Gas Measurement and Reference data

through an adaptive filter built into the software. Unlike other analyzers that average the

output signal over a fixed time period, the Model T400 averages over a set number of

samples, where a new sample is calculated approximately every 3 seconds -this is

technique is known as boxcar averaging. During operation, the software automatically

switches between two different length filters based on the conditions at hand.

During conditions of constant or nearly constant concentration, the software, by default,

computes an average of the last 32 samples, or approximately 96 seconds. This provides

the calculation portion of the software with smooth, stable readings. If a rapid change in

concentration is detected, the filter length is changed to average the last 6 samples,

approximately 18 seconds of data, to allow the analyzer to respond more quickly. If

necessary, these boxcar lengths can be changed between 1 and 1000 samples but with

corresponding tradeoffs in rise time and signal-to-noise ratio (contact customer service

for more information).

06870C DCN6332

Theory of Operation T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

304

Two conditions must be simultaneously met to switch to the short filter. First, the

instantaneous concentration must exceed the average in the long filter by a fixed

amount. Second, the instantaneous concentration must exceed the average in the long

filter by a portion, or percentage, of the average in the long filter.

13.5.2. CALIBRATION - SLOPE AND OFFSET

Calibration of the analyzer is performed exclusively in software. During instrument

calibration, (see Sections 9 and 10) the user enters expected values for zero and span via

the front panel touchscreen and commands the instrument to make readings of calibrated

sample gases for both levels. The readings taken are adjusted, linearized and compared

to the expected values. With this information, the software computes values for

instrument slope and offset and stores these values in memory for use in calculating the

O3 concentration of the sample gas.

The instrument slope and offset values recorded during the last calibration can be

viewed by pressing the following control button sequence:

SAMPLE RANGE = 500.0 PPB O3 =XXX.X

< TST TST > CAL SETUP

SAMPLE TIME = 16:23:34 O3 =XXX.X

< TST TST > CAL SETUP

SAMPLE OFFSET = 0.000 O3 =XXX.X

< TST TST > CAL SETUP

SAMPLE SLOPE = 1.000 O3 =XXX.X

< TST TST > CAL SETUP

06870C DCN6332

305

14. A PRIMER ON ELECTRO-STATIC DISCHARGE

Teledyne API considers the prevention of damage caused by the discharge of static

electricity to be extremely important part of making sure that your analyzer continues to

provide reliable service for a long time. This section describes how static electricity

occurs, why it is so dangerous to electronic components and assemblies as well as how

to prevent that damage from occurring.

14.1. HOW STATIC CHARGES ARE CREATED

Modern electronic devices such as the types used in the various electronic assemblies of

your analyzer, are very small, require very little power and operate very quickly.

Unfortunately, the same characteristics that allow them to do these things also make

them very susceptible to damage from the discharge of static electricity. Controlling

electrostatic discharge begins with understanding how electro-static charges occur in the

first place.

Static electricity is the result of something called triboelectric charging which happens

whenever the atoms of the surface layers of two materials rub against each other. As the

atoms of the two surfaces move together and separate, some electrons from one surface

are retained by the other.

Materials

Makes

Contact

PROTONS = 3

ELECTRONS = 3

NET CHARGE = 0

PROTONS = 3

ELECTRONS = 3

NET CHARGE = 0

Materials

Separate

PROTONS = 3

ELECTRONS = 2

NET CHARGE = -1

PROTONS = 3

ELECTRONS = 4

NET CHARGE = +1

Figure 14-1: Triboelectric Charging

If one of the surfaces is a poor conductor or even a good conductor that is not grounded,

the resulting positive or negative charge cannot bleed off and becomes trapped in place,

or static. The most common example of triboelectric charging happens when someone

wearing leather or rubber soled shoes walks across a nylon carpet or linoleum tiled floor.

With each step, electrons change places and the resulting electro-static charge builds up,

06870C DCN6332

A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

306

quickly reaching significant levels. Pushing an epoxy printed circuit board across a

workbench, using a plastic handled screwdriver or even the constant jostling of

StyrofoamTM pellets during shipment can also build hefty static charges

Table 14-1: Static Generation Voltages for Typical Activities

MEANS OF GENERATION 65-90% RH 10-25% RH

Walking across nylon carpet 1,500V 35,000V

Walking across vinyl tile 250V 12,000V

Worker at bench 100V 6,000V

Poly bag picked up from bench 1,200V 20,000V

Moving around in a chair padded

with urethane foam 1,500V 18,000V

14.2. HOW ELECTRO-STATIC CHARGES CAUSE DAMAGE

Damage to components occurs when these static charges come into contact with an

electronic device. Current flows as the charge moves along the conductive circuitry of

the device and the typically very high voltage levels of the charge overheat the delicate

traces of the integrated circuits, melting them or even vaporizing parts of them. When

examined by microscope the damage caused by electro-static discharge looks a lot like

tiny bomb craters littered across the landscape of the component’s circuitry.

A quick comparison of the values in Table 14-1 with the those shown in the Table 14-2,

listing device susceptibility levels, shows why Semiconductor Reliability News estimates

that approximately 60% of device failures are the result of damage due to electro-static

discharge.

Table 14-2: Sensitivity of Electronic Devices to Damage by ESD.

DAMAGE SUSCEPTIBILITY VOLTAGE

RANGE

DEVICE DAMAGE BEGINS

OCCURRING AT

CATASTROPHIC

DAMAGE AT

MOSFET 10 100

VMOS 30 1800

NMOS 60 100

GaAsFET 60 2000

EPROM 100 100

JFET 140 7000

SAW 150 500

Op-AMP 190 2500

CMOS 200 3000

Schottky Diodes 300 2500

Film Resistors 300 3000

This Film Resistors 300 7000

ECL 500 500

SCR 500 1000

Schottky TTL 500 2500

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge

307

Potentially damaging electro-static discharges can occur:

 Any time a charged surface (including the human body) discharges to a device.

Even simple contact of a finger to the leads of a sensitive device or assembly can

allow enough discharge to cause damage. A similar discharge can occur from a

charged conductive object, such as a metallic tool or fixture.

 When static charges accumulated on a sensitive device discharges from the device

to another surface such as packaging materials, work surfaces, machine surfaces

or other device. In some cases, charged device discharges can be the most

destructive.

 A typical example of this is the simple act of installing an electronic assembly into

the connector or wiring harness of the equipment in which it is to function. If the

assembly is carrying a static charge, as it is connected to ground a discharge will

occur.

 Whenever a sensitive device is moved into the field of an existing electro-static field,

a charge may be induced on the device in effect discharging the field onto the

device. If the device is then momentarily grounded while within the electrostatic

field or removed from the region of the electrostatic field and grounded somewhere

else, a second discharge will occur as the charge is transferred from the device to

ground.

14.3. COMMON MYTHS ABOUT ESD DAMAGE

 I didn’t feel a shock so there was no electro-static discharge: The human

nervous system isn’t able to feel a static discharge of less than 3500 volts. Most

devices are damaged by discharge levels much lower than that.

 I didn’t touch it so there was no electro-static discharge: Electro Static charges

are fields whose lines of force can extend several inches or sometimes even feet

away from the surface bearing the charge.

 It still works so there was no damage: Sometimes the damaged caused by

electro-static discharge can completely sever a circuit trace causing the device to

fail immediately. More likely, the trace will be only partially occluded by the damage

causing degraded performance of the device or worse, weakening the trace. This

weakened circuit may seem to function fine for a short time, but even the very low

voltage and current levels of the device’s normal operating levels will eat away at

the defect over time causing the device to fail well before its designed lifetime is

reached.

These latent failures are often the most costly since the failure of the equipment in

which the damaged device is installed causes down time, lost data, lost

productivity, as well as possible failure and damage to other pieces of equipment

or property.

 Static Charges can’t build up on a conductive surface: There are two errors in this

statement.

Conductive devices can build static charges if they are not grounded. The charge

will be equalized across the entire device, but without access to earth ground, they

are still trapped and can still build to high enough levels to cause damage when they

are discharged.

A charge can be induced onto the conductive surface and/or discharge triggered in

the presence of a charged field such as a large static charge clinging to the surface of

a nylon jacket of someone walking up to a workbench.

06870C DCN6332

A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

308

 As long as my analyzer is properly installed, it is safe from damage caused by

static discharges: It is true that when properly installed the chassis ground of your

analyzer is tied to earth ground and its electronic components are prevented from

building static electric charges themselves. This does not prevent discharges from

static fields built up on other things, like you and your clothing, from discharging

through the instrument and damaging it.

14.4. BASIC PRINCIPLES OF STATIC CONTROL

It is impossible to stop the creation of instantaneous static electric charges. It is not,

however difficult to prevent those charges from building to dangerous levels or prevent

damage due to electro-static discharge from occurring.

14.4.1. GENERAL RULES

Only handle or work on all electronic assemblies at a properly set up ESD station.

Setting up an ESD safe workstation need not be complicated. A protective mat properly

tied to ground and a wrist strap are all that is needed to create a basic anti-ESD

workstation.

Wrist Str

Protective Mat

Ground Point

Figure 14-2: Basic anti-ESD Work Station

For technicians that work in the field, special lightweight and portable anti-ESD kits are

available from most suppliers of ESD protection gear. These include everything needed

to create a temporary anti-ESD work area anywhere.

 Always wear an Anti-ESD wrist strap when working on the electronic

assemblies of your analyzer. An anti-ESD wrist strap keeps the person wearing it

at or near the same potential as other grounded objects in the work area and allows

static charges to dissipate before they can build to dangerous levels. Anti-ESD

wrist straps terminated with alligator clips are available for use in work areas where

there is no available grounded plug.

Also, anti-ESD wrist straps include a current limiting resistor (usually around one meg-

ohm) that protects you should you accidentally short yourself to the instrument’s power

supply.

 Simply touching a grounded piece of metal is insufficient. While this may

temporarily bleed off static charges present at the time, once you stop touching the

grounded metal new static charges will immediately begin to re-build. In some

conditions, a charge large enough to damage a component can rebuild in just a few

seconds.

 Always store sensitive components and assemblies in anti-ESD storage bags

or bins: Even when you are not working on them, store all devices and assemblies

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge

309

in a closed anti-Static bag or bin. This will prevent induced charges from building

up on the device or assembly and nearby static fields from discharging through it.

 Use metallic anti-ESD bags for storing and shipping ESD sensitive

components and assemblies rather than pink-poly bags. The famous, pink-poly

bags are made of a plastic that is impregnated with a liquid (similar to liquid laundry

detergent) which very slowly sweats onto the surface of the plastic creating a

slightly conductive layer over the surface of the bag.

While this layer may equalizes any charges that occur across the whole bag, it does not

prevent the build up of static charges. If laying on a conductive, grounded surface, these

bags will allow charges to bleed away but the very charges that build up on the surface

of the bag itself can be transferred through the bag by induction onto the circuits of your

ESD sensitive device. Also, the liquid impregnating the plastic is eventually used up

after which the bag is as useless for preventing damage from ESD as any ordinary

plastic bag.

Anti-Static bags made of plastic impregnated with metal (usually silvery in color)

provide all of the charge equalizing abilities of the pink-poly bags but also, when

properly sealed, create a Faraday cage that completely isolates the contents from

discharges and the inductive transfer of static charges.

Storage bins made of plastic impregnated with carbon (usually black in color) are also

excellent at dissipating static charges and isolating their contents from field effects and

discharges.

 Never use ordinary plastic adhesive tape near an ESD sensitive device or to

close an anti-ESD bag. The act of pulling a piece of standard plastic adhesive

tape, such as Scotch® tape, from its roll will generate a static charge of several

thousand or even tens of thousands of volts on the tape itself and an associated

field effect that can discharge through or be induced upon items up to a foot away.

06870C DCN6332

A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

310

14.4.2. BASIC ANTI-ESD PROCEDURES FOR ANALYZER REPAIR AND

MAINTENANCE

14.4.2.1. Working at the Instrument Rack

When working on the analyzer while it is in the instrument rack and plugged into a

properly grounded power supply

1. Attach you anti-ESD wrist strap to ground before doing anything else.

 Use a wrist strap terminated with an alligator clip and attach it to a bare metal

portion of the instrument chassis.

 This will safely connect you to the same ground level to which the instrument

and all of its components are connected.

2. Pause for a second or two to allow any static charges to bleed away.

3. Open the casing of the analyzer and begin work. Up to this point, the closed metal

casing of your analyzer has isolated the components and assemblies inside from

any conducted or induced static charges.

4. If you must remove a component from the instrument, do not lay it down on a non-

ESD preventative surface where static charges may lie in wait.

5. Only disconnect your wrist strap after you have finished work and closed the case of

the analyzer.

14.4.2.2. Working at an Anti-ESD Work Bench.

When working on an instrument of an electronic assembly while it is resting on a anti-

ESD work bench

1. Plug you anti-ESD wrist strap into the grounded receptacle of the work station

before touching any items on the work station and while standing at least a foot or

so away. This will allow any charges you are carrying to bleed away through the

ground connection of the workstation and prevent discharges due to field effects

and induction from occurring.

2. Pause for a second or two to allow any static charges to bleed away.

3. Only open any anti-ESD storage bins or bags containing sensitive devices or

assemblies after you have plugged your wrist strap into the workstation.

 Lay the bag or bin on the workbench surface.

 Before opening the container, wait several seconds for any static charges on

the outside surface of the container to be bled away by the workstation’s

grounded protective mat.

4. Do not pick up tools that may be carrying static charges while also touching or

holding an ESD Sensitive Device.

 Only lay tools or ESD-sensitive devices and assemblies on the conductive

surface of your workstation. Never lay them down on any non-ESD

preventative surface.

5. Place any static sensitive devices or assemblies in anti-static storage bags or bins

and close the bag or bin before unplugging your wrist strap.

6. Disconnecting your wrist strap is always the last action taken before leaving the

workbench.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge

311

14.4.2.3. Transferring Components from Rack to Bench and Back

When transferring a sensitive device from an installed Teledyne API analyzer to an

Anti-ESD workbench or back:

1. Follow the instructions listed above for working at the instrument rack and

workstation.

2. Never carry the component or assembly without placing it in an anti-ESD bag or bin.

3. Before using the bag or container allow any surface charges on it to dissipate:

 If you are at the instrument rack, hold the bag in one hand while your wrist strap

is connected to a ground point.

 If you are at an anti-ESD workbench, lay the container down on the conductive

work surface.

 In either case wait several seconds.

4. Place the item in the container.

5. Seal the container. If using a bag, fold the end over and fastening it with anti-ESD

tape.

 Folding the open end over isolates the component(s) inside from the effects of

static fields.

 Leaving the bag open or simply stapling it shut without folding it closed prevents

the bag from forming a complete protective envelope around the device.

6. Once you have arrived at your destination, allow any surface charges that may have

built up on the bag or bin during travel to dissipate:

 Connect your wrist strap to ground.

 If you are at the instrument rack, hold the bag in one hand while your wrist strap

is connected to a ground point.

 If you are at an anti-ESD work bench, lay the container down on the conductive

work surface

 In either case wait several seconds

7. Open the container.

14.4.2.4. Opening Shipments from Teledyne API Customer Service

Packing materials such as bubble pack and Styrofoam pellets are extremely efficient

generators of static electric charges. To prevent damage from ESD, Teledyne API ships

all electronic components and assemblies in properly sealed ant-ESD containers.

Static charges will build up on the outer surface of the anti-ESD container during

shipping as the packing materials vibrate and rub against each other. To prevent these

static charges from damaging the components or assemblies being shipped make sure

that you:

Always unpack shipments from Teledyne API Customer Service by:

1. Opening the outer shipping box away from the anti-ESD work area

2. Carry the still sealed ant-ESD bag, tube or bin to the anti-ESD work area

3. Follow steps 6 and 7 of Section 14.4.2.3 above when opening the anti-ESD

container at the work station

4. Reserve the anti-ESD container or bag to use when packing electronic components

or assemblies to be returned to Teledyne API

06870C DCN6332

A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

312

14.4.2.5. Packing Components for Return to Teledyne API Customer Service

Always pack electronic components and assemblies to be sent to Teledyne API

Customer Service in anti-ESD bins, tubes or bags.

CAUTION

ESD Hazard

 DO NOT use pink-poly bags.

 NEVER allow any standard plastic packaging materials to touch the electronic

component/assembly directly

 This includes, but is not limited to, plastic bubble-pack, Styrofoam peanuts,

open cell foam, closed cell foam, and adhesive tape

 DO NOT use standard adhesive tape as a sealer. Use ONLY anti-ESD tape

1. Never carry the component or assembly without placing it in an anti-ESD bag or bin.

2. Before using the bag or container allow any surface charges on it to dissipate:

 If you are at the instrument rack, hold the bag in one hand while your wrist strap

is connected to a ground point.

 If you are at an anti-ESD workbench, lay the container down on the conductive

work surface.

 In either case wait several seconds.

3. Place the item in the container.

4. Seal the container. If using a bag, fold the end over and fastening it with anti-ESD

tape.

 Folding the open end over isolates the component(s) inside from the effects of

static fields.

 Leaving the bag open or simply stapling it shut without folding it closed prevents

the bag from forming a complete protective envelope around the device.

Note If you do not already have an adequate supply of anti-ESD bags or

containers available, Teledyne API’ Customer Service department will

supply them (see Section 12.11 for contact information). Follow the

instructions listed above for working at the instrument rack and

workstation.

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge

313

GLOSSARY

Some terms in this glossary may not occur elsewhere in this manual.

Term Description/Definition

10BaseT an Ethernet standard that uses twisted (“T”) pairs of copper wires to transmit at 10

megabits per second (Mbps)

100BaseT same as 10BaseT except ten times faster (100 Mbps)

APICOM name of a remote control program offered by Teledyne-API to its customers

ASSY Assembly

CAS Code-Activated Switch

CEM Continuous Emission Monitoring

Chemical formulas that may be included in this document:

CO2 carbon dioxide

C3H8 propane

CH4 methane

H2O water vapor

HC general abbreviation for hydrocarbon

HNO3 nitric acid

H2S hydrogen sulfide

NO nitric oxide

NO2 nitrogen dioxide

NOX nitrogen oxides, here defined as the sum of NO and NO2

NOy

nitrogen oxides, often called odd nitrogen: the sum of NOX plus other compounds

such as HNO3 (definitions vary widely and may include nitrate (NO3), PAN, N2O

and other compounds as well)

NH3 ammonia

O2 molecular oxygen

O3 ozone

SO2 sulfur dioxide

cm3 metric abbreviation for cubic centimeter (replaces the obsolete abbreviation “cc”)

CPU Central Processing Unit

DAS Data Acquisition System

DCE Data Communication Equipment

DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. A protocol used by LAN or Internet servers

06870C DCN6332

A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

314

Term Description/Definition

to automatically set up the interface protocols between themselves and any other

addressable device connected to the network

DIAG Diagnostics, the diagnostic settings of the analyzer.

DOM Disk On Module, a 44-pin IDE flash drive with up to 128MB storage capacity for

instrument’s firmware, configuration settings and data

DOS Disk Operating System

DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory

DR-DOS Digital Research DOS

DTE Data Terminal Equipment

EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory also referred to as a

FLASH chip or drive

Ethernet a standardized (IEEE 802.3) computer networking technology for local area

networks (LANs), facilitating communication and sharing resources

Flash non-volatile, solid-state memory

FPI Fabry-Perot Interface: a special light filter typically made of a transparent plate with

two reflecting surfaces or two parallel, highly reflective mirrors

GFC Gas Filter Correlation

I2C bus a clocked, bi-directional, serial bus for communication between individual analyzer

components

Integrated Circuit, a modern, semi-conductor circuit that can contain many basic

components such as resistors, transistors, capacitors etc in a miniaturized package

used in electronic assemblies

IP Internet Protocol

IZS Internal Zero Span

LAN Local Area Network

LCD Liquid Crystal Display

LED Light Emitting Diode

LPM Liters Per Minute

MFC Mass Flow Controller

M/R Measure/Reference

NDIR Non-Dispersive Infrared

MOLAR MASS

the mass, expressed in grams, of 1 mole of a specific substance. Conversely, one

mole is the amount of the substance needed for the molar mass to be the same

number in grams as the atomic mass of that substance.

EXAMPLE: The atomic weight of Carbon is 12 therefore the molar mass of Carbon

is 12 grams. Conversely, one mole of carbon equals the amount of carbon atoms

that weighs 12 grams.

Atomic weights can be found on any Periodic Table of Elements.

NDIR Non-Dispersive Infrared

NIST-SRM National Institute of Standards and Technology - Standard Reference Material

PC Personal Computer

PCA Printed Circuit Assembly, the PCB with electronic components, ready to use

PC/AT Personal Computer / Advanced Technology

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge

315

Term Description/Definition

PCB Printed Circuit Board, the bare board without electronic component

PFA Per-Fluoro-Alkoxy, an inert polymer; one of the polymers that Du Pont markets as

Teflon®

PLC Programmable Logic Controller, a device that is used to control instruments based

on a logic level signal coming from the analyzer

PLD Programmable Logic Device

PLL Phase Lock Loop

PMT Photo Multiplier Tube, a vacuum tube of electrodes that multiply electrons collected

and charged to create a detectable current signal

P/N (or PN) Part Number

PSD Prevention of Significant Deterioration

PTFE Poly-Tetra-Fluoro-Ethylene, a very inert polymer material used to handle gases that

may react on other surfaces; one of the polymers that Du Pont markets as Teflon®

PVC Poly Vinyl Chloride, a polymer used for downstream tubing

Rdg Reading

RS-232

specification and standard describing a serial communication method between DTE

(Data Terminal Equipment) and DCE (Data Circuit-terminating Equipment) devices,

using a maximum cable-length of 50 feet

RS-485

specification and standard describing a binary serial communication method among

multiple devices at a data rate faster than RS-232 with a much longer distance

between the host and the furthest device

SAROAD Storage and Retrieval of Aerometric Data

SLAMS State and Local Air Monitoring Network Plan

SLPM Standard Liters Per Minute of a gas at standard temperature and pressure

STP Standard Temperature and Pressure

TCP/IP Transfer Control Protocol / Internet Protocol, the standard communications protocol

for Ethernet devices

TEC Thermal Electric Cooler

USB

Universal Serial Bus: a standard connection method to establish communication

between peripheral devices and a host controller, such as a mouse and/or keyboard

and a personal computer or laptop

VARS Variables, the variable settings of the instrument

Z/S Zero / Span

06870C DCN6332

A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

316

This page intentionally left blank.

06870C DCN6332

317

INDEX

100 VAC, 259, 293

115 VAC, 259, 293, 296

230 VAC, 259, 293

50 Hz, 293, 296

60 Hz, 29, 40, 259, 295, 296

AC Power, 27, 295, 296

100 VAC, 259, 293

AC Power 115 VAC, 259, 293, 296

AC Power 230 VAC, 259, 293

AC Power 50 Hz, 293, 296

AC Power 60 Hz, 29, 40, 259, 295, 296

AIN, 125

ANALOG CAL WARNING, 62, 86, 150

Analog Inputs, 125

Analog Outputs, 27, 41, 42, 43, 46, 85, 88, 89, 92,

93, 249, 252, 263, 287

AIN Calibration, 125

Configuration & Calibration, 89, 111, 113, 114, 115,

118, 120, 121, 122, 125

Automatic, 35, 88, 114

Manual-Current Loop, 117, 119

Manual-Voltage, 115

CONVERTING VOLTAGE TO CURRENT OUTPUT, 43

Current Loop, 42

Electrical Connections, 41

Electronic Range Selection, 120

OUTPUT LOOP-BACK, 287

Over-Range Feature, 121

Recorder Offset, 122

Reporting Range, 64, 72, 85, 88

Test Channel, 123, 252, 263, 287

APICOM, 23, 128, 180

and DAS, 153, 155, 156, 159, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169,

170

and Ethernet, 132

and Failure Prediction, 229

Interface Example, 181

Software Download, 170, 181

Approvals, 27

ATIMER, 155, 159, 161

AUTO, 85, 93, 94, 97, 183, 189, 194

AutoCal, 29, 72, 73, 77, 85, 88, 183, 195, 196

Beer-Lambert Equation, 23, 275, 278

BOX TEMP, 62, 85, 86, 123, 150, 247, 249, 252,

257

BOX TEMP WARNING, 62, 86, 150, 247, 252

CAL Button, 87, 189

CAL_VALVE, 254

CALDAT, 156

Calibration

AIN, 125

Analog Ouputs, 35, 88, 114

Analog Outputs

Current Loop, 117, 119

Voltage, 115

Calibration Gasses

Span Gas, 54, 63, 65, 183, 184, 185, 187, 190, 193,

196, 207, 249, 254, 290, 291

Zero Air, 54, 57, 58, 183, 184, 185, 190, 193, 196, 207,

227, 231, 249, 271

Calibration Mode, 87

CALS Button, 87, 189, 192, 193, 255, 257

CALZ Button, 87, 189, 192, 193, 255, 257

CANNOT DYN SPAN, 62, 86, 247

CANNOT DYN ZERO, 62, 86, 247

CE Mark, 30

Circuit Breaker, 293, 294

CLOCK_ADJ, 103, 105

COMM Ports, 128, 129, 130, 131, 143

COM1, 127, 145

COM2, 51, 127, 128, 132, 145

Communication Modes, 128

Machine ID, 104

Machine ID, 52

06870C DCN6332

Index T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

318

CONC, 156

CONC Button, 105, 264

CONC_PRECISION, 105

CONC1, 159

Concentration Field, 35

CONFIG INITIALIZED, 62, 86

Control Buttons Definition Field, 35

Control Inputs, 45, 46, 72, 73, 77, 183, 195, 265,

287

LOW_SPAN_CAL 1, 265

ZERO_CAL, 265

CPU, 62, 76, 86, 92, 103, 110, 125, 202, 244, 247,

248, 249, 250, 253, 259, 265, 266, 277, 283, 284,

285, 286, 287, 288, 290, 291, 295, 299, 300, 301,

303

Analog to Digital Converter, 62, 86, 110, 264, 286, 287,

298

Status LED’s, 253

Critical flow orifice, 281

Current Loop Outputs, 41, 42, 43, 117, 118, 119

CONVERTING FROM VOLTAGE OUTPUT, 43

Manual Calibration, 117

DAS System, 35, 62, 81, 85, 86, 88, 92, 102, 247,

275

and APICOM, 170

Channels

CALDAT, 156

CONC, 156

O3GEN, 156

O3REF, 156

PNUMTC, 156

HOLD OFF, 105, 155, 168

Parameters, 162

CONC1, 159

STABIL, 150, 229, 247, 249

Triggering Events, 161

ATIMER, 155, 159, 161

EXITZR, 161

SLPCHG, 161

DAS_HOLD_OFF, 105

data acquisition. See DAS

DATA INITIALIZED, 62, 86

DB-25M, 25

DB-9F, 25

DC Power, 44, 46, 259, 260, 293

DC Power Test Points, 259, 260

Default Settings

DAS, 155, 156, 157

Ethernet, 137

Hessen Protocol, 146, 150

VARS, 105

DHCP, 136

DIAG AIO, 108

DIAG AOUT, 108

DIAG ELEC, 108

DIAG FCAL, 108

DIAG I/O, 108

DIAG OPTIC, 108

DIAG TCHN, 108

Diagnostic Menu (DIAG), 89, 99, 101, 108, 263

03 GENERATOR CALIBRATION, 108

Accessing, 109

AIN CALIBRATED, 110, 125

ANALOG I/O

AOUT CALIBRATED CONFIGURATION, 110, 113

CONC_OUT_1, 110

CONC_OUT_2, 110

ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION, 108, 111, 113, 114,

115, 118, 120, 121, 122, 125

ANALOG OUTPUT (Step Test), 108, 263

DARK CALIBRATION, 108, 199

FLOW CALIBRATION, 108

SIGNAL I/O, 108, 250, 251, 253, 257, 258, 261, 264,

265

TEST CHAN OUPTUT, 108

TEST OUTPUT, 110, 287

Display Precision, 105

DUAL, 93, 94, 96, 183, 189, 194

EC Compliance, 30

EEPROM

Disk on Module, 164

Electrical Connections

AC Power, 40, 295

Analog Outputs, 41, 42, 93

CURRENT LOOP, 43, 117

Voltage Ranges, 115

Control Inputs, 46, 265

Ethernet, 23, 89, 132

Modem, 177, 266

Electro-Static Discharge, 31, 51, 310

Warning, 312

ENTR Button, 83, 89, 165, 185, 199, 225, 267

Environmental Protection Agency(EPA), 27, 184,

207, 208

Calibration, 55, 63, 73, 87, 183

NIST Traceability, 185, 193, 196, 205, 206, 207

Contact Information, 205, 208, 221

EPA Equivalency, 29

Reference Documents, 205, 207, 221

Ethernet, 24, 81, 132, 136, 173

Configuration, 132–39

Property Defaults, 137

using DHCP, 136

DHCP, 136

HOSTNAME, 139

Exhaust Gas, 38

Exhaust Gas Outlet, 38

EXIT Button, 89, 267

EXITZR, 161

External Pump, 24

Final Test and Validation Data Sheet, 32, 63, 229

Flash Chip, 285

Flow Diagram

Basic, 55, 280

IZS, 56

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Index

319

Reference/Measurement Cycle, 278

Z/S, 73

Front Panel, 33, 234, 302

Buttonpad, 183

Concentration Field, 35

Display, 108, 123, 247, 275

Message Field, 35

Mode Field, 35

ON/OFF Switch, 293

Status LED’s, 154

Status LEDs, 35

Touchscreen Definition Field, 35

Gas Inlets, 213, 247, 291

Sample, 38

Span, 38

ZERO AIR, 38

Gas Outlets, 40, 57, 58, 59, 60, 63, 75, 215, 255,

282, 298

Exhaust, 38

Hessen Protocol, 128, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146,

147, 148, 149, 150, 151

Default Settings, 146

Status Bits

Default Settings, 150

HOSTNAME, 139

I2C, 252, 253, 258, 260, 268, 284, 287, 288, 299,

300

Status LED, 253

Interferents, 279

Internal Zero Air (IZS), 38

Internal Zero/Span Option (IZS), 24, 28, 287

AC Power, 293

AutoCal, 196

Calibration, 63, 71, 183, 191, 202

DIAG Functions, 108

EPA Equivalency, 29

Flow Diagram, 56, 76

Generator, 28, 68, 69, 76, 85, 105, 183, 202, 203, 239,

240, 249, 254, 258, 269, 271, 290

Interferents, 63

Maintenance, 227, 231, 233, 239

O3 Scrubber, 62, 71, 86, 227, 271, 279

Pneumatic Setup, 58

Reference Detector, 70, 240

Span Gas for, 55

Specifications, 28

Test Channel Functions, 123

Test Functions, 85

Troubleshooting, 229, 248, 252, 254, 255, 257, 258,

261, 265, 269, 270, 271

Valve Control, 291

Valve States, 77

Warning Messages, 62, 86

IZS, 54

Reference Feedback Option, 28

LAMP DRIVER WARN, 62, 86

LAMP STABIL WARN, 62, 86, 150, 247

Local Area Network (LAN), 132, 136, 137

LOW_SPAN_CAL 1, 265

Machine ID, 52, 104

Measure/Reference Valve, 278

Measurement / Reference Cycle, 252, 278

Menu Buttons

CAL, 87, 189

CALS, 87, 189, 192, 193, 255, 257

CALZ, 87, 189, 192, 193, 255, 257

CONC, 105, 264

ENTR, 83, 89, 165, 185, 199, 225, 267

EXIT, 89, 267

MENUS

AUTO, 85, 93, 94, 97, 183, 189, 194

DUAL, 93, 94, 96, 183, 189, 194

SNGL, 64, 72, 93, 94, 95

Message Field, 35

Metal Wool Scrubber, 85, 105, 123, 252, 254, 271,

289, 290, 293, 297

AC Power, 297

Troubleshooting, 257, 261, 271

microcomputer, 283, 303

Mode Field, 35

Modem, 177, 266

Motherboard, 62, 86, 110, 117, 247, 248, 253, 257,

259, 263, 284, 286, 295

Multidrop, 128

O3 Detector Output, 286

O3 DRIVE1, 85, 229

O3 GEN LAMP WARN, 62, 86

O3 GEN REF WARNING, 62, 86

O3 GEN TEMP, 249

O3 GEN TEMP WARN, 62, 86, 248

O3 GEN TMP1, 85

O3 GEN2, 85

O3 Generator IZS, 68, 69, 76, 85, 105, 183, 202,

203, 239, 240, 249, 254, 258, 269, 271, 290

O3 MEAS, 85, 249

O3 Option

Relay PCA

Status LED’s, 254

O3 REF, 85, 229, 249, 267

O3 SCRUB TEMP WARN, 62, 86, 150

O3 SCRUB3, 85

O3 Scrubber, 62, 71, 86, 227, 271, 279

O3_GEN_HEATER, 254, 258

O3_GEN_LAMP, 105

O3_GEN_LOW1, 105

O3_GEN_LOW2, 105

06870C DCN6332

Index T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

320

O3_SCRUB_HEATER, 254

O3_SCRUB_SET, 105

O3GEN, 156

O3REF, 156

Offset, 85, 117, 122, 229, 247, 304

OFFSET, 85, 185, 225, 229, 249, 304

ON/OFF Switch, 259, 293, 294

Operating Modes, 108, 229

Calibration Mode, 87, 150

Diagnostic Mode (DIAG), 108

Sample Mode, 35

SAMPLE mode, 81, 83, 105, 195, 255, 291

Secondary Setup, 89

Setup, 88

Particulate Filter, 227, 230, 247, 282

PHOTO LAMP, 85, 123, 249, 252, 301

PHOTO REF WARNING, 62, 86, 150, 247

PHOTO TEMP WARNING, 62, 86, 150, 247, 252

PHOTO_LAMP, 105, 254, 258, 264

PHOTO_LAMP_HEATER, 254

PHOTO_REF_VALVE, 254

PHOTOMETER, 235, 293, 298

Absorption Tube, 227, 235, 275, 284

CALIBRATION, 183, 199

Gas Flow, 201

Electronics, 299

Gas Pressure, 301

Layout, 298

Sensor

Flow, 262

PRessure, 262

Status LED’s, 290

Temperature, 301

Theory of Operation, 299

UV Absorption Path, 276, 277, 278

UV detector, 236, 238, 247, 298

UV Lamp, 254, 268, 284, 291, 300

PNUMTC, 156

PRES, 85, 229, 232, 247, 249, 301

Pump

Sample, 85, 231, 247, 256, 259, 290, 296

RANGE, 85, 94, 110, 147, 249

RANGE1, 85, 96, 97, 147

RANGE2, 85, 96, 97, 147

REAR BOARD NOT DET, 62, 86, 247

Recorder Offset, 122

REF_4096_MV, 264

REF_GND, 264

Reference Feedback Option (IZS), 28, 70, 240

RELAY BOARD WARN, 62, 86

Relay PCA, 288–93

DC Power Test Points, 260

Status LED’s, 253, 254, 290, 295

CAL_VALVE, 254

O3_GEN_HEATER, 254, 258

O3_SCRUB_HEATER, 254

PHOTO_LAMP_HEATER, 254

PHOTO_REF_VALVE, 254

Troubleshooting, 252, 253, 254, 259, 260, 261

Reporting Range, 64, 72, 88, 92

Configuration, 88

RJ45, 25

RS-232, 24, 49, 50, 51, 53, 72, 73, 76, 77, 81, 89,

132, 154, 155, 167, 168, 173, 176, 180, 209, 286

Troubleshooting, 266

RS-485, 24, 53, 81, 127, 128, 129, 132, 286

Safety Messages

Electric Shock, 31, 40, 225, 259, 268, 289

Electro-Static Discharge, 312

General, 31, 39, 40, 54, 75, 117, 232, 235, 236, 238,

243, 298

SAMP FL, 85, 229, 232

SAMPL_FL, 301

Sample Flow Sensor, 85, 247, 282, 286

SAMPLE FLOW WARN, 62, 86, 247, 255

Sample Inlet, 38

Sample Mode, 35

SAMPLE mode, 81, 83, 105, 195, 255, 291

SAMPLE PRESS WARN, 62, 86, 150

Sample Pressure Sensor, 247, 249, 282

SAMPLE TEMP, 62, 85, 86, 123, 150, 249, 252,

301

SAMPLE TEMP WARN, 62, 86, 150, 247

Sample Temperature Sensor, 247

SAMPLE/CAL valve, 291

SAMPLE_FLOW, 264

Sensors

O3 Detector Output, 286

Sample Flow, 85, 247, 282, 286

Sample Pressure, 247, 249, 282

Sample Temperature, 247

Thermistors, 239, 258, 286

Sample Temperature, 247

Thermocouple Inputs, 292

Serial I/O Ports, 27, 72, 73, 76, 77, 245, 247, 284

Modem, 177, 266

Multidrop, 128

RS-232, 24, 51, 72, 73, 76, 77, 81, 89, 154, 155, 167,

168, 180, 209, 286

Troubleshooting, 266

RS-485, 24, 81, 128, 286

Setup MODE, 88

Signal I/O

PHOTO_LAMP, 264

REF_4096_MV, 264

REF_GND, 264

SAMPLE_FLOW, 264

Slope, 85, 229, 247, 304

SLOPE, 85, 185, 225, 229, 249, 304

SLPCHG, 161

SNGL, 64, 72, 93, 94, 95

Span Gas, 38, 54, 63, 65, 183, 184, 185, 187, 190,

193, 196, 207, 249, 254, 290, 291

Span Inlet, 38

06870C DCN6332

T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual Index

321

Specifications, 27, 28, 29

EC Compliance, 30

STABIL, 62, 85, 150, 229, 247, 249

Standard Temperature and Pressure, 98, 275

State of California Air Resources Board (CARB)

Contact Information, 208

Status LED’s

CPU, 253

I2C, 253

Relay PCA, 253, 290, 295

CAL_VALVE, 254

O3 Option, 254

O3_GEN_HEATER, 254, 258

O3_SCRUB_HEATER, 254

PHOTO_LAMP_HEATER, 254

PHOTO_REF_VALVE, 254

Watchdog, 253, 260, 290

Status Outputs, 44, 264, 287

ST_CONC_VALID, 264

ST_DIAG, 264

ST_FLOW_ALARM, 264

ST_HIGH_RANGE, 264

ST_PRESS_ALARM, 264

ST_SPAN_CAL, 264, 265

ST_SYSTEM_OK, 264

ST_ZERO_CAL, 264

System

Default Settings, 155, 156, 157

SYSTEM RESET, 62, 86, 150, 248

Teledyne Contact Information

Email Address, 274

Fax, 274

Phone, 274

Technical Assistance, 274

Website, 274

Forms, 274

Manuals, 142, 145

Software Downloads, 170, 181

Terminal Mode, 174

Command Syntax, 175

Computer mode, 128, 174

Interactive mode, 174

Test Channel, 123, 252, 263

Test Functions, 63, 84, 85, 123, 227, 229, 236, 248,

249, 255, 263

BOX TEMP, 62, 85, 86, 123, 150, 247, 249, 252, 257

O3 DRIVE1, 85, 229

O3 GEN TEMP, 249

O3 GEN TMP1, 85

O3 GEN2, 85

O3 MEAS, 85, 249

O3 REF, 85, 229, 236, 249, 267

O3 SCRUB3, 85

OFFSET, 85, 185, 225, 229, 249, 304

PHOTO LAMP, 85, 123, 249, 252, 301

PRES, 85, 229, 232, 247, 249, 301

RANGE, 85, 94, 96, 97, 110, 147, 249

RANGE1, 85, 96, 97, 147

RANGE2, 85, 96, 97, 147

SAMP FL, 85, 229, 232

SAMPL_FL, 301

SAMPLE TEMP, 62, 85, 86, 123, 150, 249, 252, 301

SLOPE, 85, 185, 225, 229, 249, 304

STABIL, 62, 85, 86, 150, 229, 247, 249

TEST4, 85

TIME, 85, 196, 249

TEST4, 85

Theory of Operation

Beer-Lambert Equation, 23, 275, 278

Thermistors, 239, 258, 286

Thermocouple Inputs, 292

TIME, 85, 196, 249

Ultraviolet Light, 23, 208, 276, 277, 278, 279, 298,

299

Units of Measurement, 64, 72

UV, 268

UV Absorption Path, 276, 277, 278

UV detector, 236, 238, 247, 298

UV Lamp, 268

UV Light, 268

UV Source, 291

O3Generator, 239, 252, 258, 269

Status LED’s, 254

Photometer, 268, 284, 290, 291, 298, 300

Adjustment, 236, 238

Calibration, 199

Power Supply, 293

Replacement, 238

Status LED’s, 254

Troubleshooting, 247, 249, 257, 258

Valve Options, 38, 63, 72, 183, 190, 192

Heater Control, 291

Internal Zero/Span Option (IZS), 24, 28, 85, 287

AC Power, 293, 297

AutoCal, 196

Calibration, 63, 71, 183, 191, 202

DIAG Functions, 108

EPA Equivalency, 29

Flow Diagram, 56, 76

Generator, 68, 69, 76, 85, 105, 183, 202, 203, 239,

240, 249, 254, 258, 269, 271, 290

Interferents, 63

Maintenance, 227, 231, 233, 239

O3 Scrubber, 62, 71, 86, 227, 271, 279

Pneumatic Setup, 58

Reference Detector, 70, 240

Span Gas for, 55

Specifications, 28

Test Channel Functions, 123

Test Functions, 85

Troubleshooting, 229, 248, 252, 254, 255, 257, 258,

261, 265, 269, 270, 271

Valve Control, 291

Valve States, 77

VARS, 105

Warning Messages, 62, 86

Status LED’s, 290

06870C DCN6332

Index T400 Ozone Analyzer Operator’s Manual

322

Zero/Span, 72

AND AUTOCAL, 183, 195

Calibration, 63, 190, 193, 194

EPA Equivalency, 29

Flow Diagram, 73

Setup, 74

Troubleshooting, 254, 265

Valve States, 73

with Remote Contact Closure, 195

VARS Menu, 89, 99, 101, 103, 105, 107, 155, 168

Variable Default Values, 105

Variable Names

CLOCK_ADJ, 105

CONC_PRECISION, 105

O3_GEN_LAMP, 105

O3_GEN_LOW1, 105

O3_GEN_LOW2, 105

O3_SCRUB_SET, 105

PHOTO_LAMP, 105, 254, 258

VARS_HOLD_OFF, 105

Ventilation Clearance, 32

Warning Messages, 61, 62, 86, 244, 247

ANALOG CAL WARNING, 62, 86, 150

BOX TEMP WARNING, 62, 86, 150, 247, 252

CANNOT DYN SPAN, 62, 86, 247

CANNOT DYN ZERO, 62, 86, 247

CONFIG INITIALIZED, 62, 86

DATA INITIALIZED, 62, 86

LAMP DRIVER WARN, 62, 86

LAMP STABIL WARN, 62, 86, 150, 247

O3 GEN LAMP WARN, 62, 86

O3 GEN REF WARNING, 62, 86

O3 GEN TEMP WARN, 62, 86, 248

O3 SCRUB TEMP WARN, 62, 86, 150

PHOTO REF WARNING, 62, 86, 150, 247

PHOTO TEMP WARNING, 62, 86, 150, 247, 252

REAR BOARD NOT DET, 62, 86, 247

RELAY BOARD WARN, 62, 86

SAMPLE FLOW WARN, 62, 86, 247, 255

SAMPLE PRESS WARN, 62, 86, 150

SAMPLE TEMP WARN, 62, 86, 150, 247

SYSTEM RESET, 62, 86, 150, 248

Watchdog Circuit, 253, 290

Status LED, 253, 260, 290

Zero Air, 54, 57, 58, 183, 184, 185, 190, 193, 196,

207, 227, 231, 249, 271

ZERO AIR Inlet, 38

ZERO/SPAN valve, 195, 291

ZERO_CAL, 265

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F DCN6340) APPENDIX A – Software Version-Specific Documentation

A-1

APPENDIX A – Software Version-Specific Documentation

APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees

APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables Available Via Serial I/O

APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Measurements Via Serial I/O

APPENDIX A-4: Signal I/O Definitions

APPENDIX A-5: DAS Functions

APPENDIX A-6: MODBUS Register Map

06870C DCN6332

APPENDIX A – Software Version-Specific Documentation Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F DCN6340)

A-2

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F DCN6340) APPENDIX A-1: T400 and M400E Software Menu Trees, Revision 1.0.0/E.3

A-3

APPENDIX A-1: T400 and M400E Software Menu Trees, Revision 1.0.0/E.3

Press to cycle

through the

active warning

messages.

Press to clear an

active warning

messages.

This will match the currently selected units of measure for the range being

displayed.

Only appears if IZS reference sensor option is installed.

Only appears if IZS option is installed.

Only appears if metal wool scrubber option is installed.

Only appears if analog output is actively reporting a

Only appears when warning messages are active.

Only appears when reporting ranges are set for either DUAL or AUTO modes.

Only appears when the optional metal wool scrubber is installed.

Viewable by user while

instrument is in SAMPLE

Mode

Figure A-1: Basic Sample Display Menu without Options

06870C DCN6332

APPENDIX A-1: T400 and M400E Software Menu Trees, Revision 1.0.0/E.3 Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F DCN6340)

A-4

PRIMARY SETUP

SAMPLE

MSG1

CALZ4CALS4CLR1SETUP

CALTEST1

DASCFG ACAL4CLKRANGE PASS MORE

SECONDARY

SETUP MENU

Press to

cycle

through the

active

warning

messages.

Press to

clear an

active

warning

messages.

DIAGCOMM VARS ALAR5

LOW2HIGH2

CONCZERO SPAN

LOW2HIGH2

CONCSPAN

LOW2HIGH2

RANGE=[Value] PPB

RANGE1=[Value] PPB 2

RANGE2=[Value] PPB 2

STABIL=[Value] PPB

RSP=[Value] SEC

O3 MEAS=[Value] MV

O3 REF=[Value] MV

O3 GEN=[Value] MV 3

O3 DRIVE=[Value] MV 3

PHOTO POWER=[Value] MV

PRES=[Value] IN-HG-A

SAMP FL=[Value] CC/M

SAMPLE TEMP=[Value]ºC

PHOTO LAMP=[Value] ºC

O3 SCRUB=[Value] ºC 4

O3 GEN TMP=[Value] ºC 3

BOX TEMP=[Value] ºC

SLOPE=[Value]

OFFSET=[Value] PPB

TEST=[Value] MV

TIME=[HH:MM:SS]

1 Only appears when warning messages are active.

2Only appears when reporting ranges are set for either DUAL or AUTO modes.

3Only appears if analyzer is equipped with Zero/Span or IZS valve options.

4 Only appears whe the optional metal wool scrubber is installed

5Only appears if the alarm option is installed.

TEST FUNCTIONS

Viewable by user

while instrument is

in SAMPLE Mode

Figure A-1: Basic Sample Display Menu with Options

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F DCN6340) APPENDIX A-1: T400 and M400E Software Menu Trees, Revision 1.0.0/E.3

A-5

SETUP

PASS

DAS RNGE CLK MORE

ACAL1

CFG

MODEL TYPE AND

NUMBER

PART NUMBER

SERIAL NUMBER

SOFTWARE REVISION

LIBRARY REVISION

iCHIP SOFTWARE

REVISION4

CPU TYPE & OS

REVISION4

DATE FACTORY

CONFIGURATION SAVED

Go to DAS

Menu Tree

OFF

PREV MODENEXT

SEQ 1)

SEQ 2)

SEQ 3)

PREV NEXT

DISABLED

ZERO

ZERO-LO

ZERO-HI

ZERO-LO-HI

LO-HI

SET2

LOW HIGH

RANGE TO CAL3

DURATION

STARTING DATE

STARTING TIME

DELTA DAYS

DELTA TIME

TIMER ENABLE

SAMPLE

1 ACAL menu and its submenus

only appear if analyzer is

equipped with Zero/Span or IZS

valve options.

2Appears whenever the currently

displayed sequence is not set

for DISABLED.

3Only appears when reporting

range is set to AUTO range

mode.

4Applies to E-Series.

Go to SECONDARY SETUP

Menu Tree

CALIBRATE

SET UNITMODE

TIME DATE

PPM UGMPPB MGM

SETUP X.X LOW RANGE:500.0 Conc

00500.0ENTREXIT

SETUP X.X HIGH RANGE:500.0 Conc

00500.0ENTREXIT

OFF

SNGL DUAL AUTO

Figure A-2: Primary Setup Menu (Except DAS)

06870C DCN6332

APPENDIX A-1: T400 and M400E Software Menu Trees, Revision 1.0.0/E.3 Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F DCN6340)

A-6

Figure A-3: Primary Setup Menu (DAS)

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F DCN6340) APPENDIX A-1: T400 and M400E Software Menu Trees, Revision 1.0.0/E.3

A-7

SETUP

PASSDAS RNGE CLK MORE

ACAL

CFG

SAMPLE

COMM VARS DIAG

EDIT PRNTJUMPNEXTPREV

0) DAS_HOLD_OFF

1) CONC_PRECISION

2) PHOTO_LAMP

3) O3_GEN_LAMP

4) O3_GEN_LOW_1

5) O3_GEN_LOW_2

6) O3_SCRUB_SET

7) CLOCK_ADJ

Go to DIAG Menu Tree

HESN2

INET1

EDITSET><SET

COM1 COM2

TEST PORTBAUD RATEMODE

TEST

300

1200

2400

4800

9600

19200

38400

57600

115200

QUIET

COMPUTER

SECURITY

HESSEN PROTOCOL

E, 8, 2

E, 7, 1

RS-485

SECURITY

MULTIDROP PROTOCOL

ENABLE MODEM

ERROR CHECKING

XON/XOFF HANDSHAKE

HARDWARE HANDSHAKE

HARDWARE FIFO

COMMAND PROMPT

OFF

ENTER PASSWORD: 818

Go to

COMM / Hessen

Menu Tree

ENTER PASSWORD: 818

EDITSET><SET

DHCP

ON OFF

INSTRUMENT IP3

GATEWAY IP3

SUBNET MASK3

TCP PORT4

HOSTNAME5

1M400E: Only appears if optional Ethernet PCA is installed;

with that option, the COM2 submenu disappears.

2Only appears if HESSEN PROTOCOL mode is ON (See

COM1 & COM2 – MODE submenu above).

3INSTRUMENT IP, GATEWAY IP & SUBNET MASK are only

editable when DHCP is OFF.

4Although TCP PORT is editable regardless of the DHCP state, do not

change the setting for this property.

5HOST NAME is only editable when DHCP is ON.

EDITEDIT

ONLINE

INITIALIZE INET

Figure A-4: Secondary Setup Menu (COMM & VARS)

06870C DCN6332

APPENDIX A-1: T400 and M400E Software Menu Trees, Revision 1.0.0/E.3 Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F DCN6340)

A-8

SETUP

PASSDAS RNGE CLK MORE

ACAL

CFG

SAMPLE

COMM VARS DIAG

Go to DIAG Menu Tree

HESN2

INET1

ID ENTER PASSWORD: 818

ENTER PASSWORD: 818ENTER PASSWORD: 818

1Only appears if Ethernet Option is installed (M400E).

2Only appears if HESSEN PROTOCOL mode is ON.

Go to COMM / VARS Menu

Tree Go to COMM / VARS Menu

Tree

COM1 COM2

EDITSET><SET

GAS LISTRESPONSE MODEVARIATION STATUS FLAGS

TYPE2TYPE1 CMDTEXTBCC

EDIT PRNTDELINSNEXTPREV

NOYES GAS TYPE

GAS ID

REPORTED

OFF

Set/create unique

gas ID number

O3, 0, 400, REPORTED

Figure A-5: Secondary Setup Menu (HESSEN)

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F DCN6340) APPENDIX A-1: T400 and M400E Software Menu Trees, Revision 1.0.0/E.3

A-9

Press

to start

Calibration

Press

to start test

(see Appendix A)

CAL2

Sets the

degree of

offset

1Correspond to analog Output A1 – A4 on back of

analyzer

2Only appears if one of the voltage ranges is selected.

3Manual adjustment menu only appears if either the

Auto Cal feature is or the range is set for

ent.

4For Analog In option, channels 1 through 8, edit

GAIN, OFFSET, UNITS, and DISPLAY.

Press

to start

Calibration

Press

to start

Calibration

Press one of these to select

mode for O3generator.

Accepts selected

O3generator

mode

Leaves O3

generator mode

unchanged and

returns to previous

Causes the drive voltage of

the optional O3generator to

2500 mV. This is used to

manually adjust the position

of the generators UV Lamp.

… through XIN84

Figure A-6: Secondary Setup Menu (DIAG & O3)

06870C DCN6332

APPENDIX A-1: T400 and M400E Software Menu Trees, Revision 1.0.0/E.3 Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F DCN6340)

A-10

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F DCN6340) APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables, Revision 1.0.0/E.3

A-11

APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables, Revision 1.0.0/E.3

Table A-1: T400 and M400E Setup Variables, Revision 1.0.0/E.3

SETUP VARIABLE NUMERIC

UNITS DEFAULT

VALUE VALUE RANGE DESCRIPTION

Low Access Level Setup Variables (818 password)

DAS_HOLD_OFF Minutes 15 0.5–20

Duration of DAS hold-off period.

CONC_PRECISION — AUTO

AUTO, 0, 1, 2, 3,

Number of digits to display to the right of

the decimal point for concentrations on the

display. Enclose value in double quotes (")

when setting from the RS-232 interface.

PHOTO_LAMP ºC

Warnings:

57–67

0–100 Photometer lamp temperature set point and

warning limits.

O3_GEN_LAMP ºC

Warnings:

43–53

0–100 O3 generator lamp temperature set point

and warning limits.

O3_GEN_LOW1 PPB 100 0–1500

O3 generator low set point for range #1.

O3_GEN_LOW2 PPB 100 0–1500

O3 generator low set point for range #2.

O3_SCRUB_SET ºC

110

Warnings:

100–120

0–200 O3 scrubber temperature set point and

warning limits.

CLOCK_ADJ Sec./Day 0 -60–60

Time-of-day clock speed adjustment.

Medium Access Level Setup Variables (929 password)

LANGUAGE_SELECT — ENGL

ENGL,

SECD,

EXTN

Selects the language to use for the user

interface. Enclose value in double quotes

(") when setting from the RS-232 interface.

MAINT_TIMEOUT Hours 2 0.1–100

Time until automatically switching out of

software-controlled maintenance mode.

LATCH_WARNINGS — ON ON, OFF

ON enables latching warning messages;

OFF disables latching

CONV_TIME — 1 SEC

33 MS, 66 MS, 133

MS, 266 MS,

533 MS,

1 SEC, 2 SEC

Conversion time for photometer detector

channel. Enclose value in double quotes (")

when setting from the RS-232 interface.

AD_MAX_DELTA 4 mV 1000 1–10000

Maximum reading-to-reading change on

any A/D channel to avoid spike

suppression.

O3_DWELL Seconds 2 0.1–30

Dwell time after switching

measure/reference valve.

O3_SAMPLE Samples 1 1–30

Number of detector readings to sample.

DARK_OFFSET mV 0 -1000–1000

Photometer dark offset for measure and

reference readings.

FILT_SIZE Samples 32 1–100

O3 concentration filter size.

FILT_ASIZE Samples 6 1–100

Moving average filter size in adaptive

mode.

FILT_DELTA PPB 20 1–1000

Absolute concentration difference to trigger

adaptive filter.

FILT_PCT Percent 5 1–100

Percent concentration difference to trigger

adaptive filter.

FILT_DELAY Seconds 60 0–60

Delay before leaving adaptive filter mode.

06870C DCN6332

APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables, Revision 1.0.0/E.3 Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F DCN6340)

A-12

SETUP VARIABLE NUMERIC

UNITS DEFAULT

VALUE VALUE RANGE DESCRIPTION

FILT_ADAPT — ON OFF, ON

ON enables adaptive filter.

OFF disables it.

USER_UNITS — PPB

0 PPB, PPM,

UGM, MGM

Concentration units for user interface.

Enclose value in double quotes (") when

setting from the RS-232 interface.

DIL_FACTOR — 1 0.1–1000

Dilution factor. Used only if is dilution

enabled with FACTORY_OPT variable.

SLOPE_CONST — 1 0.1–10

Slope constant factor to keep visible slope

near 1.

TPC_ENABLE — ON OFF, ON

ON enables temperature/ pressure

compensation; OFF disables it.

O3_GEN_MODE — CNST

0 CNST,

REF

O3 generator control mode. Enclose value

in double quotes (") when setting from the

RS-232 interface.

O3_GEN_SET1 PPB 400 0–1500

O3 generator high set point for range #1.

O3_GEN_SET2 PPB 400 0–1500

O3 generator high set point for range #2.

O3_GEN_DEF PPB 400 0–1500

O3 generator default set point.

O3_MIN_CONC PPB 25 0-100

O3 generator minimum reliable

concentration. Requested concentrations

that are below this are pegged at this value.

REF_DELAY Seconds 60 1–300

Delay before beginning O3 generator

reference feedback control.

REF_FREQ Seconds 12 1–60

O3 generator reference adjustment

frequency.

REF_FSIZE Samples 4 1–10

O3 generator reference filter size.

REF_INTEG — 0.1 0–10

O3 generator reference PID integral

coefficient.

REF_DERIV — 0 0–10

O3 generator reference PID derivative

coefficient.

DRIVE_STABIL mV 10 0.1–100

O3 generator drive stability limit for

concentration cache updates.

CACHE_RESOL PPB 2 0.1–20

O3 generator cache un-normalized

concentration resolution.

O3_LAMP_CYCLE Seconds 2 0.5–30

O3 generator lamp temperature control

cycle period.

O3_LAMP_PROP 1/DegC 0.2 0–10

O3 generator lamp temperature PID

proportional coefficient.

O3_LAMP_INTEG Gain 0.01 0–10

O3 generator lamp temperature PID integral

coefficient.

O3_LAMP_DERIV Gain 0.2 0–10

O3 generator lamp temperature PID

derivative coefficient.

O3_TARG_ZERO1 Conc 0 -100-1000

Target O3 concentration during zero

calibration of range #1.

O3_SPAN1 Conc 400 50–10000

Target O3 concentration during span

calibration for range #1.

O3_SLOPE1 — 1 0.850–1.150

O3 slope for range #1.

O3_OFFSET1 PPB 0 -100–100

O3 offset for range #1.

O3_SPAN2 Conc 400 50–10000

Target O3 concentration during span

calibration for range #2.

O3_SLOPE2 — 1 0.850–1.150

O3 slope for range #2.

O3_OFFSET2 PPB 0 -100–100

O3 offset for range #2.

DYN_ZERO — OFF OFF, ON

ON enables dynamic zero calibration for

contact closures and Hessen protocol.

OFF disables it.

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F DCN6340) APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables, Revision 1.0.0/E.3

A-13

SETUP VARIABLE NUMERIC

UNITS DEFAULT

VALUE VALUE RANGE DESCRIPTION

DYN_SPAN — OFF OFF, ON

ON enables dynamic span calibration for

contact closures and Hessen protocol.

OFF disables it.

RANGE_MODE — SNGL

0 SNGL, DUAL,

AUTO

Range control mode. Enclose value in

double quotes (") when setting from the RS-

232 interface.

CONC_RANGE1 Conc 500 0.1–20000

D/A concentration range #1.

CONC_RANGE2 Conc 500 0.1–20000

D/A concentration range #2.

RS232_MODE BitFlag 0 0–65535

RS-232 COM1 mode flags. Add values to

combine flags.

1 = quiet mode

2 = computer mode

4 = enable security

16 = enable Hessen protocol 5

32 = enable multi-drop

64 = enable modem

128 = ignore RS-232 line errors

256 = disable XON / XOFF support

512 = disable hardware FIFOs

1024 = enable RS-485 mode

2048 = even parity, 7 data bits, 1 stop bit

4096 = enable command prompt

BAUD_RATE — 115200

300, 1200, 2400,

4800, 9600,

19200, 38400,

57600, 115200

RS-232 COM1 baud rate. Enclose value in

double quotes (") when setting from the RS-

232 interface.

MODEM_INIT —

“AT Y0 &D0

&H0 &I0

S0=2 &B0

&N6 &M0 E0

Q1 &W0” 0

Any character in

the allowed

character set. Up

to 100 characters

long.

RS-232 COM1 modem initialization string.

Sent verbatim plus carriage return to

modem on power up or manually.

RS232_MODE2 — 0 0–65535

RS-232 COM2 mode flags.

(Same settings as RS232_MODE.)

BAUD_RATE2 — 115200

300, 1200, 2400,

4800, 9600,

19200, 38400,

57600, 115200

RS-232 COM2 baud rate.

MODEM_INIT2 —

“AT Y0 &D0

&H0 &I0

S0=2 &B0

&N6 &M0 E0

Q1 &W0” 0

Any character in

the allowed

character set. Up

to 100 characters

long.

RS-232 COM2 modem initialization string.

Sent verbatim plus carriage return to

modem on power up or manually.

RS232_PASS Password 940331 0–999999 RS-232 log on password.

TCP2_MODE2 — 0 0-99999

Bit Flag

MACHINE_ID ID 400

0–9999 (Hessen:

0–999) Unique ID number for instrument.

COMMAND_PROMPT — “Cmd> ”

Any character in

the allowed

character set. Up

to 100 characters

long.

RS-232 interface command prompt.

Displayed only if enabled with

RS232_MODE variable.

06870C DCN6332

APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables, Revision 1.0.0/E.3 Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F DCN6340)

A-14

SETUP VARIABLE NUMERIC

UNITS DEFAULT

VALUE VALUE RANGE DESCRIPTION

TEST_CHAN_ID — NONE

NONE,

PHOTO MEAS,

PHOTO REF,

O3 GEN REF,

SAMPLE PRESSURE,

SAMPLE FLOW,

SAMPLE TEMP,

PHOTO LAMP TEMP,

O3 SCRUB TEMP,

O3 LAMP TEMP,

CHASSIS TEMP

Diagnostic analog output ID. Enclose value

in double quotes (") when setting from the

RS-232 interface.

REMOTE_CAL_MODE — LOW

0 LOW, HIGH

Range to calibrate during contact closure or

Hessen calibration. Enclose value in double

quotes (") when setting from the RS-232

interface.

PASS_ENABLE — OFF OFF, ON

ON enables passwords.

OFF disables them.

PHOTO_LAMP_POWER mV 4500 0–5000

Photometer lamp power setting.

LAMP_PWR_ENABLE — OFF OFF, ON

ON enables photometer lamp power

cycling.

OFF disables it.

LAMP_PWR_PERIOD Hours 24 0.01–1000

Photometer lamp power cycling period.

LAMP_OFF_DELAY Seconds 0.1 0.02–5

Length of time photometer lamp is turned

off.

DET_VALID_DELAY Seconds 20 1–300

Delay until valid concentration is computed.

REF_SDEV_LIMIT mV 3 0.1–100

Photometer reference standard deviation

must be below this limit to switch out of

startup mode.

PHOTO_CYCLE Seconds 5 0.5–30

Photometer lamp temperature control cycle

period.

PHOTO_PROP — 0.5 0–10

Photometer lamp temperature PID

proportional coefficient.

PHOTO_INTEG — 0.1 0–10

Photometer lamp temperature PID integral

coefficient.

PHOTO_DERIV — 0 0–10

Photometer lamp temperature PID

derivative coefficient.

O3_SCRUB_CYCLE Seconds 10 0.5–30

O3 scrubber temperature control cycle

period.

O3_SCRUB_PROP — 0.5 0–10

O3 scrubber temperature PID proportional

coefficient.

O3_SCRUB_INTEG — 0.1 0–10

O3 scrubber temperature PID integral

coefficient.

O3_SCRUB_DERIV — 0 0–10

O3 scrubber temperature PID derivative

coefficient.

PATH_LENGTH cm 41.96 0.01–100

Photometer detector path length.

STABIL_FREQ Seconds 10 1–300

Stability measurement sampling frequency.

STABIL_SAMPLES Samples 25 2–40

Number of samples in concentration

stability reading.

SAMP_PRESS_SET In-Hg

29.92

Warnings:

15–35

0–100 Sample pressure set point and warning

limits. Set point is used for T/P

compensation.

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F DCN6340) APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables, Revision 1.0.0/E.3

A-15

SETUP VARIABLE NUMERIC

UNITS DEFAULT

VALUE VALUE RANGE DESCRIPTION

SAMP_FLOW_SET cc/m

700

Warnings:

500–999.5

0–1200 Sample flow set point and warning limits.

SAMP_FLOW_SLOPE — 1 0.001–100

Slope term to correct sample flow rate.

SAMP_TEMP_SET ºC

Warnings:

10.5–49.5

0–100 Sample temperature set point and warning

limits. Set point is used for T/P

compensation.

BOX_SET ºC

Warnings:

5–39.5

0–100 Internal box temperature set point and

warning limits.

GAS_STD_TEMP ºC 0 -100–100

Standard temperature for unit conversions.

GAS_STD_PRESS ATM 1 0.1–10

Standard pressure for unit conversions.

GAS_MOL_WEIGHT MolWt 28.890 1–99.999

Molar mass of sample gas for computing

concentrations by weight instead of volume.

Assumed to be 78% Nitrogen (N2, 28.0134)

and 22% Oxygen (O2, 31.9988).

SERIAL_NUMBER — “00000000 ”

Any character in

the allowed

character set. Up

to 100 characters

long.

Unique serial number for instrument.

DISP_INTENSITY — HIGH

0 HIGH, MED,

LOW, DIM

Front panel display intensity. Enclose value

in double quotes (") when setting from the

RS-232 interface.

I2C_RESET_ENABLE — ON OFF, ON

I2C bus automatic reset enable.

CLOCK_FORMAT — “TIME=

%H:%M:%S”

Any character in

the allowed

character set. Up

to 100 characters

long.

Time-of-day clock format flags. Enclose

value in double quotes (“) when setting from

the RS-232 interface.

“%a” = Abbreviated weekday name.

“%b” = Abbreviated month name.

“%d” = Day of month as decimal number

(01 – 31).

“%H” = Hour in 24-hour format (00 – 23).

“%I” = Hour in 12-hour format (01 – 12).

“%j” = Day of year as decimal number (001

– 366).

“%m” = Month as decimal number (01 –

12).

“%M” = Minute as decimal number (00 –

59).

“%p” = A.M./P.M. indicator for 12-hour

clock.

“%S” = Second as decimal number (00 –

59).

“%w” = Weekday as decimal number (0 – 6;

Sunday is 0).

“%y” = Year without century, as decimal

number (00 – 99).

“%Y” = Year with century, as decimal

number.

“%%” = Percent sign.

ALARM_TRIGGER 5 Cycles 3 1-100

Number of times concentration must

exceed limit to trigger alarm.

06870C DCN6332

APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables, Revision 1.0.0/E.3 Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F DCN6340)

A-16

SETUP VARIABLE NUMERIC

UNITS DEFAULT

VALUE VALUE RANGE DESCRIPTION

FACTORY_OPT — 0 0–65535

Factory option flags. Add values to combine

options.

1 = enable dilution factor

2 = O3 generator installed 2

4 = O3 generator and reference detector

installed 2

8 = zero and span valves installed

16 = display units in concentration field

32 = enable software-controlled

maintenance mode

64 = enable heated O3 scrubber

128 = enable switch-controlled

maintenance mode

256 = internal zero valve only installed

512 = enable concentration alarms 5

1024 = alternate status output

mapping

2048 = enable Internet option 3

8192 = enable non-zero offset

calibration

16384 = enable external analog inputs 6

0 Enclose value in double quotes (") when setting from the RS-232 interface.

1 Hessen protocol.

2 Must power-cycle instrument for these options to fully take effect.

3 Internet option (applies to E-series).

4 Spike suppression option.

5 Concentration alarm option.

6 T Series external analog input option.

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F DCN6340) APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Functions, Revision 1.0.0/E.3

A-17

APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Functions, Revision 1.0.0/E.3

Table A-2: T400 and M400E Warning Messages, Revision 1.0.0/E.3

NAME MESSAGE TEXT DESCRIPTION REAL

TIME

WSYSRES SYSTEM RESET Instrument was power-cycled or the CPU was reset. Yes 1

WDATAINIT DATA INITIALIZED Data storage was erased. No

WCONFIGINIT CONFIG INITIALIZED Configuration storage was reset to factory configuration or

erased. No

WO3ALARM1 4 O3 ALARM 1 WARN O3 concentration alarm limit #1 exceeded Yes

WO3ALARM2 4 O3 ALARM 2 WARN O3 concentration alarm limit #2 exceeded Yes

WPHOTOREF PHOTO REF WARNING Photometer reference reading less than 2500 mV or greater

than 4999 mV. Yes

WLAMPSTABIL LAMP STABIL WARN Photometer lamp reference step changes occur more than

25% of the time. Yes

WO3GENREF O3 GEN REF WARNING O3 reference detector drops below 50 mV during reference

feedback O3 generator control. Yes

WO3GENINT O3 GEN LAMP WARN O3 concentration below 1000 PPB when O3 lamp drive is

above 4500 mV during O3 generator calibration. Yes

WSAMPPRESS SAMPLE PRESS WARN Sample pressure outside of warning limits specified by

SAMP_PRESS_SET variable. Yes

WSAMPFLOW SAMPLE FLOW WARN Sample flow outside of warning limits specified by

SAMP_FLOW_SET variable. Yes

WSAMPTEMP SAMPLE TEMP WARN Sample temperature outside of warning limits specified by

SAMP_TEMP_SET variable. Yes

WBOXTEMP BOX TEMP WARNING Chassis temperature outside of warning limits specified by

BOX_SET variable. Yes

WO3GENTEMP O3 GEN TEMP WARN O3 generator lamp temperature outside of warning limits

specified by O3_GEN_LAMP variable. Yes

WO3SCRUBTEMP O3 SCRUB TEMP WARN O3 scrubber temperature outside of warning limits specified

by O3_SCRUB_SET variable. Yes

WPHOTOLTEMP PHOTO TEMP WARNING Photometer lamp temperature outside of warning limits

specified by PHOTO_LAMP variable. Yes

WDYNZERO CANNOT DYN ZERO Contact closure zero calibration failed while DYN_ZERO

was set to ON. Yes 2

WDYNSPAN CANNOT DYN SPAN Contact closure span calibration failed while DYN_SPAN

was set to ON. Yes 3

WREARBOARD REAR BOARD NOT DET Rear board was not detected during power up. Yes

WRELAYBOARD RELAY BOARD WARN Firmware is unable to communicate with the relay board. Yes

WLAMPDRIVER LAMP DRIVER WARN Firmware is unable to communicate with either the O3

generator or photometer lamp I2C driver chip. Yes

WFRONTPANEL 5 FRONT PANEL WARN Firmware is unable to communicate with the front panel. Yes

WANALOGCAL ANALOG CAL WARNING The A/D or at least one D/A channel has not been

calibrated. Yes

1 Cleared 45 minutes after power up.

2 Cleared the next time successful zero calibration is performed.

3 Cleared the next time successful span calibration is performed.

4 Concentration alarm option.

5 Applies to E-Series.

06870C DCN6332

APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Functions, Revision 1.0.0/E.3 Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F

DCN6340)

A-18

Table A-3: T400 and M400E Test Functions, Revision 1.0.0/E.3

NAME 1 MESSAGE TEXT DESCRIPTION

RANGE RANGE=500.0 PPB 3 D/A range in single or auto-range modes.

RANGE1 RANGE1=500.0 PPB 3 D/A #1 range in dual range mode.

RANGE2 RANGE2=500.0 PPB 3 D/A #2 range in dual range mode.

STABILITY STABIL=0.0 PPB 3 Concentration stability (standard deviation based on

setting of STABIL_FREQ and STABIL_SAMPLES).

RESPONSE 2 RSP=3.11(0.00) SEC

Instrument response. How frequently concentration is

updated. Time in parenthesis is standard deviation.

PHOTOMEAS O3 MEAS=2993.8 MV Photometer detector measure reading.

PHOTOREF O3 REF=3000.0 MV Photometer detector reference reading.

O3GENREF O3 GEN=4250.0 MV O3 generator reference detector reading.

O3GENDRIVE O3 DRIVE=0.0 MV O3 generator lamp drive output.

PHOTOPOWER PHOTO POWER=4500.0 MV Photometer lamp drive output.

SAMPPRESS PRES=29.9 IN-HG-A

Sample pressure.

SAMPFLOW SAMP FL=700 CC/M Sample flow rate.

SAMPTEMP SAMPLE TEMP=31.2 C Sample temperature.

PHOTOLTEMP PHOTO LAMP=52.3 C Photometer lamp temperature.

PHOTOLDUTY 2 PHLMP ON=1.10 SEC Photometer lamp temperature control duty cycle. Portion

of PHOTO_CYCLE time that heater is turned on.

O3SCRUBTEMP O3 SCRUB=110.2 C O3 scrubber temperature.

O3SCRUBDUTY 2 O3 SCRUB ON=2.25 SEC O3 scrubber temperature control duty cycle. Portion of

O3_SCRUB_CYCLE time that heater is turned on.

O3GENTEMP O3 GEN TMP=48.5 C O3 generator lamp temperature.

BOXTEMP BOX TEMP=31.2 C Internal chassis temperature.

SLOPE SLOPE=1.000

Slope for current range, computed during zero/span

calibration.

OFFSET OFFSET=0.0 PPB 2 Offset for current range, computed during zero/span

calibration.

O3 O3=191.6 PPB 2 O3 concentration for current range.

TESTCHAN TEST=2753.9 MV

Value output to TEST_OUTPUT analog output, selected

with TEST_CHAN_ID variable.

XIN1 4 AIN1=37.15 EU

External analog input 1 value in engineering units.

XIN2 4 AIN2=37.15 EU

External analog input 2 value in engineering units.

XIN3 4 AIN3=37.15 EU

External analog input 3 value in engineering units.

XIN4 4 AIN4=37.15 EU

External analog input 4 value in engineering units.

XIN5 4 AIN5=37.15 EU

External analog input 5 value in engineering units.

XIN6 4 AIN6=37.15 EU

External analog input 6 value in engineering units.

XIN7 4 AIN7=37.15 EU

External analog input 7 value in engineering units.

XIN8 4 AIN8=37.15 EU

External analog input 8 value in engineering units.

CLOCKTIME TIME=14:48:01

Current instrument time of day clock.

1 The name is used to request a message via the RS-232 interface, as in “T BOXTEMP”.

2 Engineering software.

3 Current instrument units.

4 External analog input option.

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F DCN6340)APPENDIX A-4: T400 and M400E Signal I/O Definitions, Revision 1.0.0/E.3

A-19

APPENDIX A-4: T400 and M400E Signal I/O Definitions, Revision 1.0.0/E.3

Table A-4: T400 and M400E Signal I/O Definitions, Revision 1.0.0/E.3

SIGNAL NAME BIT OR

CHANNEL

NUMBER DESCRIPTION

Internal inputs, U7, J108, pins 9–16 = bits 0–7, default I/O address 322 hex

0–7 Spare

Internal outputs, U8, J108, pins 1–8 = bits 0–7, default I/O address 322 hex

0–5 Spare

I2C_RESET 6 1 = reset I2C peripherals

0 = normal

I2C_DRV_RST 7 0 = hardware reset 8584 chip

1 = normal

Control inputs, U11, J1004, pins 1–6 = bits 0–5, default I/O address 321 hex

EXT_ZERO_CAL 0 0 = go into zero calibration

1 = exit zero calibration

EXT_LOW_SPAN_CAL 1 1 0 = go into low span calibration

1 = exit span calibration

EXT_SPAN_CAL 1 2 0 = go into span calibration

1 = exit span calibration

3–5 Spare

6–7 Always 1

Control inputs, U14, J1006, pins 1–6 = bits 0–5, default I/O address 325 hex

0–5 Spare

6–7 Always 1

Control outputs, U17, J1008, pins 1–8 = bits 0–7, default I/O address 321 hex

0–7 Spare

Control outputs, U21, J1008, pins 9–12 = bits 0–3, default I/O address 325 hex

0–3 Spare

Alarm outputs, U21, J1009, pins 1–12 = bits 4–7, default I/O address 325 hex

1 = system OK

0 = any alarm condition or in diagnostics mode

ST_SYSTEM_OK2,

MB_RELAY_36 3 4

Controlled by MODBUS coil register

1 = conc. limit 1 exceeded

0 = conc. OK

ST_CONC_ALARM_1 4,

MB_RELAY_37 3 5

Controlled by MODBUS coil register

1 = conc. limit 2 exceeded

0 = conc. OK

ST_CONC_ALARM_2 4,

MB_RELAY_38 3 6

Controlled by MODBUS coil register

1 = high auto-range in use (mirrors ST_HIGH_RANGE

status output)

0 = low auto-range

ST_HIGH_RANGE2 5,

MB_RELAY_39 3 7

Controlled by MODBUS coil register

A status outputs, U24, J1017, pins 1–8 = bits 0–7, default I/O address 323 hex

ST_SYSTEM_OK 0 0 = system OK

1 = any alarm condition

ST_CONC_VALID 1 0 = conc. valid

1 = hold off or other conditions

ST_HIGH_RANGE 2 0 = high auto-range in use

1 = low auto-range

06870C DCN6332

APPENDIX A-4: T400 and M400E Signal I/O Definitions, Revision 1.0.0/E.3Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F

DCN6340)

A-20

SIGNAL NAME BIT OR

CHANNEL

NUMBER DESCRIPTION

ST_ZERO_CAL 3 0 = in zero calibration

1 = not in zero

ST_SPAN_CAL 4 0 = in span calibration

1 = not in span

ST_TEMP_ALARM 5 0 = any temperature alarm

1 = all temperatures OK

ST_FLOW_ALARM 6 0 = any flow alarm

1 = all flows OK

ST_PRESS_ALARM 7 0 = any pressure alarm

1 = all pressures OK

A status outputs, alternate status outputs factory option

ST_DIAG_MODE 5 0 = in diagnostic mode

1 = not in diagnostic mode

ST_LOW_SPAN_CAL 6 0 = in low span calibration

1 = not in low span

7 Spare

B status outputs, U27, J1018, pins 1–8 = bits 0–7, default I/O address 324 hex

ST_DIAG_MODE 0 0 = in diagnostic mode

1 = not in diagnostic mode

ST_LOW_SPAN_CAL 1 0 = in low span calibration

1 = not in low span

ST_LAMP_ALARM 2 0 = any lamp alarm

1 = all lamps OK

3–7 Spare

B status outputs, alternate status outputs factory option

ST_TEMP_ALARM 0 0 = any temperature alarm

1 = all temperatures OK

ST_FLOW_ALARM 1 0 = any flow alarm

1 = all flows OK

ST_LAMP_ALARM 2 0 = any lamp alarm

1 = all lamps OK

ST_PRESS_ALARM 3 0 = any pressure alarm

1 = all pressures OK

4–7 Spare

Front panel I2C keyboard, default I2C address 4E hex

MAINT_MODE 5 (input) 0 = maintenance mode

1 = normal mode

LANG2_SELECT 6 (input) 0 = select second language

1 = select first language (English)

SAMPLE_LED 8 (output) 0 = sample LED on

1 = off

CAL_LED 9 (output) 0 = cal. LED on

1 = off

FAULT_LED 10 (output) 0 = fault LED on

1 = off

AUDIBLE_BEEPER 14 (output) 0 = beeper on (for diagnostic testing only)

1 = off

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F DCN6340)APPENDIX A-4: T400 and M400E Signal I/O Definitions, Revision 1.0.0/E.3

A-21

SIGNAL NAME BIT OR

CHANNEL

NUMBER DESCRIPTION

Relay board digital output (PCF8575), default I2C address 44 hex

RELAY_WATCHDOG 0 Alternate between 0 and 1 at least every 5 seconds to keep

relay board active

O3_SCRUB_HEATER 1 0 = O3 scrubber heater on

1 = off

2–5 Spare

SPAN_VALVE 6 0 = let span gas in

1 = let zero gas in

PHOTO_REF_VALVE 7 0 = photometer valve in reference position

1 = measure position

CAL_VALVE 8 0 = let cal. gas in

1 = let sample gas in

9–13 Spare

PHOTO_LAMP_HEATER 14 0 = O3 photometer lamp heater on

1 = off

O3_GEN_HEATER 15 0 = O3 generator lamp heater on

1 = off

Rear board primary MUX analog inputs

PHOTO_DET 0 Photometer detector reading

O3_GEN_REF_DET 1 O3 generator reference detector reading

2 Spare

SAMPLE_PRESSURE 3 Sample pressure

4 Temperature MUX

5 Spare

SAMPLE_FLOW 6 Sample flow

TEST_INPUT_7 7 Diagnostic test input

TEST_INPUT_8 8 Diagnostic test input

REF_4096_MV 9 4.096V reference from MAX6241

10–11 Spare

O3_SCRUB_TEMP 12 O3 scrubber temperature

13 Spare

14 DAC loopback MUX

REF_GND 15 Ground reference

Rear board temperature MUX analog inputs

BOX_TEMP 0 Internal box temperature

SAMPLE_TEMP 1 Sample temperature

PHOTO_LAMP_TEMP 2 Photometer lamp temperature

O3_GEN_TEMP 3 O3 generator lamp temperature

4–5 Spare

TEMP_INPUT_6 6 Diagnostic temperature input

TEMP_INPUT_7 7 Diagnostic temperature input

Rear board DAC MUX analog inputs

DAC_CHAN_1 0 DAC channel 0 loopback

DAC_CHAN_2 1 DAC channel 1 loopback

DAC_CHAN_3 2 DAC channel 2 loopback

DAC_CHAN_4 3 DAC channel 3 loopback

06870C DCN6332

APPENDIX A-4: T400 and M400E Signal I/O Definitions, Revision 1.0.0/E.3Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F

DCN6340)

A-22

SIGNAL NAME BIT OR

CHANNEL

NUMBER DESCRIPTION

Rear board analog outputs

CONC_OUT_1 Concentration output #1

DATA_OUT_1 6 0 Data output #1

CONC_OUT_2 Concentration output #2

DATA_OUT_2 6 1 Data output #2

CONC_OUT_3 2 Concentration output #3 (non-step suppression channel,

same range as output #1)

DATA_OUT_3 6 2 Data output #3

TEST_OUTPUT Test measurement output

DATA_OUT_4 6 3 Data output #4

External analog input board, default I2C address 5C hex

XIN1 7 0 External analog input 1

XIN2 7 1 External analog input 2

XIN3 7 2 External analog input 3

XIN4 7 3 External analog input 4

XIN5 7 4 External analog input 5

XIN6 7 5 External analog input 6

XIN7 7 6 External analog input 7

XIN8 7 7 External analog input 8

I2C analog output (AD5321), default I2C address 18 hex

PHOTO_LAMP_DRIVE 0 O3 photometer lamp drive (0–5V)

I2C analog output (AD5321), default I2C address 1A hex

O3_GEN_DRIVE 0 O3 generator lamp drive (0–5V)

1 IZS option.

2 Dual concentration calculation option.

3 MODBUS option.

4 Concentration alarm option.

5 High auto range relay option.

6 User-configurable D/A output option.

5 External analog input option.

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F DCN6340) APPENDIX A-5: T400 and M400E DAS Functions, Revision

1.0.0/E.3

A-23

APPENDIX A-5: T400 and M400E DAS Functions, Revision 1.0.0/E.3

Table A-5: T400 and M400E DAS Trigger Events, Revision 1.0.0/E.3

NAME DESCRIPTION

ATIMER Automatic timer expired

EXITZR Exit zero calibration mode

EXITLS Exit low span calibration mode

EXITHS Exit high span calibration mode

EXITMP Exit multi-point calibration mode

SLPCHG Slope and offset recalculated

EXITDG Exit diagnostic mode

CONC1W 1 Concentration limit 1 exceeded

CONC2W 1 Concentration limit 2 exceeded

PHREFW Photometer reference warning

PHSTBW Photometer lamp stability warning

PHTMPW Photometer lamp temperature warning

O3REFW Ozone generator reference warning

O3LMPW Ozone generator lamp intensity warning

O3TMPW Ozone generator lamp temperature warning

O3SBTW Ozone scrubber temperature warning

STEMPW Sample temperature warning

SFLOWW Sample flow warning

SPRESW Sample pressure warning

BTEMPW Box temperature warning

1 Concentration alarm option.

06870C DCN6332

APPENDIX A-5: T400 and M400E DAS Functions, Revision 1.0.0/E.3 Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F

DCN6340)

A-24

Table A-6: T400 and M400E DAS Functions, Revision 1.0.0/E.3

NAME DESCRIPTION UNITS

PHMEAS Photometer detector measure reading mV

PHREF Photometer detector reference reading mV

PHSTB Photometer lamp stability %

SLOPE1 Slope for range #1 —

SLOPE2 Slope for range #2 —

OFSET1 Offset for range #1 PPB

OFSET2 Offset for range #2 PPB

ZSCNC1 Concentration for range #1 during zero/span calibration, just before

computing new slope and offset PPB

ZSCNC2 Concentration for range #2 during zero/span calibration, just before

computing new slope and offset PPB

CONC1 Concentration for range #1 PPB

CONC2 Concentration for range #2 PPB

STABIL Concentration stability PPB

O3REF Ozone generator reference detector reading mV

O3DRIV Ozone generator lamp drive mV

O3TEMP Ozone generator lamp temperature Degrees C

O3STMP Ozone scrubber temperature Degrees C

O3SDTY Ozone scrubber temperature duty cycle Fraction

(1.0 = 100%)

PHTEMP Photometer lamp temperature Degrees C

PHLDTY Photometer lamp temperature duty cycle Fraction

(1.0 = 100%)

SMPTMP Sample temperature Degrees C

SMPFLW Sample flow rate cc/m

SMPPRS Sample pressure Inches Hg

BOXTMP Internal box temperature Degrees C

TEST7 Diagnostic test input (TEST_INPUT_7) mV

TEST8 Diagnostic test input (TEST_INPUT_8) mV

TEMP6 Diagnostic temperature input (TEMP_INPUT_6) Degrees C

TEMP7 Diagnostic temperature input (TEMP_INPUT_7) Degrees C

REFGND Ground reference mV

RF4096 Precision 4.096 mV reference mV

XIN1 1 Channel 1 Analog In

XIN1SLPE 1 Channel 1 Analog In Slope

XIN1OFST 1 Channel 1 Analog In Offset

XIN2 1 Channel 2 Analog In

XIN2SLPE 1 Channel 2 Analog In Slope

XIN2OFST 1 Channel 2 Analog In Offset

XIN3 1 Channel 3 Analog In

XIN3SLPE 1 Channel 3 Analog In Slope

XIN3OFST 1 Channel 3 Analog In Offset

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F DCN6340) APPENDIX A-5: T400 and M400E DAS Functions, Revision

1.0.0/E.3

A-25

NAME DESCRIPTION UNITS

XIN4 1 Channel 4 Analog In

XIN4SLPE 1 Channel 4 Analog In Slope

XIN4OFST 1 Channel 4 Analog In Offset

XIN5 1 Channel 5 Analog In

XIN5SLPE 1 Channel 5 Analog In Slope

XIN5OFST 1 Channel 5 Analog In Offset

XIN6 1 Channel 6 Analog In

XIN6SLPE 1 Channel 6 Analog In Slope

XIN6OFST 1 Channel 6 Analog In Offset

XIN7 1 Channel 7 Analog In

XIN7SLPE 1 Channel 7 Analog In Slope

XIN7OFST 1 Channel 7 Analog In Offset

XIN8 1 Channel 8 Analog In

XIN8SLPE 1 Channel 8 Analog In Slope

XIN8OFST 1 Channel 8 Analog In Offset

1 External Analog In option, T-Series only.

06870C DCN6332

APPENDIX A-6: Terminal Command Designators Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F DCN6340)

A-26

APPENDIX A-6: Terminal Command Designators

Table A-7: Terminal Command Designators

COMMAND ADDITIONAL COMMAND SYNTAX DESCRIPTION

? [ID] Display help screen and commands list

LOGON [ID] password Establish connection to instrument

LOGOFF [ID] Terminate connection to instrument

SET ALL|name|hexmask Display test(s)

LIST [ALL|name|hexmask] [NAMES|HEX] Print test(s) to screen

name Print single test

T [ID]

CLEAR ALL|name|hexmask Disable test(s)

SET ALL|name|hexmask Display warning(s)

LIST [ALL|name|hexmask] [NAMES|HEX] Print warning(s)

name Clear single warning

W [ID]

CLEAR ALL|name|hexmask Clear warning(s)

ZERO|LOWSPAN|SPAN [1|2] Enter calibration mode

ASEQ number Execute automatic sequence

COMPUTE ZERO|SPAN Compute new slope/offset

EXIT Exit calibration mode

C [ID]

ABORT Abort calibration sequence

LIST Print all I/O signals

name[=value] Examine or set I/O signal

LIST NAMES Print names of all diagnostic tests

ENTER name Execute diagnostic test

EXIT Exit diagnostic test

RESET [DATA] [CONFIG] [exitcode] Reset instrument

PRINT ["name"] [SCRIPT] Print DAS configuration

RECORDS ["name"] Print number of DAS records

REPORT ["name"] [RECORDS=number] [FROM=<start

date>][TO=<end date>][VERBOSE|COMPACT|HEX]

(Print DAS records)(date format: MM/DD/YYYY(or YY)

[HH:MM:SS]

Print DAS records

D [ID]

CANCEL Halt printing DAS records

LIST Print setup variables

name[=value [warn_low [warn_high]]] Modify variable

name="value" Modify enumerated variable

CONFIG Print instrument configuration

MAINT ON|OFF Enter/exit maintenance mode

V [ID]

MODE Print current instrument mode

DASBEGIN [<data channel definitions>] DASEND Upload DAS configuration

CHANNELBEGIN propertylist CHANNELEND Upload single DAS channel

CHANNELDELETE ["name"] Delete DAS channels

The command syntax follows the command type, separated by a space character. Strings in [brackets] are optional

designators. The following key assignments also apply.

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F DCN6340) APPENDIX A-6: Terminal Command Designators

A-27

Table A-8: Terminal Key Assignments

TERMINAL KEY ASSIGNMENTS

ESC Abort line

CR (ENTER) Execute command

Ctrl-C Switch to computer mode

COMPUTER MODE KEY ASSIGNMENTS

LF (line feed) Execute command

Ctrl-T Switch to terminal mode

06870C DCN6332

APPENDIX A-7: MODBUS Register Map Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F DCN6340)

A-28

APPENDIX A-7: MODBUS Register Map

MODBUS

(dec., 0-based)

Description Units

MODBUS Floating Point Input Registers

(32-bit IEEE 754 format; read in high-word, low-word order; read-only)

0 Photometer detector measure reading mV

2 Photometer detector reference reading mV

4 Photometer lamp stability %

6 Slope for range #1 —

8 Slope for range #2 —

10 Offset for range #1 PPB

12 Offset for range #2 PPB

14 Concentration for range #1 during zero/span calibration, just before

computing new slope and offset PPB

16 Concentration for range #2 during zero/span calibration, just before

computing new slope and offset PPB

18 Concentration for range #1 PPB

20 Concentration for range #2 PPB

22 Concentration stability PPB

24 Ozone generator reference detector reading mV

26 Ozone generator lamp drive mV

28 Ozone generator lamp temperature °C

30 Ozone scrubber temperature °C

32 Ozone scrubber temperature duty cycle Fraction

(1.0 = 100%)

34 Photometer lamp temperature °C

36 Photometer lamp temperature duty cycle Fraction

(1.0 = 100%)

38 Sample temperature °C

40 Sample flow rate cc/m

42 Sample pressure Inches Hg

44 Internal box temperature °C

46 Diagnostic test input (TEST_INPUT_7) mV

48 Diagnostic test input (TEST_INPUT_8) mV

50 Diagnostic temperature input (TEMP_INPUT_6) °C

52 Diagnostic temperature input (TEMP_INPUT_7) °C

54 Ground reference mV

56 Precision 4.096 mV reference mV

130 4 External analog input 1 value Volts

132 4 External analog input 1 slope eng unit /V

134 4 External analog input 1 offset eng unit

136 4 External analog input 2 value Volts

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F DCN6340) APPENDIX A-7: MODBUS Register Map

A-29

MODBUS

(dec., 0-based)

Description Units

138 4 External analog input 2 slope eng unit /V

140 4 External analog input 2 offset eng unit

142 4 External analog input 3 value Volts

144 4 External analog input 3 slope eng unit /V

146 4 External analog input 3 offset eng unit

148 4 External analog input 4 value Volts

150 4 External analog input 4 slope eng unit /V

152 4 External analog input 4 offset eng unit

154 4 External analog input 5 value Volts

156 4 External analog input 5 slope eng unit /V

158 4 External analog input 5 offset eng unit

160 4 External analog input 6 value Volts

162 4 External analog input 6 slope eng unit /V

164 4 External analog input 6 offset eng unit

166 4 External analog input 7 value Volts

168 4 External analog input 7 slope eng unit /V

170 4 External analog input 7 offset eng unit

172 4 External analog input 8 value Volts

174 4 External analog input 8 slope eng unit /V

176 4 External analog input 8 offset eng unit

MODBUS Floating Point Holding Registers

(32-bit IEEE 754 format; read/write in high-word, low-word order; read/write)

0 Maps to O3_TARG_ZERO1 variable; target zero concentration for

range #1 Conc. units

2 Maps to O3_SPAN1 variable; target span concentration for range #1 Conc. units

4 Maps to O3_TARG_ZERO2 variable; target zero concentration for

range #2 Conc. units

6 Maps to O3_SPAN2 variable; target span concentration for range #2 Conc. units

MODBUS Discrete Input Registers

(single-bit; read-only)

0 O3 generator reference detector warning

1 O3 generator lamp intensity warning

2 O3 generator lamp temperature warning

3 O3 scrubber temperature warning

4 Photometer reference warning

5 Photometer lamp stability warning

6 Photometer lamp temperature warning

7 Box temperature warning

8 Sample temperature warning

9 Sample flow warning

06870C DCN6332

APPENDIX A-7: MODBUS Register Map Teledyne API - Models T400 and 400E (04402F DCN6340)

A-30

MODBUS

(dec., 0-based)

Description Units

10 Sample pressure warning

11 System reset warning

12 Rear board communication warning

13 Relay board communication warning

14 O3 generator or photometer lamp I2C driver chip communication warning

15 Front panel communication warning

16 Analog calibration warning

17 Dynamic zero warning

18 Dynamic span warning

19 Invalid concentration

20 In zero calibration mode

21 In low span calibration mode

22 In span calibration mode

23 In multi-point calibration mode

24 System is OK (same meaning as SYSTEM_OK I/O signal)

25 3 O

3 concentration alarm limit #1 exceeded

26 3 O

3 concentration alarm limit #2 exceeded

MODBUS Coil Registers

(single-bit; read/write)

0 Maps to relay output signal 36 (MB_RELAY_36 in signal I/O list)

1 Maps to relay output signal 37 (MB_RELAY_37 in signal I/O list)

2 Maps to relay output signal 38 (MB_RELAY_38 in signal I/O list)

3 Maps to relay output signal 39 (MB_RELAY_39 in signal I/O list)

20 1 Triggers zero calibration of O3 range #1 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)

21 2 Triggers low span calibration of O3 range #1 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)

22 1 Triggers span calibration of O3 range #1 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)

23 1 Triggers zero calibration of O3 range #2 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)

24 2 Triggers low span calibration of O3 range #2 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)

25 1 Triggers span calibration of O3 range #2 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)

1 Set DYN_ZERO or DYN_SPAN variables to ON to enable calculating new slope or offset. Otherwise a calibration check

is performed.

2 O

3 generator or zero/span valve factory options must be enabled.

3 Concentration alarm option.

4 External analog input option.

06870C DCN6332

APPENDIX B - Spare Parts

Note

Use of replacement parts other than those supplied by T-API may result in non

compliance with European standard EN 61010-1.

Note

Due to the dynamic nature of part numbers, please refer to the Website or call

Customer Service for more recent updates to part numbers.

06870C DCN6332

B-1

This page intentionally left blank.

B-2

06870C DCN6332

T400 Spare Parts List

PN 06851A DCN5809 08/18/2010

1 of 2 page(s)

Part Numbe

Description

000941000 ORIFICE, 13 MIL (SAMPLE FLOW & OZONE GENERATOR)

001760400 ASSY, FLOW CONTROL, 800CC

003290000 ASSY, THERMISTOR

005960000 KIT, EXPENDABLES, ACTIVATED CHARCOAL

006120100 ASSY, UV LAMP, OZONE GENERATOR

006190200 KIT, EXPENDABLES, M400E

009690000 KIT, TFE FILTER ELEMENTS, 5 UM (100)

009690100 AKIT, TFE FLTR (FL6), 47MM, 5UM (30)

016290000 WINDOW, SAMPLE FILTER, 47MM (KB)

016300700 ASSY, SAMPLE FILTER, 47MM

022710000 ABSORPTION TUBE, QUARTZ, (KB)

037340300 ASSY, AIR DRYER, ORANGE SILICA GEL

037860000 ORING, TEFLON, RETAINING RING, 47MM (KB)

040010000 ASSY, FAN REAR PANEL

040030100 PCA, PRESS SENSORS (1X), w/FM4

040660000 ASSY, REPLACEMENT CHARCOAL FILTER

041200000 PCA, DET PREAMP w/OP20

041200200 PCA, DET PREAMP w/OP20

041440000 PCA, DC HEATER/TEMP SENSOR, OPTICAL BENCH

042010000 ASSY, SAMPLE THERMISTOR

042410200 ASSY, PUMP, INT, SOX/O3/IR *

042890100 ASSY, PUMP CONFIG PLUG, 100-115V/60 HZ

042890200 ASSY, PUMP CONFIG PLUG, 100-115V/50 HZ

042890300 ASSY, PUMP CONFIG PLUG, 220-240V/60 HZ

042890400 ASSY, PUMP CONFIG PLUG, 220-240V/50 HZ

043910100 AKIT, EXP KIT, ORANGE SILICA GEL

044730000 IZS ASSY, EXPENDABLES KIT O3

045230100 PCA, RELAY CARD, E SERIES, S/N'S >522

048660000 ASSY, THERMOCOUPLE, AG SCRUBBER

048670000 ASSY, HEATER, FIBER O3 SCRUBBER

049290000 CLIP, THERMISTOR HOLDER

052400000 ASSY, UV LAMP, OPTICAL BENCH (CR)

052910000 ASSY, OPTICAL BENCH

055100200 ASSY, OPTION, PUMP, 240V *

055560000 ASSY, VALVE, VA59 W/DIODE, 5" LEADS

058021100 PCA, E-SERIES MOTHERBD, GEN 5-ICOP (ACCEPTS ACROSSER OR ICOP CPU)

062420200 PCA, SER INTRFACE, ICOP CPU, E- (OPTION) (USE WITH ICOP CPU 062870000)

064130000 ASSY, DC HEATER/THERM PCA, O3 GEN

066970000 PCA, INTRF. LCD TOUCH SCRN, F/P

067240000 CPU, PC-104, VSX-6154E, ICOP *

067300000 PCA, AUX-I/O BD, ETHERNET, ANALOG & USB

067300100 PCA, AUX-I/O BOARD, ETHERNET

067300200 PCA, AUX-I/O BOARD, ETHERNET & USB

067900000 LCD MODULE, W/TOUCHSCREEN

06870C DCN6332

B-3

T400 Spare Parts List

PN 06851A DCN5809 08/18/2010

2 of 2 page(s)

Part Numbe

Description

068280100 DOM, w/SOFTWARE, T400 *

068700000 MANUAL, T400, OPERATORS

068810000 PCA, LVDS TRANSMITTER BOARD

069500000 PCA, SERIAL & VIDEO INTERFACE BOARD

072150000 ASSY. TOUCHSCREEN CONTROL MODULE

CN0000073 POWER ENTRY, 120/60 (KB)

CN0000458 CONNECTOR, REAR PANEL, 12 PIN

CN0000520 CONNECTOR, REAR PANEL, 10 PIN

FL0000001 FILTER, SS

FL0000012 SCRUBBER, OZONE, REFERENCE

FM0000004 FLOWMETER (KB)

HW0000005 FOOT, CHASSIS

HW0000020 SPRING

HW0000036 TFE TAPE, 1/4" (48 FT/ROLL)

HW0000453 SUPPORT, CIRCUIT BD, 3/16" ICOP

KIT000219 AKIT, 4-20MA CURRENT OUTPUT

KIT000246 KIT, IZS RETROFIT, O3

KIT000289 AKIT, UV LAMP P/S PCA, 041660100

KIT000290 AKIT, UV LAMP P/S PCA, 041660500

OP0000014 QUARTZ DISC, OPTICAL BENCH

OP0000031 WINDOW, OPTICAL BENCH & OZONE GEN FEEDBACK

OR0000001 ORING, SAMPLE FLOW & OZONE GENERATOR

OR0000025 ORING, AIR DRYER CANISTER

OR0000026 ORING, ABSORPTION TUBE

OR0000039 ORING, OPTICAL BENCH & OZONE GEN FEEDBACK

OR0000048 ORING, OZONE GEN UV LAMP

OR0000089 ORING, OPTICAL BENCH

OR0000094 ORING, SAMPLE FILTER

PU0000022 REBUILD KIT, FOR PU20 & 04241 (KB)

RL0000015 RELAY, DPDT, (KB)

SW0000025 SWITCH, POWER, CIRC BREAK, VDE/CE *

SW0000059 PRESSURE SENSOR, 0-15 PSIA, ALL SEN

WR0000008 POWER CORD, 10A(KB)

B-4

06870C DCN6332

Model T400 Recommended Spare Parts Stocking Levels

(Reference: 07558A DCN6305)

Part Number Description 1 2-5 6-10 11-20 21-30

072150000 ASSY. TOUCHSCREEN CONTROL MODULE 12 3

022710000 ABSORPTION TUBE, QUARTZ, (KB) 12 4 4

040010000 ASSY, FAN REAR PANEL, E SERIES 11 1 2 3

040030100 PCA, PRESS SENSORS (1X), w/FM4 12 3

041200000 PCA, DET PREAMP w/OP20 12

041440000 PCA, DC HTR/TEMP, BENCH 11 2 2 3

KIT000290 AKIT, UV LAMP P/S PCA, 041660500 12 2

042410200** ASSY, PUMP, INT, SOX/O3/IR * 1** 2** 3

052400000 ASSY, BENCH UV LAMP, (BIR), CR * 11

058021100 PCA, MOTHERBD, GEN 5-ICOP 12

055560000 ASSY, VALVE, VA59 W/DIODE, 5" LEADS 11 2 3

067240000 CPU, PC-104, VSX-6154E, ICOP *(KB) 11

KIT000209 KIT, RETROFIT, M400E RELAY 12 2

KIT000253 ASSY & TEST, SPARE PS37 11 2 2

KIT000254 ASSY & TEST, SPARE PS38 11 2 2

066970000 PCA, INTRF. LCD TOUCH SCRN, F/P 12

068810000 PCA, LVDS TRANSMITTER BOARD 12

067900000 LCD MODULE, W/TOUCHSCREEN(KB) 12

041440000 PCA, DC HTR/TEMP, BENCH 11 2 4 8

With IZS, ZS Option

041200200 PCA, DET PREAMP w/OP20 11

KIT000289 AKIT, UV LAMP P/S PCA, 041660100 11 2

055560000 ASSY, VALVE, VA59 W/DIODE, 5" LEADS 12 3

006120100 ASSY,OZ.GEN LAMP (BIR) (OP5) 1 1 2

063110000 PCA, DC HEATER/THERM, 100W 1 1 2 4 8

For 240V operation, use 055100200

Units

06870C DCN6332

B-5

T400, M400E Expendables Kit

(Reference 0061902B)

Part Numbe

Description Quantit

009690100 KIT, TFE FILTER ELEMENTS, 47MM, 5UM (30) 1

FL0000001 FILTER, SS 2

HW0000020 SPRING 2

NOTE01-23 SERVICE NOTE, HOW TO REBUILD THE KNF PUMP 1

OR0000001 ORING, SAMPLE FLOW 4

PU0000022 REBUILD KIT, FOR PU20 & 04084 1

B-6

06870C DCN6332

Part Numbe

Description Quantit

FL0000001 FILTER, SS 2

040660000 ASSY, REPLACEMENT CHARCOAL FILTER 1

06870C DCN6332

B-7

This page intentionally left blank.

B-8

06870C DCN6332

APPENDIX C

Warranty/Repair Questionnaire

T400, M400E

(04404D, DCN5798)

TELEDYNE INSTRUMENTS CUSTOMER SERVICE

EMAIL: api-customerservice@teledyne.com

PHONE: (858) 657-9800 TOLL FREE: (800) 324-5190 FAX: (858) 657-9816

C-1

CUSTOMER:_______________________________ PHONE: _____________________________________

CONTACT NAME: __________________________ FAX NO. _____________________________________

SITE ADDRESS:____________________________________________________________________________

MODEL TYPE: ______________ SERIAL NO.:_________________ FIRMWARE REVISION: _____________

Are there any failure messages? _______________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________ (Continue on back if necessary)

PLEASE COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING TABLE:

(Depending on options installed, not all test parameters shown below will be available in your calibrator)

PARAMETER RECORDED VALUE ACCEPTABLE VALUE

RANGE PPB/PPM

1 – 10,000 PPB

STABIL

<= 0.3 PPM WITH ZERO AIR

O3 MEAS mV

2500 – 4800 mV

O3 REF mV

2500 – 4800 mV

O3 GEN1 mV

80 mV. – 5000 mV.

O3 DRIVE1 mV

0 – 5000 mV.

PRES IN-HG-A

~ - 2”AMBIENT ABSOLUTE

SAMPLE FL CM3/MIN

800 ± 10%

SAMPLE TEMP ºC

10 – 50 ºC

PHOTO LAMP ºC

58 ºC ± 1 ºC

O3 GEN TMP1 ºC

48 ºC ± 3 ºC

BOX TEMP ºC

10 – 50 ºC

SLOPE

1.0 ± .15

OFFSET PPB

0.0 ± 5.0 PPB

FOLLOWING VALUES ARE UNDER THE SIGNAL I/O SUBMENU

REF_4096_MV mV 4096mv±2mv and Must be

Stable

REF_GND mV 0± 0.5 and Must be Stable

1 If IZS valve option installed.

Cap the SAMPLE flow inlet and record the flow rate and pressure:

What is sample flow rate _______________ cc/min What is the sample pressure _______________ in-Hg-A

What are the failure symptoms? ________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________________

06870C DCN6332

APPENDIX C

Warranty/Repair Questionnaire

T400, M400E

(04404D, DCN5798)

C-2

What tests have you done trying to solve the problem? ______________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

Thank you for providing this information. Your assistance enables Teledyne Instruments to respond faster to the

problem that you are encountering.

OTHER NOTES: ____________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

06870C DCN6332

APPENDIX D – Wire List and Electronic Schematics

06870C DCN6332

D-1

This page intentionally left blank.

D-2

06870C DCN6332

Interconnect List, T400

(Reference: 069130100A DCN5833)

Revision Description Checked Date DCN

A Initial Release 9/3/10 5833

Cable PN Signal Assembly PN J/P Pin Assembly PN J/P Pin

04105 CBL, KEYBD TO MTHBRD

Kbd Interupt LCD Interface PCA 066970000 J1 7 Motherboard 058021100 J106 1

DGND LCD Interface PCA 066970000 J1 2 Motherboard 058021100 J106 8

SDA LCD Interface PCA 066970000 J1 5 Motherboard 058021100 J106 2

SCL LCD Interface PCA 066970000 J1 6 Motherboard 058021100 J106 6

Shld LCD Interface PCA 066970000 J1 10 Motherboard 058021100 J106 5

04671 CBL, MOTHERBOARD TO XMITTER BD (MULTIDROP OPTION)

GND Motherboard 058021100 P12 2 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 2

RX0 Motherboard 058021100 P12 14 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 14

RTS0 Motherboard 058021100 P12 13 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 13

TX0 Motherboard 058021100 P12 12 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 12

CTS0 Motherboard 058021100 P12 11 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 11

RS-GND0 Motherboard 058021100 P12 10 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 10

RTS1 Motherboard 058021100 P12 8 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 8

CTS1/485- Motherboard 058021100 P12 6 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 6

RX1 Motherboard 058021100 P12 9 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 9

TX1/485+ Motherboard 058021100 P12 7 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 7

RS-GND1 Motherboard 058021100 P12 5 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 5

RX1 Motherboard 058021100 P12 9 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 9

TX1/485+ Motherboard 058021100 P12 7 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 7

RS-GND1 Motherboard 058021100 P12 5 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 5

06237 CBL ASSY, AC POWER, T SERIES

AC Line Power Entry CN0000073 L Power Switch SW0000025 L

AC Neutral Power Entry CN0000073 N Power Switch SW0000025 N

Power Grnd Power Entry CN0000073 Shield

Power Grnd Power Entry CN0000073 Chassis

AC Line Switched Power Switch SW0000025 L PS2 (+12) 068010000 SK2 1

AC Neu Switched Power Switch SW0000025 N PS2 (+12) 068010000 SK2 3

Power Grnd Power Entry CN0000073 PS2 (+12) 068010000 SK2 2

AC Line Switched Power Switch SW0000025 L PS1 (+5, ±15) 068020000 SK2 1

AC Neu Switched Power Switch SW0000025 N PS1 (+5, ±15) 068020000 SK2 3

Power Grnd Power Entry CN0000073 PS1 (+5, ±15) 068020000 SK2 2

AC Line Switched Power Switch SW0000025 L Relay PCA 045230100 J1 1

AC Neu Switched Power Switch SW0000025 N Relay PCA 045230100 J1 3

Power Grnd Power Entry CN0000073 Relay PCA 045230100 J1 2

06238 CBL ASSY, DC POWER TO MOTHERBOARD, T SER

DGND Relay PCA 045230100 J7 1 Motherboard 058021100 J15 1

+5V Relay PCA 045230100 J7 2 Motherboard 058021100 J15 2

AGND Relay PCA 045230100 J7 3 Motherboard 058021100 J15 3

+15V Relay PCA 045230100 J7 4 Motherboard 058021100 J15 4

AGND Relay PCA 045230100 J7 5 Motherboard 058021100 J15 5

-15V Relay PCA 045230100 J7 6 Motherboard 058021100 J15 6

+12V RET Relay PCA 045230100 J7 7 Motherboard 058021100 J15 7

+12V Relay PCA 045230100 J7 8 Motherboard 058021100 J15 8

Chassis Gnd Relay PCA 045230100 J7 10 Motherboard 058021100 J15 9

06240 CBL, DC power to Relay PCA, E-series

DGND Relay PCA 045230100 P8 1 Power Supply Triple 068010000 SK1 3

+5V Relay PCA 045230100 P8 2 Power Supply Triple 068010000 SK1 1

+15V Relay PCA 045230100 P8 4 Power Supply Triple 068010000 SK1 6

AGND Relay PCA 045230100 P8 5 Power Supply Triple 068010000 SK1 4

-15V Relay PCA 045230100 P8 6 Power Supply Triple 068010000 SK1 5

+12V RET Relay PCA 045230100 P8 7 Power Supply Single 068020000 SK1 3

+12V Relay PCA 045230100 P8 8 Power Supply Single 068020000 SK1 1

06244 CBL, UV LAMP SUPPLY, 400E

SCL Motherboard 058021100 J107 3 Bench Lamp Supply 041660500 P1 3

SDA Motherboard 058021100 J107 5 Bench Lamp Supply 041660500 P1 4

Shield Motherboard 058021100 J107 6 Shield

SCL IZS Lamp Supply 041660100 P1 3 Bench Lamp Supply 041660500 P1 3

SDA IZS Lamp Supply 041660100 P1 4 Bench Lamp Supply 041660500 P1 4

+15V Relay PCA 045230100 J10 4 Bench Lamp Supply 041660500 P1 1

AGND Relay PCA 045230100 J10 3 Bench Lamp Supply 041660500 P1 2

+15V Relay PCA 045230100 J11 4 IZS Lamp Supply 041660100 P1 1

AGND Relay PCA 045230100 J11 3 IZS Lamp Supply 041660100 P1 2

FROM TO

06870C DCN6332

D-3

Interconnect List, T400

(Reference: 069130100A DCN5833)

Cable PN Signal Assembly PN J/P Pin Assembly PN J/P Pin

FROM TO

06245 CBL, PWR & SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION, 400E

Photo Detector Motherboard 058021100 J109 6 UV Det Preamp 041200000 J1 1

AGND Motherboard 058021100 J109 12 UV Det Preamp 041200000 J1 4

Sample Pressure Motherboard 058021100 J109 3 Press/Flow PCA 040030100 J1 2

Sample Flow Motherboard 058021100 J109 1 Press/Flow PCA 040030100 J1 5

IZS Detector Motherboard 058021100 J109 5 UV Det Preamp (IZS) 041200200 J1 1

AGND Motherboard 058021100 J109 11 UV Det Preamp (IZS) 041200200 J1 4

+V15 Relay PCA 045230100 J12 4 UV Det Preamp (IZS) 041200200 J1 2

-15V Relay PCA 045230100 J12 6 UV Det Preamp (IZS) 041200200 J1 3

DGND Relay PCA 045230100 J12 1 LCD Interface PCA 066970000 J14 2

+5V Relay PCA 045230100 J12 2 LCD Interface PCA 066970000 J14 3

DGND Relay PCA 045230100 J3 5 LCD Interface PCA 066970000 J14 2

SDA Relay PCA 045230100 J3 2 LCD Interface PCA 066970000 J14 5

SCL Relay PCA 045230100 J3 1 LCD Interface PCA 066970000 J14 6

+5V Relay PCA 045230100 J9 2 LCD Interface PCA 066970000 J14 1

DGND Relay PCA 045230100 J9 1 LCD Interface PCA 066970000 J14 8

+15V Relay PCA 045230100 J9 4 Press/Flow PCA 040030100 J1 6

AGND Relay PCA 045230100 J9 3 Press/Flow PCA 040030100 J1 3

+15V Relay PCA 045230100 J5 4 UV Det Preamp 041200000 J1 2

-15V Relay PCA 045230100 J5 6 UV Det Preamp 041200000 J1 3

12V Return Relay PCA 045230100 J5 7 Fan 040010000 P1 1

+12V Relay PCA 045230100 J5 8 Fan 040010000 P1 2

06246 CBL, VALVES, 400E

+12V Relay PCA 045230100 J4 1 Zero/Span Vlv 059430000 P1 1

Zero/Span Drv Relay PCA 045230100 J4 2 Zero/Span Vlv 059430000 P1 2

+12V Relay PCA 045230100 J4 5 Samp/Cal Vlv 059430000 P1 1

Samp/Cal Drv Relay PCA 045230100 J4 6 Samp/Cal Vlv 059430000 P1 2

+12V Relay PCA 045230100 J4 3 Meas/Ref Vlv 059430000 P1 1

Shutoff Vlv Relay PCA 045230100 J4 4 Meas/Ref Vlv 059430000 P1 2

06247 CBL, HEATER/THERMISTOR, 400E

+5V Ref Motherboard 058021100 J27 6 Lamp Temp Snsr/Htr 041440000 J1 5

Lamp Temp Motherboard 058021100 J27 13 Lamp Temp Snsr/Htr 041440000 J1 6

+5V Ref Motherboard 058021100 J27 5 O3 Gen Temp Snsr/Htr 041440000 J1 5

O3 Gen Temp Motherboard 058021100 J27 12 O3 Gen Temp Snsr/Htr 041440000 J1 6

+5V Ref Motherboard 058021100 J27 7 Sample Temp Snsr 042010000 P1 1

Sample Temp Motherboard 058021100 J27 14 Sample Temp Snsr 042010000 P1 2

Lamp Heater Relay PCA 045230100 J19 1 Lamp Temp Snsr/Htr 041440000 J1 1

Lamp Heater Relay PCA 045230100 J19 2 Lamp Temp Snsr/Htr 041440000 J1 2

O3 Gen Htr Relay PCA 045230100 J14 1 O3 Gen Temp Snsr/Htr 041440000 J1 1

O3 Gen Htr Relay PCA 045230100 J14 2 O3 Gen Temp Snsr/Htr 041440000 J1 2

06248 CBL, TC, RELAY BD TO MTHRBD, 400E

Therm Out + Relay PCA 045230100 J17 1 Motherboard 058021100 J110 2

AGND Relay PCA 045230100 J17 2 Motherboard 058021100 J110 8

06737 CBL, I2C to AUX I/O (ANALOG IN OPTION)

ATX- Motherboard 058021100 J106 1 Aux I/O PCA 067300000 J2 1

ATX+ Motherboard 058021100 J106 2 Aux I/O PCA 067300000 J2 2

LED0 Motherboard 058021100 J106 3 Aux I/O PCA 067300000 J2 3

ARX+ Motherboard 058021100 J106 4 Aux I/O PCA 067300000 J2 4

ARX- Motherboard 058021100 J106 5 Aux I/O PCA 067300000 J2 5

LED0+ Motherboard 058021100 J106 6 Aux I/O PCA 067300000 J2 6

LED1+ Motherboard 058021100 J106 8 Aux I/O PCA 067300000 J2 8

06738 CBL, CPU COM to AUX I/O (USB OPTION)

RXD CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 1 Aux I/O PCA 0673000 or -02 J3 1

DCD CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 2 Aux I/O PCA 0673000 or -02 J3 2

DTR CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 3 Aux I/O PCA 0673000 or -02 J3 3

TXD CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 4 Aux I/O PCA 0673000 or -02 J3 4

DSR CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 5 Aux I/O PCA 0673000 or -02 J3 5

GND CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 6 Aux I/O PCA 0673000 or -02 J3 6

CTS CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 7 Aux I/O PCA 0673000 or -02 J3 7

RTS CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 8 Aux I/O PCA 0673000 or -02 J3 8

RI CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 10 Aux I/O PCA 0673000 or -02 J3 10

06738 CBL, CPU COM to AUX I/O (MULTIDROP OPTION)

RXD CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 1 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J3 1

DCD CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 2 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J3 2

DTR CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 3 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J3 3

TXD CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 4 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J3 4

DSR CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 5 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J3 5

GND CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 6 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J3 6

CTS CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 7 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J3 7

RTS CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 8 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J3 8

RI CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 10 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J3 10

D-4

06870C DCN6332

Interconnect List, T400

(Reference: 069130100A DCN5833)

Cable PN Signal Assembly PN J/P Pin Assembly PN J/P Pin

FROM TO

06739 CBL, CPU ETHERNET TO AUX I/O

ATX- CPU PCA 067240000 LAN 1 Aux I/O PCA 067300100 J2 1

ATX+ CPU PCA 067240000 LAN 2 Aux I/O PCA 067300100 J2 2

LED0 CPU PCA 067240000 LAN 3 Aux I/O PCA 067300100 J2 3

ARX+ CPU PCA 067240000 LAN 4 Aux I/O PCA 067300100 J2 4

ARX- CPU PCA 067240000 LAN 5 Aux I/O PCA 067300100 J2 5

LED0+ CPU PCA 067240000 LAN 6 Aux I/O PCA 067300100 J2 6

LED1 CPU PCA 067240000 LAN 7 Aux I/O PCA 067300100 J2 7

LED1+ CPU PCA 067240000 LAN 8 Aux I/O PCA 067300100 J2 8

06741 CBL, CPU USB TO FRONT PANEL

GND CPU PCA 067240000 USB 8 LCD Interface PCA 066970000 JP9

LUSBD3+ CPU PCA 067240000 USB 6 LCD Interface PCA 066970000 JP9

LUSBD3- CPU PCA 067240000 USB 4 LCD Interface PCA 066970000 JP9

VCC CPU PCA 067240000 USB 2 LCD Interface PCA 066970000 JP9

06746 CBL, MB TO 06154 CPU

GND Motherboard 058021100 P12 2 Shield

RX0 Motherboard 058021100 P12 14 CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 1

RTS0 Motherboard 058021100 P12 13 CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 8

TX0 Motherboard 058021100 P12 12 CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 4

CTS0 Motherboard 058021100 P12 11 CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 7

RS-GND0 Motherboard 058021100 P12 10 CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 6

RTS1 Motherboard 058021100 P12 8 CPU PCA 067240000 COM2 8

CTS1/485- Motherboard 058021100 P12 6 CPU PCA 067240000 COM2 7

RX1 Motherboard 058021100 P12 9 CPU PCA 067240000 COM2 1

TX1/485+ Motherboard 058021100 P12 7 CPU PCA 067240000 COM2 4

RS-GND1 Motherboard 058021100 P12 5 CPU PCA 067240000 COM2 6

RX1 Motherboard 058021100 P12 9 CPU PCA 067240000 485 1

TX1/485+ Motherboard 058021100 P12 7 CPU PCA 067240000 485 2

RS-GND1 Motherboard 058021100 P12 5 CPU PCA 067240000 485 3

WR256 CBL, XMITTER TO INTERFACE

LCD Interface PCA 066970000 J15 Transmitter PCA 068810000 J1

06870C DCN6332

D-5

This page intentionally left blank.

D-6

06870C DCN6332

D-7

D D

C C

B B

A A

Title

Number RevisionSize

Date: 7/11/2011 Sheet of

File: N:\PCBMGR\..\04524-E_p1.schDoc Drawn By:

1 2

U2A

SN74HC04

3 4

U2B

5 6

U2C

11 10

U2E

OUT4 1

OUT 3 3

GND

4GND

OUT 2 6

OUT 1 8

IN 1

9IN 2

VCC 11

GND

12 GND

ENABLE

14 IN 3

15 IN 4

UDN2540B(16)

CON5

VBATT

VOUT

VCC

GND

BATT_ON

LOW LINE'

OSC IN

OSC SEL

RESET 16

RESET' 15

WDO' 14

CD IN' 13

CD OUT' 12

WDI 11

PFO' 10

PFI 9

MAX693

0.001

VCC

AKK

D17

DL4148

VCC

RED

RN1

330

I2C_Vcc

YEL

GRN

D10

GRN

9 8

U2D

VCC

8 PIN

+12RET

VALVE0

VALVE1

VALVE2

VALVE3

2000/25

+12V

CON10THROUGH

DGND

VCC

AGND

+15V

AGND

-15V

+12RET

+12V

EGND

CHS_GND

AC_Line

AC_Neutral

I2C_Vcc

1 2

JP3

HEADER 1X2

DC PWR IN KEYBRD MTHR BRD SYNC DEMOD SPARE

1 2

3-4

SLD-RLY

1 2

3-4

SLD-RLY

1 2

3-4

SLD-RLY

I2C_Vcc

JP4

WTCDG OVR

10/16

+C4

10/16

0.1

20K

4 PIN

J2 16 PIN

J10

CON10THROUGH

TP1

DGND

TP2

+5V

TP3

AGND

TP4

+15V

TP5

-15V

TP6

+12RT

TP7

+12V

General Trace Width Requirements

1. Vcc (+5V) and I2C VCC should be 15 mil

2. Digitial grounds should be at least 20 mils

3. +12V and +12V return should be 30 mils

4. All AC lines (AC Line, AC Neutral, RELAY0 - 4, All signals on JP2) should be 30 mils wide, with 120 mil

isolation/creepage distance around them

5. Traces between J7 - J12 should be top and bottom and at least 140 mils.

6. Traces to the test points can be as small as 10 mils.

IRF7205

RELAY0 RELAY1 RELAY2

1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

JP1

HEADER 4X2

2.2K

VCC

10K

INT

SCL

SDA

P10 13

P00 4

P01 5

P02 6

P03 7

P04 8

P05 9

P06 10

P07 11

Vss

P11 14

P12 15

P13 16

P14 17

P15 18

P16 19

P17 20

Vdd 24

PCF8575

I2C_Vcc

IO3

IO4

IO10

IO11

IO12

IO13

IO14

IO15

AC_Neutral

RELAY0

RELAY1

RELAY2

VLV_ENAB

JP2

Heater Config Jumper

RELAY0

TS0

TS1

TS2

RELAY1

RELAY2

TS0

TS1

TS2

J11

CON10THROUGH

J12

CON10THROUGH

RELAY0

RELAY1

RELAY2

WDOG

RL0 RL1 RL2 VA0 VA1 VA2 VA3

COMMON0

COMMON1

COMMON2

LOAD0

LOAD1

LOAD2

REV AUTH DATE

B CAC 10/3/02 CE MARK LINE VOLTAGE TRACE SPACING FIX

DD2

15V TVS

C16

22 uF

find low ESR electroytic

DD1

6A RECTIFIER

VALVE_POWER

DD4

6A RECTIFIER

4A PTC INTERRUPTOR

J13

CON10THROUGH Printed documents are uncontrolled

DRJ 5/16/07 Add alternate thermocouple connectors

+12V

+12RT

-15V

+15V

AGND

+5V

DGND

AC_Line

AC_Neutral

IO10

IO11

IO12

IO13

IO14

IO15

IO3

IO4

E RT 02/15/11 Add C20, C21, C22, TP10, TP11, TP12

TP10 TP11

SCL

SDA

INT

TP12

04524

Teledyne API

CTRL-0

CTRL-1

CTRL-2

DCN:6161

D-8

06870C DCN6332

D D

C C

B B

A A

Title

Number RevisionSize

Date: 7/11/2011 Sheet of

File: N:\PCBMGR\..\04524-E_p2.schDoc Drawn By:

1 2

U3A

SN74HC04

9 8

U3D

11 10

U3E

OUT4 1

OUT 3 3

GND

4GND

OUT 2 6

OUT 1 8

IN 1

9IN 2

VCC 11

GND

12 GND

ENABLE

14 IN 3

15 IN 4

UDN2540B(16)

RN2

330

YEL

D11

GRN

D12

GRN

D13

GRN

D14

GRN

D15

GRN

VCC

CON14

+12RET

Valve4

Valve5

Valve6

Valve7

I2C_Vcc

1 2

3-4

SLD-RLY

1 2

3-4

SLD-RLY

I2C_Vcc

RELAY3 RELAY4

IO3

IO4

IO10

IO11

IO12

IO13

13 12

147

U3F

IO14

IO15

AC_Line

Aux Relay Connector

RELAY3

RELAY4

VLV_ENAB

D16

GRN

3 4

U3B

5 6

U3C

J19

MINIFIT-2

J14

MINIFIT-2

VCC

C13

0.1

IRL3303

+12V

+12RET

RL3 RL4 VA4 VA5 VA6 VA7 TR0 TR1

J18 16 PIN

AC_Neutral

JP6

Heater Config Jumper

RELAY3

TS3

TS4

RELAY4

TS3

TS4

RELAY3

RELAY4

COMMON3

COMMON4

LOAD3

LOAD4

DD3

15V TVS

VALVE_POWER

C17

22 uF

JP7 Configuration

Standard Pumps

60 Hz: 3-8

50 Hz: 2-7, 5-10

World Pumps

60Hz/100-115V: 3-8, 4-9, 2-7

50Hz/100-115V: 3-8, 4-9, 2-7, 5-10

60Hz/220-240V: 3-8, 1-6

50Hz/220-240V: 3-8, 1-6, 5-10 1

J20

1 6

2 7

3 8

4 9

510

JP7

MINI-FIT 10

PUMP

AC_Neutral

AC_Line

13 12

147

U2F

VCC

IRL3303

J21

MINIFIT-2

+12V

Use 50 mil traces

Printed documents are uncontrolled

IO14

IO15

AC_Line

AC_Neutral

IO3

IO4

IO10

IO11

IO12

IO13

MF1 MF2 MF3 MT6MT5

X1 X2 X3

MTK1 MTK2

AC_Line

04524 E

Teledyne API

CTRL-3

CTRL-4

DCN:6161

06870C DCN6332

D-9

D D

C C

B B

A A

Title

Number RevisionSize

Date: 7/11/2011 Sheet of

File: N:\PCBMGR\..\04524-E_p3.schDoc Drawn By:

0.1

-15V

+15V

R11 1M

10K

J15

THERMOCOUPLE CONNECTOR

C80.01

J17

MICROFIT-4

Vin 2

Gnd

TOUT 3

R- 5

U10

LT1025

R12

J16

THERMOCOUPLE CONNECTOR

C11

0.01

+15V

C14

0.1

R14

U7A

OPA2277

R17

U7B

OPA2277

ZR3

4.7V

ZR4

4.7V

R21

R22

R24

6.81K

C15

0.01

JP5

MICROFIT-20

TC PROGRAMMING SOCKET

R25

14K

R15

10K

R13

10K

TC1_GND

Vin 2

Gnd

TOUT 3

R- 5

LT1025

+15V

R10 1M

20K

TC1_JGAINA TC1_JGAINB

TC1_JGAINB

TC1_JGAINA

C10

0.1

R23

6.81K C12

0.01

TC1_GND

TC1_JCOMPB

TC1_KCOMPB

TC1_JCOMPA

TC2_JCOMPB

TC2_KCOMPB

TC2_JCOMPB

TC2_JCOMPA

TC2_5MVA TC2_5MVB

R27

10K

R28

R26

14.3K

TC2_JGAINA

20K

TC2_JGAINB

R16

10K TC2_GND

R18

10K

TC2_JGAINA

TC2_JGAINB

TC2_5MVB

TC2_5MVA

TC1_5MVA TC1_5MVB

R19

R20

TC1_5MVA

TC1_5MVB

TC1_KCOMPA

TC2_KCOMPA

TC2_GND

* GROUNDED THERMOCOUPLES ARE EXPECTED BY DEFAULT

No extra connections are necessary for grounded thermocouples

* FOR UNGROUNDED THERMOCOUPLES

short TCX_GNDTCA to TCX_GNDTCB

* FOR K THERMOCOUPLE:

1) Install CN0000156 for thermocouple connector

2) Short only TCX_KCOMPA to TCX_KCOMPB on TC Programming Plug

4) Leave TCX_JCOMPX pins of the plug unconnected

* FOR J THERMOCOUPLE:

1) Install CN0000155 for thermocouple connector

2) Short TCX_JCOMPA to TCXJCOMPB on TC Programming Plug

3) Short TCX_JGAINA to TCX_JGAINB on TC Programming Plug

4) Leave TCX_KCOMPX pins of the plug unconnected

* DEFAULT OUTPUT IS 10 mV PER DEG C

For 5 mV per deg C output, short TCX_5MVA TO TCX_5MVB

TC1_JCOMPA

TC2_KCOMPA

TC2_JCOMPA

0.1

TC2_GNDTCA

TC1_GNDTCA

TC1_GNDTCB

TC2_GNDTCB

TC2_GNDTCA

TC1_GNDTCA

ZR1

ZR6

1/8 AMP FUSE

ZR2

ZR5

J15A

THERMOCOUPLE CONNECTOR

OMEGA

HAMITHERM

J16A

THERMOCOUPLE CONNECTOR

HAMITHERM

OMEGA

Printed documents are uncontrolled

C20

0.01

C21

0.01

C22

100pF

-15V

04524 E

Teledyne API

DCN:6161

D-10

06870C DCN6332

1 2 3 4 56

54321

APPROVALS

DRAWN

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SIZE DRAWING NO. REVISION

SHEET

Error : LOGO.BMP file not found.

The information herein is the

property of API and is

submitted in strictest con-

Unauthorized use by anyone

fidence for reference only.

for any other purposes is

prohibited. This document or

any information contained

in it may not be duplicated

without proper authorization.

PCA 03631, Isolated 0-20ma, E Series

03632 A

1119-Jul-2002

LAST MOD.

1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

HEADER 4X2

+15V

IOUT-

IOUT+

VIN-

VIN+

15 7

+VS1

-VS1 GND1 -VS2GND2

+VS2

VIN VOUT

ISO124

VIN- JP1

JUMPER2

+12V -12V

+12V

-12V

+VOUT

-VOUT

7SOUT 8

SIN 14

DCP010515

0.47

ISO_+15V

ISO_GND

ISO_-15V

ISO_-15V ISO_+15V

4.75K

9.76K

7 4

OPA277

1000PF

220PF

1N914

ISO_+15V ISO_-15V

VREF

SENSE

VRADJ

VIN(10)

VREFIN

VIN(5V)

GND

216MA 9

4MA 10

SPAN 8

OFFADJ 7

GATEDRV 14

SSENSE 13

SR 1

+V 16

OFFADJ 6

XTR110

ISO_+15V

IOUT+

0.1

MOSFETP

IOUT-

TP1

TESTPOINT

Date Rev. Change Description Engineer

8/9/00 A INITIAL RELEASE (FROM 03039) KL

TP3

ISO+15

TP2

TESTPOINT

TP4

ISO-15

TP5

ISO_GND

TP6

GND

06870C DCN6332

D-11

1 2 34

321

APPROVALS

DRAWN

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SIZE DRAWING NO.REVISION

SHEET

The information herein is the

property of API and is

submitted in strictest con-

Unauthorized use by anyone

fidence for reference only.

for any other purposes is

prohibited. This document or

any information contained

in it may not be duplicated

without proper authorization.

SCH, PCA 04003, PRESS/FLOW, 'E' SERIES

04354D

113-Dec-2007

LAST MOD.

1.1K

+15V

ASCX PRESSURE SENSOR

FLOW SENSOR

+15V

TP5

S2_OUT

TP4

S1/S4_OUT

TP2

10V_REF

TP1

GND

TP3

S3_OUT

VR2

LM4040CIZ

VR1

LM4040CIZ

499

MINIFIT6

1.0UF

CON4

+15V

1.0

CN_647 X 3

FM_4

D-12

06870C DCN6332

1 2 3 4

4321

APPROVALS

DRAWN

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SIZE DRAWING NO. REVISION

SHEET

The information herein is the

property of API and is

submitted in strictest con-

Unauthorized use by anyone

fidence for reference only.

for any other purposes is

prohibited. This document or

any information contained

in it may not be duplicated

without proper authorization.

PCA, UV DETECTOR PREAMP

04420 B

1 13-Aug-2004

LAST MOD.

USA

+15V

PHOTOCELL

SEE TABLE

100pf

-15V

+15V

+C2

1.0uf

0.1uf

-15V

7 4

OPA124

1.0K

1.0uF

1.0K

VR1

100 1

MICROFIT

+15V-15V

GND

VCC

REF+

REF-

IN+

IN-

GND

8GND 9

GND 10

CS 11

SDO 12

SCK 13

F0 14

GND 15

GND 16

LTC2413

VCC

GND

OUT 2

VR2

LT1460S3-2.5

0.1uf

+15V

PHOTO_OUT

REF_2.5V

N.P.

VCC

1.0K

TP1

TEST_PLUG

0.1

VCC

PCA VERSION TABLE

04120-0000

PCA# R1

4.99M

04120-0200 2.0M

06870C DCN6332

D-13

123456

54321

APPROVALS

DRAWN

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SIZE DRAWING NO. REVISION

SHEET

The information herein is the

property of API and is

submitted in strictest con-

Unauthorized use by anyone

fidence for reference only.

for any other purposes is

prohibited. This document or

any information contained

in it may not be duplicated

without proper authorization.

SCH, UV LAMP DRIVER, M450

04421 A

111-Aug-2002

LAST MOD.

TIP126

1N4148

PE-6196

IRF520

5.1K

100

.01

R12

R13

4.7K, 2W

+15V

R14

+15V

R16

3.9K

R15

150

C11

.0047

C12

0.1

U1A

LM358

U1B

LM358

.033

.01

+15V

1N4148

330

LAMP OUTPUT

0.1 +C3

220

+15V

+C1

470

0.1

C10

0.1

KL 3/4/97

C13

0.1

+15V

1 2

RP2A

4.7K

3 4

RP2B

4.7K

5 6

RP2C

4.7K

7 8

RP2D

4.7K

DATE CHANGE DESCRIPTION INITIALREV.

8/1/02 INITIAL RELEASE KLA

Vdd

Vout

4PD 5

SCL 6

SDA 7

GND 8

AD5321-RM8

2.21K

+15V

1.0UF

VCC

OUTPUT A

OUPUT B

SOFT START

INV. INPUT

SHUTDOWN

10 GROUND 12

RT 6

DISCHARGE 7

CT 5

NONINV. INPUT 2

VREF 16

VCC 15

VC 13

SYNC

OSC. OUTPUT

4COMP 9

SG3525

VR2

LM4040CIM3

TP1

TEST_PLUG

TP2

TEST_PLUG

TP3

TEST_PLUG

TP4

TEST_PLUG

3.9K

VCC

VREF

HEADER 4

JP1

JUMPER2

NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC APPLIES TO THE FOLLOWING PCA'S:

PCA# NOTE

04166-0000 M400E BENCH AND IZS LAMP SUPPLY

SHUNT INSTALLED IN J1 FOR BENCH SUPPLY

SHUNT NOT INSTALLED IN J1 FOR IZS SUPPLY

CHANGE NOTES

D-14

06870C DCN6332

1234

321

APPROVALS

DRAWN

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SIZE DRAWING NO. REVISION

SHEET

The information herein is the

property of API and is

submitted in strictest con-

Unauthorized use by anyone

fidence for reference only.

for any other purposes is

prohibited. This document or

any information contained

in it may not be duplicated

without proper authorization.

SCH, DC HEATER/THERMISTOR

04422 A

111-Aug-2002

LAST MOD.

30R, 50W

TH1

THERMISTOR

HEADER 6

Rev Date Change Description Eng

A 8/1/02 Initial release for PCA schematic KL

06870C DCN6332

D-15

    





7LWOH

1XPEHU 5HYLVLRQ6L]H

2UFDG%

'DWH 0D\ 6KHHWRI

)LOH 1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE'UDZQ%\

6FKHPDWLFIRU(6HULHV*0RWKHUERDUG3&$31



 %

'>@

,2:

,25

6+'$&

',*,2

',*,2

7(03

'$&9

:5'$&

9)352*

&+*$,1

9)5($'

6+'1

',*,2

',*,2

7&

6+'1

,&B5(6(7

,&B'59B567

,&B5(6(7

,&B'59B567

3&,)

E3VFK

'>@ '>@

,2:

,25

6+'$&

',*,2

',*,2

7(03

'$&9

:5'$&

9)352*

&+*$,1

9)5($'

6+'1

',*,2

',*,2

7&

6+'1

,&B5(6(7

,&B'59B567

,&B5(6(7

,&B'59B567

VKHHW

E3VFK

,2:

'>@

'$&9

&6'$&$

&6'$&%

'$&

'$&

'$&

'$&

6+'$&

'$&9

'$&9

'$&9

'$&9

:5'$&

95()

7&

$1$287

E3VFK

,2:

'>@ '>@

'$&9

&6'$&$

&6'$&%

'$&

'$&

'$&

'$&

6+'$&

'$&9

'$&9

'$&9

'$&9

:5'$&

95()

7&

,25

9)5($'

'>@

9)352*

'$&08;

&+*$,1

7(0308;

,2:

6+'1

95()

7&

7&

7&

$1$,1

E3VFK

,25

9)5($'

'>@ '>@

9)352*

'$&08;

&+*$,1

7(0308;

,2:

6+'1

95()

7&

7&

7&

7(0308;

'$&08;

7(03

,2:

'$&

'$&

'$&

'>@

'$&9

'$&

'$&9

'$&9

'$&9

6+'1

6(1625,1

E3VFK

7(0308;

'$&08;

7(03

,2:

'$&

'$&

'$&

'>@

'$&9

'$&

'$&9

'$&9

'$&9

6+'1

'>@

',*,2

,25

',*,2

',*,1

E3VFK

'>@ '>@

',*,2

,25

',*,2

6+'1

'>@

,2:

',*,2

',*,2

',*287

E3VFK

6+'1

'>@ '>@ ,2:

',*,2

',*,2

6+'1

',*,2

'>@

,2:

',*,2

',*287

E3VFK

6+'1

',*,2

'>@

,2:

',*,2

D-16

06870C DCN6332

    





7LWOH

1XPEHU 5HYLVLRQ6L]H

2UFDG%

'DWH 0D\ 6KHHWRI

)LOH 1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE'UDZQ%\

6FKHPDWLFIRU(6HULHV*0RWKHUERDUG3&$31



 %

$

$

$

'

'

,2:

$

'

,25

6<6&/.

'

'

'

'

'

$

$

$

$

$

$

,17

;(

;'

,2(1

$(1

$

$

$

$

$

$

(1$%

,17

'

'

'

'

'

,2:

'

'

,2:

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

,25

'

'

'

,25

'

'

'

',*,2

,54 .%,17



73

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

*



*



<



<



<



<



<



<



<



<



8

+&

































-

0,&52),7



















51 .[

 &/.

 4

4

35(



&/5



8%

+&

*1'

$ 

,2&+(&. 

' 

' 

' 

' 

' 

' 

' 

' 

,2&+5'< 

$(1

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

-$

3&

*1'

5(6(7'59 

9 

,54 

9 

'54 

9 

(1';)5 

9 

.(< 

60(0: 

60(05 

,2: 

,25 

'$&. 

'54 

'$&. 

'54 

5()5(6+ 

6<6&/. 

,54 

,54 

,54 

,54 

,54 

'$&. 

7& 

%$/( 

9 

26& 

*1'

*1'

-%

3&

5

N

5

.

$



$



$



$



$



$



$



$



%



%



%



%



%



%



%



%



(1

3 4 

9&& 

*1'

8 +&

'



'



'



'



'



'



'



'



&/.

 2&



4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

8+&

&

X)FHUDPLF



73









*



*



< 

< 

< 

< 

< 

< 

< 

< 

< 

< 

< 

< 

< 

< 

< 

< 

8 +&

 -3

,'&+($'(5

&

X)FHUDPLF







8$

+&

&/.

4

4

35(



&/5



8$ +&

















































































-

3&&'

 -3

,'&+($'(5

5

N







8%

+&

,$&.



,17

9&& 

$



6'$ 

966 

 &6





5(6(7



'%



'%



'%



'%



'%



'%



'%



'%



6&/ 

&/.



8 3&)

 

-3 ,'&+($'(5



73

5

.













-

,1/,1(







8'

+&

5

.

9&& 

9&& 

*1'



*1'



:',

5(6(7 

*1'



8

/7&&6









;

-,72'&)2+0

&

X)9

'>@

,2:

,25

6+'$&

',*,2

',*,2

7(03

'$&9

:5'$&

9)352*

&+*$,1

9)5($'

6+'1

',*,2

',*,2

7&

6+'1

,&B5(6(7

,&B'59B567

9&&

9

9&&

$''5 ['()$8/7

5

N

5

127,167$//('

'2

'2

'2

'2

'2

'2

'2

',

',

',

',

',

',

',

',

'2

'2

'2

'2

'2

'2

'2

'2

',

',

',

',

',

',

',

',

6&/

6'$

'*1'

















-

0,&52),7

.%,17

'

' '

 &/.

 4

4

35(



&/5



8% +&

&/.

4

4

35(



&/5



8$

+&

9&&

'2

,54

5

.

'6

/('5('VPW

 

8

$+&*8

 -3

,'&+($'(5

$''5 [-3,167$//('

$(1

,2(1

,2:







-3

+($'(5'()$8/7('



VKRUWHGVOGUVLGH

-3

 

VKRUWHGVOGUVLGH

-3

6'$

6&/

'*1'

9&&

1RWHV

7KLVVFKHPDWLFLVIRU3&$

7KLVVFKHPDWLFLVIRU3&%

3LQVVKRUWHGRQ3&%

;&

;)

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

9&&







8&

+&

'6

'6

6&/ 6'$

5



5



9&&

''

''

56

,&

,&

%/8( %/8(

6'$

6&/







8'

+&







8&

+&







8'

+&







8$

+&







8$

+&



73



73



73



73



73



73

,&







8%

+&







8&

+&







8'

+&

06870C DCN6332

D-17

    





7LWOH

1XPEHU 5HYLVLRQ6L]H

2UFDG%

'DWH 0D\ 6KHHWRI

)LOH 1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE'UDZQ%\

6FKHPDWLFIRU(6HULHV*0RWKHUERDUG3&$31



 %



07

02817,1*+2/(



73

9 

5(7 

'*1'

9 

9 

$*1'

9 

$*1'

(*1'

&+$6*1'

-

02/(;

























6:

6:6/,'(3'7

79$55$<

















79

60'$/&&

79$55$<

















79

60'$/&&





























-

,1/,1(

5

.



5;'



7;'





*1'





576



&76





-

'%0

'6

/('*51VPW

5

127,167$//('

$ .

'6

/('5(' 5

N



73



73

5

.



73

5

127,167$//('

5

127,167$//('



73



73

9 99&& 95(79

9

 





















-

'%)(0$/(

7;

&76

56*1'

5;

7;

576

&76

56*1'

5;

576

9&&



07

02817,1*+2/(



07

02817,1*+2/(



07

02817,1*+2/(



07

02817,1*+2/(



07

02817,1*+2/(



07

02817,1*+2/(



07

02817,1*+2/(



07

02817,1*+2/(

(



I

KL



WRZD



LQ



7;IRU&RP

5;IRU&RP

9&&

5;

7;

576

&76

56*1'

'7(

&

X)97$17$/80

9&&

&

X)97$17$/80

'

0%56&7

'

0%56&7

5

127,167$//('

''5PXVWEH

ZLWKLQRI-

''B



=

02817,1*+2/(



=

02817,1*+2/(



=

02817,1*+2/(



'6

/('5('

 

'6

/('*51

5

.

5

.

7;IRU&RP 5;IRU&RP

D-18

06870C DCN6332

    





7LWOH

1XPEHU 5HYLVLRQ6L]H

2UFDG%

'DWH 0D\ 6KHHWRI

)LOH 1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE'UDZQ%\

6FKHPDWLFIRU(6HULHV*0RWKHUERDUG3&$31



 %

'

&/.

'

&/.

&6'$&$

&

X)FHUDPLF

&/.

',1



92$ 

*1' 



92% 

'287



9&& 

8 '$&%,7



73











8&

23$8$

: 

$*1' 

: 

$*1' 

% 

$*1' 

$



'*1' 

: 

$



$





$*1' 

: 

$



% 

9&& 

% 

&/.



6'2



6+'1





% 

6',



8 327',*,7$/



73

&

X)FHUDPLF

&

X)FHUDPLF

5

N

5

.



73

5

N













8$

23$8$

&

X)FHUDPLF











8'

23$8$











8%

23$8$

5

.

6+'$&

'$&9

'$&9

9&&

9

9

'$&

'8$/'$&$

5 

5 

'

0%56&7

'

0%56&7

'DQG'

0XVWEHORFDWHG

ZLWKLQRI8

'

&/.

6+'$&

'

&/.

&6'$&%

&

X)FHUDPLF











8%

23$8$











8'

23$8$



73

: 

$*1' 

: 

$*1' 

% 

$*1' 

$



'*1' 

: 

$



$





$*1' 

: 

$



% 

9&& 

% 

&/.



6'2



6+'1





% 

6',



8 327',*,7$/

&/.

',1



92$ 

*1' 



92% 

'287



9&& 

8 '$&%,7

5

N

5

.

&

X)FHUDPLF













8$

23$8$











8&

23$8$

&

X)FHUDPLF



73

&

X)FHUDPLF

5

.

5

N



73

'$&9

'$&9

9

9&&

9

'$&

'$&

'8$/'$&$

5



5



'$&9

















-

,'&

















-

,'&

















-

,'&





















-

0,&52),7





*







*







*







*



-

7(50%/2&.

99

$1$/2*92/7$*(&855(172873876

,62/$7('0$237,21$/%2$5'6

/

/

/

/

)(%($'

/

/

/

)(%($'

&

S)

&

S)

&

S)

&

S)

&

S)

&

S)

&

S)

&

S)

/

'$&9

'$&9

'$&9

9&&

'$&9

'

'

'

'

'

'

,2:

'

&/.

'

&65$1*(

&65$1*(







8&

+&







8%

+&

,2:

'$&9

:5'$&

7&

'



'



'



'



'



'



'



'



&/.

 2&



4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

8 +&

'>@

'$&5$1*(2))6(7352*5$0

&6'$&$

&6'$&%

'$&

'$&

'$&

'$&

&6'$&%

&6'$&$

&

X)FHUDPLF

&

X)FHUDPLF

&

X)FHUDPLF

5

N

5 .



73

95()

9

9

''B

56



73













8$

23$











8%

23$

62&.(78

62&.(78

















-

+($'(5,'&

79$55$<



















79

60'$/&&

79$55$<



















79

60'$/&&

5 

5 

,QVWDOO-IRU

P$RQWK

FKDQQHO

,QVWDOO5

5LIP$

RQWKFKDQQHO

QRWXVHG

56

06870C DCN6332

D-19

    





7LWOH

1XPEHU 5HYLVLRQ6L]H

2UFDG%

'DWH 0D\ 6KHHWRI

)LOH 1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE'UDZQ%\

,2:

&+

&+

&+

&+

&+

&+

&+

&+

&+

0,'

06%

'

'

'

'

/6%

67$57

'

6(/

'

6(/

&+

&+

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

'



73









;

-,72'&$$(0+=



&

X)97$17$/80



73

























-

0,&52),7

&

X)FHUDPLF

& X)FHUDPLF

5

.

&

X)9FHUDPLF



73

,1

,1

,1

,1

,1

,1

,1

 ,1



,1



1&

966 

1&

,1

 ,1



,1

 ,1



(1%

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

95() 

,1



*1'

,1



966 

287 

,1



8

$108;



&

X)97$17$/80



73



73

5



1&

9,1

75,0

9287

15



*1'



8

92/7$*(5()

&

X)FHUDPLF



73

&

X)FHUDPLF

&

X)FHUDPLF

&

X)FHUDPLF

&

X)9

'



'



'



'



'



'



'



'



&/.

 2(



4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

8

+&

&

X)FHUDPLF

&

X)9



73

&26



2379



96



&/.



)287 

9,



9,

*1'

$*1'

&203 

&203 

23287



1&

96 

23



23



5() 

9,



1&

1&

8

$'.3

'



'



'



'



'



'



'



'



&/.

 2(



4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

8

+&



73

5



5 



73

























-

0,&52),7

5 









;

0%+0+=



&

X)97$17$/80

5

0&+,3

&

X)FHUDPLF

7,( 

7,( 

7,( 

7,( 

7,( 

)5(4 

7,( 

7,(



*1'



'%



7,(



'%



,&/. 

7,( 

'%

5'0%<7(



9&&,2 

6(/ 

67$57



7'2 

7',



706



7&.



5'06%



9)&/. 

'% 

'% 

7,( 

7,( 

'% 

9&&,17

5'/6% 

5($'

 6&

 6%



*1'

 ,25

 9&&,17

 '%



7,( 



'%



7,(



*1'

8

;LOLQ[&3/'

&

X)FHUDPLF



















51

.[

' 

6



96 

*1'

6

' 

,1

,1



6



,1



,1



' 

6



96 

9&& 

' 

8

'*'<

,25

9)5($'

'>@

9)352*

'$&08;

&+*$,1

7(0308;

,2:

6+'1

95()

7&

7&

7&

9

9&&

9

9&&

9

9&&

9

9

9

9&&

9

9&&

9

9&&

9



 

















51 .[

 

















51 .[

&+

&+

&+

&+

&+

&+

&+

&+

&+

&+

&+

&+



73

95()



73

$*1'



5 

3/$&(

2+0

5(6,6725$6

&/26($6

3266,%/(72

;$1';

5LQGXFHVDQ

RIIVHWLQDQDORJ

VLJQDOWRJLYHD

OLYHIRUVHQVRUV

ZLWKRUVOLJKWO\

QHJDWLYHRXWSXW

5DQG5UHGXFHWKHJDLQ

IRUDQDORJLQSXWVE\VR

WKDWZHFDQUHDGVOLJKWO\

DERYHIXOOVFDOHWRSUHYHQW

RYHUIORZRI$'&UHDGLQJ

9&&

6FKHPDWLFIRU(6HULHV*0RWKHUERDUG3&$31

 %



,&

23$8$

&

X)

&

X)

9

9

,&











8%

/)













8$

/)

5

.

5

.

5

.

5

.

5

.

5

.

9

'

%$6

9

''

' %$6

' %$6

56

56

5 . $'&95()

95()&/,3

&$B

56

''

56













8$

23$











8%

23$







8$

+&







8%

+&

D-20

06870C DCN6332

    





7LWOH

1XPEHU 5HYLVLRQ6L]H

2UFDG%

'DWH 0D\ 6KHHWRI

)LOH 1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE'UDZQ%\

6FKHPDWLFIRU(6HULHV*0RWKHUERDUG3&$31



 %

'$&9

'$&9

'$&9

'$&9

'

'

'

& X)FHUDPLF

& X)FHUDPLF







 







51 .[

$

(1%

9

,1 

,1 

,1 

,1 

287



,1 



$



*1'

 966



,1 

,1 

,1 

$





8

0$;&:1

'

6 

96



*1'



6 

'



,1

,1

6 

,1

,1

'

 6 

96



9&&



'



8

'*'<





























-

0,&52),7

;7

7+(50,67(5

7(0308;

'$&08;

7(03

,2:

'$&

'$&

'$&

'>@

'$&9

'$&

'$&9

'$&9

'$&9

6+'1

99

9$1$

9&&

9&& 9

9$1$9







 







51 .[

5 .

7+(50,67(5

7+(50,67(5

7+(50,67(5

7+(50,67(5

7+(50,67(5

7+(50,67(5

7+(50,67(5

7+(50,67(5



212))

287 

1&

*1'



8

/3,0

&

X)

%<3$66&$36

0867%(:,7+,1

2)7+(

5(*8/$725

,1387287387

3,16

&

X)97$17$/80

5

.

56 5

.

5

.

5

.

5

.

5

.

5

.

5

.

7+(50,67(5

7+(50,67(5

7+(50,67(5

7+(50,67(5

7+(50,67(5

7+(50,67(5

7+(50,67(5

7+(50,67(5







8'

+&

;7

7+(50,67(5

,QVWDOO;7WKURXJKKROH

25;760'

EXWQRWERWK

06870C DCN6332

D-21

    





7LWOH

1XPEHU 5HYLVLRQ6L]H

2UFDG%

'DWH 0D\ 6KHHWRI

)LOH 1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE'UDZQ%\

6FKHPDWLFIRU(6HULHV*0RWKHUERDUG3&$31



 %

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

'>@

,25

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

$



$



$



$



$



$



$



$



* 

* 

< 

< 

< 

< 

< 

< 

< 

< 

8

+&





















-

7(50%/2&.



73





















-

7(50%/2&.







 







51

[































8

36

$



$



$



$



$



$



$



$



* 

* 

< 

< 

< 

< 

< 

< 

< 

< 

8

+&































8

36































8

36

'>@

',*,2

,25

',*,2

9&&



(;7(51$/

&21752/

(;7(51$/

&21752/

(;7B9B287

/

/

/ )(%($'

/

/

/

/)(%($'

/

/

/

/

)(%($'

/

&

S)

&

&

&

S)

&

S)

&

&

&

S)

&

S)

&

&

&

S)



















51

[



















51

.[



















51

.[

&

S)9

&

&

&

S)9

&

S)9

&

&

&

S)9

5



5



5



5

 5



5



5



5



'

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

3ODFHWKHVHWHUPLQDWLRQUHVLVWRUVDWWKHHQGRIHDFKGDWD

OLQH(DFKGDWDOLQH

VKRXOGEHODLGRXWDVDGDLV\FKDLQWKHVLJQDOSDVVLQJ

IURPRQH,&WRWKHQH[W

&

&

/

/

&

&

/

/

D-22

06870C DCN6332

    





7LWOH

1XPEHU 5HYLVLRQ6L]H

2UFDG%

'DWH 0D\ 6KHHWRI

)LOH 1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE'UDZQ%\

6FKHPDWLFIRU(6HULHV*0RWKHUERDUG3&$31



 %

'

'

'

,2:

'

6+'1

'

'

'

'



73































8 36

'



'



'



'



'



'



'



'



&/.

 2(



4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

8

+&































8 36

























-

7(50%/2&.

6+'1

'>@

',*,2

9&&





9&&

'

',2'(6&+277.<

)

5(6(77$%/()86($9

/

/

/ )(%($'

/

/

/

/ )(%($'

/

&

S)

&

&

&

S)

&

S)

&

&

&

S)

(;7B9B287



















51

[

/

)(%($'

/

)(%($'

&

&







8%

+&

06870C DCN6332

D-23

    





7LWOH

1XPEHU 5HYLVLRQ6L]H

2UFDG%

'DWH 0D\ 6KHHWRI

)LOH 1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE'UDZQ%\

6FKHPDWLFIRU(6HULHV*0RWKHUERDUG3&$31



 %

,2:

6+'1

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

6+'1

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

4

62

5

.











.

5(/$<63'7

5

.











. 5(/$<63'7

























-

7(50%/2&.

4

62

5

.











.

5(/$<63'7

'



'



'



'



'



'



'



'



&/.

 2(



4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

8

+&

4

62































8 36

5 .











.

5(/$<63'7







4

62































8 36

'



'



'



'



'



'



'



'



&/.

 2(



4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

8

+&





























-

7(50%/2&.































8 36

6+'1

',*,2

'>@

,2:

',*,2

9&&

9

95(7









(;7(51$/

5($53$1(/

$/$502873876

'

',2'(6&+277.<

'

',2'(6&+277.<

'

',2'(6&+277.<

'

',2'(6&+277.<

/

/

/ )(%($'

/

/

/

/ )(%($'

/

/

/

/ )(%($'

/

&

S)

&

&

&

S)

&

S)

&

&

&

S)

&

S)

&

&

&

S)



















51

[



















51

[

/ )(%($'

&

S)

&2B(;7B5(7







8&

+&







8$

+&

D-24

06870C DCN6332

D D

C C

B B

A A

Title

Number RevisionSize

Date: 6/24/2010 Sheet of

File: N:\PCBMGR\..\06696.P1.R3.schdoc Drawn By:

GUI Interface

06698 D

GM800480X-70-TTX2NLW

CL586-0529-2

Mode

aVsync

aHSync

3.3V

100K

L/R

U/D

aReset

DithB

L/RU/DDithB

10K

22uF/6.3V

JMK316BJ226KL 0.0022

CA_112

Mode

aVsync

aHSync

i BackLightDrive

aB7aB6

aB5aB4

aB3aB2

aG7aG6

aG5aG4

aG3aG2

aR6

aR5aR4

aR3aR2

aR7

aDCLK

3.3V

1.0

GMK107BJ105KA

B5B4

B3B2

B1B0

G5G4

G3G2

G1G0

R3R2

R1R0

DEN

CL586-0527-7

DEN

DCLK

L/R

U/D

Mode

3.3V +5V

+5V

5V-GND

12 11

JP3

4X3 Jumper

12 11

15 14

18 17

JP2

6X3 Jumper

Bklght+

Bklght-

Vcom

Vgh

AVdd

Vcom

aG1

aG0

aR1

aR0

aB1

aB0

CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS

MT1

TP1

0039300100

1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

9 10

11 12

13 14

15 16

17 18

19 20

21 22

23 24

25 26

27 28

29 30

B30B-PHDSS (LF)(SN)

1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

9 10

11 12

13 14

15 16

17 18

19 20

21 22

23 24

25 26

27 28

29 30

B30B-PHDSS (LF)(SN)

FBMH3216HM501NT

FB1

CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS

Vgl

Make Model JP

FEM A

800

,4-5,7-

Dat a Image F

G01 3

-5,

,5-

United Radiant Tech. UM

H-

MD-

/8/9

16/ 1

/18

,5-

Internal Dithering

0 = Enable

1 = Disable

Scan Direction

U/D L/R Scan Dir.

0 1 UD, LR

1 0 DU, RL

0 0 UD, RL

1 1 DU, LR

(1 = H, 0 = L)

22uF/6.3V

JMK316BJ226KL

22uF/6.3V

JMK316BJ226KL

10K

FBMH3216HM501NT

FB2

FBMH3216HM501NT

FB3

FBMH3216HM501NT

FB4

0.0022

CA_112

0.0022

CA_112

TP3 TP4

R280

MT2 MT3 MT4 MT5 MT6 MT7 MT8 MT9

5V-GND

TP2

BACKL

R21

jumper

bDCLK

CLK

R48

R47

R46

aB6

aB5

aB4

aB3

aB2

aG7

aG6

aG5

aG4

aG3

aG2

aR7

aR6

aR5

aR4

aR3

SCL

SDA

aB7

aR2

aData Enable

aB7

aB6

aB5

aB4

aB3

aB2

aG7

aG6

aG5

aG4

aG3

aG2

aR7

aR6

aR5

aR4

aR3

aR2

aData Enable

Default:R21B

+5V

5V-GND

J14

0039300100

FBMH3216HM501NT

FB16

FBMH3216HM501NT

FB17

SCL

SDA

06870C DCN6332

D-25

D D

C C

B B

A A

Title

Number RevisionSize

Date: 6/24/2010 Sheet of

File: N:\PCBMGR\..\06696.P2.R3.schdoc Drawn By:

06698 D

22uH

Vin

SHDN

SW 1

GND

FB 3

CAT4139TD-GT3

4.7uF/16V

R12

2.0

R14

5V-GND

+5V

9.76

R13

3.9uH

487K

309K

80.6K

R18

66.5K

R19

464K

R16

806K

R11

2K1

MBRM120LT1G

0.001C8

24pf

C13

0.33

C16

0.220

C20

470pf

C21

22uf/25V

C12

TMK325BJ226MM

0.1

C26

3.3V

33K

R23

43pf

C23

BAT54S

3.3V

Bklght+

Bklght-

Vcom

Vgh

AVdd

3.3V

FDV305N

5V-GND

+5V

Default: NI

R22 jumper

AVdd: +10.4V

TP5

SCL

SDA

INT 13

P0 4

P1 5

P2 6

P3 7

P4 9

P5 10

P6 11

P7 12

Vdd 16

Vss

PCF8574

SW_46

Maint_SW

Lang_Select

5V-GND

+5V

FDLY

PGND

DRVP 17

PGND

DRVN

VCOM 10

SUP 9

COMP

IN 11

VGH 15

REF

GND

SW 6

DLY2

SW 5

FB 1

DLY1

FBP 12

FBN

ADJ

GD 23

CTRL

CPI 16

VIN 4

TPS65150PWP

HTSNK 25

CD214A-B140LF

SW_46

Opt. Lang. Sw.

Opt. Main Sw

Vgl

22uF/6.3V

C11

JMK316BJ226KL

1.0

C14

GMK107BJ105KA

1.0

C15

GMK107BJ105KA

1.0

C27

GMK107BJ105KA

24pf

C22

43pf

C24

43pf

C25

10K

R10

10K

R24

10K

R25

10K

R26

100K

R15

806K

R17

0.33

C17

0.33

C18

0.33

C19

BAT54S

4.7uF/16V

C10

Vgh: +16V

TP9

Vcom: +4V

TP10

Vgl: -7V

TP7

TP6

TP8

GUI Interface

C35

0.1

5V-GND AB

R31

10K

3.3V

R27

jumper

BACKL

SCL

SDA

Default:R27B

Default:R31B

Backlight Brightness Control

Control Mode R22 R27 R31

Remote – Video Port NO A NO

Remote – I2C YES B NO

Fixed Bright (default) NO B B

D-26

06870C DCN6332

D D

C C

B B

A A

Title

Number RevisionSize

Date: 6/24/2010 Sheet of

File: N:\PCBMGR\..\06696.P3.R3.schdoc Drawn By:

06698 D

To old TScreen

70553-004

J11

+5V

CHASSIS

J12

BUS +5

To new TScreen

70553-004

J10

LT 1

RT 2

SHLD 3

RL 4

LL 5

GND

D+

D-

CHS A

CHS B

TSHARC-12C

VBUS

D-

D+

GND

USB-B-MINI

VBUS

CHASSIS

5V-GND

USB3.3V

SDA

SCL

USB3.3V

R36

12K

-V 2

OUT

24MHZ

DS2

GRN

DS1

YEL

SCL

SDA

R37

100K

5V-GND

5V-GND 5V-GND

5V-GND

+5V

5V-GND

C28

1uF

USB3.3V

SHTDN

GND

OUT 1

BP 4

3.3V-REG

R38

0.5A/6V

D1-

D1+

D2-

D2+

+3.3V

D3-

D3+

D4-

D4+

+3.3V 10

TEST 11

PWR1 12

OCS1 13

+1.8V 14

3.3VCR 15

PWR2 16

OCS2 17

PWR3 18

OCS3 19

PWR4 20

OCS4 21

SDA/R1 22

+3.3V 23

SCL/S0 24

HS-IND/S1 25

RESET 26

VBUS-DET 27

SUS/R0

+3.3V

USB-

USB+

XTL2

CLK-IN

1.8VPLL

RBIAS

+3.3PLL

GND

USB2514-AEZG

C32

1uF

C44

1uF

5V-GND

+5V

1D-

2D+

3GND

USB-A_R/A

5V-GND

CHASSIS

FBMH3216HM501NT

FB5

C34

0.1

C36

0.1uF

C33

0.1uF

C31

0.1uF

R30

100K

R29

0.5A/6V

D+

D-

GND

+5V J5

USB-A_VERT

C29

470pf

C30

1uF

C37 0.01uF

JP4

3.3V

GND

FB7

R20

49.9

FB8

FB9

FB10

FB11

FB12

FB13

GUI Interface

1 8

U11

C40

0.1uF

C42

0.1uF

C45

0.1uF

C390.1

C43

0.1uF

C41

0.1

R33

100K

R45

R32

R34

100K

R35

100K

C38

1uF

R39

100K

JP5

C60

0.1uF

C59

0.1

D+

D-

GND

+5V J6

USB-A_VERT

+5V

D1_N

D1_P D4_P

D4_N

D3_P

D3_N

D2_P

D2_N

D_P

D_N

Configuration Select

Mode R32 R45

Default A A

MBUS B B

Install 100K for A, 0 Ohm for B

+5V

5V-GND

06870C DCN6332

D-27

D D

C C

B B

A A

Title

Number RevisionSize

Date: 6/24/2010 Sheet of

File: N:\PCBMGR\..\06696.P4.R3.schdoc Drawn By:

06698 D

TOUCH SCREEN INTERFACE CIRCUITRY ( TBD)

GUI Interface

R40

10K

Option

CLKOUT_P

CLKOUT_N

3.3V

C49

0.1

R41

100

FB6

FB14

Vcc PIN 28

C47

0.01

22uF/6.3V

C46

JMK316BJ226KL

C50

0.1

C51

0.1

C52

0.1 C55

0.1

C57

0.1

bDCLK

BACKL

NOTE:

To receive backlight control (BACKL) from CPU board

when using ICOP_0096 LVDS Transmitter.

The connection from pin 42 on the TTL video connector

(VSYNC) to U1-23 must be broken and connected to

pin 43.

aB6

aB5

aB4

aB3

aB2

aG7

aG6

aG5

aG4

aG3

aG2

aR7

aR6

aR5

aR4

aR3

aB7

aR2

aData Enable

R42

100

R43

100

R44

100

Vcc PIN 36

C48

0.01

Vcc PIN 42

C53

0.01

Vcc PIN 48

C54

0.01 C56

0.01

C58

0.01

FBMH3216HM501NT

FB15 C61

0.1

J13

HEADER-7X2

Y0M

8Y0P

Y1M

10 Y1P

Y2M

Y2P

CLKOUT

CLKINM

CLKINP

SHTDN

VCC

LVDS/VCC

PLLVCC

LVDSGND

PLLGND

D0 24

D1 26

D2 27

D3 29

D4 30

D5 31

D6 33

D7 34

D8 35

D9 37

D10 39

D11 40

D12 41

D13 43

D14 45

D15 46

D16 47

D17 1

D18 2

D19 4

D20 5

GND 3

GND 25

GND 32

GND 38

GND 44

SN75LVDS86A

3.3V

Y0_P

Y0_N

Y1_P

Y1_N

Y2_N

Y2_P

MH3

MH4

7MH1

MH2

J15

G3168-05000202-00

CHASSIS

R490

R500

R510

R520

R530

R540

R550

R560

FBMH3216HM501NT

FB18

C62

0.1

3.3V

Y0_P1

Y0_N1

Y1_P1

Y1_N1

Y2_N1

Y2_P1

CLKOUT_N1

CLKOUT_P1

D-28

06870C DCN6332

D D

C C

B B

A A

Title

Number RevisionSize

Date: 5/7/2010 Sheet of

File: N:\PCBMGR\..\06882-P1-R0.SchDoc Drawn By:

LVDS, Transmitter Board

06882

VAD6

VAD7

VAD8

VAD9

VAD10

VAD11

VBD10

VBD11

VAD0

VAD1

VAD2

VAD3

VBD2

VBD3

VBD4

VBD5

VBD6

VBD7

VBDE

Y0_N

Y0_P

Y1_N

Y1_P

Y2_N

Y2_P

CLKOUT_N

CLKOUT_P

22.1

From ICOP CPU To LCD Display

D10

D11

D12

D13

D14

D15

D16

D17

D18

D19

D20

GND

Y2P 34

Y2M 35

Y1P 38

Y1M 39

Y0P 40

Y0M 41

CLKOUTP 32

CLKOUTM 33

CLKIN 26

SHTDN 27

NC 14

NC 43

VCC 2

VCC 8

VCC 21

LVDSVCC 37

PLLVCC 29

VLDSGND 42

VLDSGND 36

VLDSGND 31

PLLGND 30

PLLGND 28

SN75LVDS84A

CHASSIS-0 CHASSIS

1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

910

11 12

13 14

15 16

17 18

19 20

21 22

23 24

25 26

27 28

29 30

31 32

33 34

35 36

37 38

39 40

41 42

43 44

J2 Header 22X2

MH3

MH4

1MH1

MH2

G3168-05000101-00

CHASSIS

+3.3V

VAD0 VAD1

VAD2 VAD3

VAD6 VAD7

VAD8 VAD9

VAD10 VAD11

VBD2 VBD3

VBD4 VBD5

VBD6 VBD7

VBD10 VBD11

VBDE

VBGCLK

+3.3V

CLKIN

Y0_N

Y0_P

Y1_N

Y1_P

Y2_N

Y2_P

CLKOUT_N

CLKOUT_P

10K

BACKL

0.1

0.01

22uF/6.3V

JMK316BJ226KL

0.1

0.01

+3.3V

0.1

0.01

C10

0.1

C11

0.01

1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

910

11 12

13 14

Header 7X2

+3.3V

Y0_P Y0_N

Y1_P Y1_N

CLKOUT_P

Y2_N

CLKOUT_N

Y2_P

MT1 MT2

06870C DCN6332

D-29

D D

C C

B B

A A

Title

Number RevisionSize

Date: 5/6/2011 Sheet of

File: N:\PCBMGR\..\06731-1_ETHERNET.SchDocDrawn By:

Auxiliary I/O Board (PWR-ETHERNET)

06731

STRAIGHT THROUGH ETHERNET

GND

+5V

SCL

SDA +5V-ISO

+C17

100uF

GND

DS3

GRN

Header 8

3 4

SP3050

R10

2.2k

47uH

TP1

TP3

TP2

DF11-8DP-2DS(24)

SDA

SCL

10 9

12 11

CONN_RJ45_LED

+5V-OUT

ISO-GND

C28

4.7uF

R16

ATX+

ATX-

ARX+

ARX-

LED0-

LED0+

LED1+

LED1-

VDD2 5

GND2 7

VDD1

GND1

LME0505

Header 8

R19

C18

.01/2KV R13

R20

CHASSIS

PRINTED DOCUMENTS ARE UNCONTROLLED

DCN:6092

D-30

06870C DCN6332

D D

C C

B B

A A

Title

Number RevisionSize

Date: 5/6/2011 Sheet of

File: N:\PCBMGR\..\06731-2_USB.SchDoc Drawn By:

Auxiliary I/O Board (USB)

06731

TXD-A

RTS-A

DTR-A

RXD-A

CTS-A

DSR-A

DCD-A

RI-A

V-BUS

VBUS 1

D- 2

D+ 3

GND 4

USB

GND

V-BUS

CHASSIS

GND

C1+

C1-

C2+

C2-

TI1

TI2

TI3

RI3 6

RI2 5

RI1 4

TO3 11

TO2 10

TO1 9

RO2 20

V- 3

V+ 27

VCC 26

STAT

SHTDN

RI4 7

RI5 8

ONLINE 23

GND 25

RO1

RO2

RO3

RO4

RO5

SP3243EU

GND

R12

4.75k

GND

3nc 4

U11

NUP2202W1

TXD-B

RXD-B

CTS-B

RTS-B

DSR-B

DTR-B

RI-B

DCD-B

MT1

MT-HOLE

C24

4.7uF

C26

1uF

C25

0.1uF

C22

0.1uF

C23

0.1uF

C19

0.1uF

C20

0.1uF

C21

0.1uF

DS4

GRN

R11

2.2k

CHASSIS

MT2

MT-HOLE

R14

R15

DCD

RXD

TXD

DTR

GND

DSR

RTS

CTS

N/C

DF11-10DP-2DS(24)

V-BUS

DCD 1

RI 2

DTR 28

DSR 27

TXD 26

RXD 25

RTS 24

CTS 23

GND 3

14 20

VBUS

8VREG-I

7D-

RST

SUSPEND

VDD

D+

4U10

CP2102

3.3V

D+

D-

CHASSIS

PRINTED DOCUMENTS ARE UNCONTROLLED

DCN:6092

06870C DCN6332

D-31

D D

C C

B B

A A

Title

Number RevisionSize

Date: 5/6/2011 Sheet of

File: N:\PCBMGR\..\06731-3_ADC.SchDoc Drawn By:

Auxiliary I/O Board (ADC)

06731

ANALOG INPUT

+5V-ISO

CH0

CH1

CH2

CH3

CH4

CH5

CH6

CH7

SHTDN 13

VDD 2

VDD 1

SDA 9

SCL 5

A2 10

A1 12

A0 6

REF 27

AGND

REF-AJ 26

DGND 3

24 NC 28

NC 25

MAX1270BCAI+

+5V

GND

+5V-ISO

SCL

SDA

AGND

ISO-GND

+5V-ISO

1 6

U4A

NC7WZ17P6X

ISO-GND

+5V-ISO

ISO-GND

SMS12

C13

0.1uF

C14

0.1uF

C12

0.1uF

C11

0.01uF

BLU

DS1

SDA

0.1uF C9

0.1uF

C10

4.7uF

AN-CH0

AN-CH1

AN-CH2

AN-CH3

AN-CH4

AN-CH5

AN-CH6

AN-CH7

4.99

C27

4.7uF

+5V-ADC

ISO-GND

2.2k

SMS12

3 4

U4B

NC7WZ17P6X

BLU

DS2

SCL

C15

.01/2KV

GND1 1

NC 2

VDD1 3

NC 4

SDA1 5

SCL1 6

GND1 7

NC 8

GND2

15 VDD2

13 SDA2

SCL2

GND2

ADuM2250

R17

49.9

ISO-GND

TP7

TP8

TP5

TP6

C29

1nF

R18

49.9

C30

1nF

AGND

0.1uF

TP4 AGND

ISO-GND

CHASSIS

PRINTED DOCUMENTS ARE UNCONTROLLED

DCN:6092

D-32

06870C DCN6332

Teledyne Vehicle T400 Users Manual

T400 to the manual 72a687dc-2a25-4bc4-b1f2-ab4799c684c0

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation